An international journal dedi­ ings for them. The Microscope cated to the advancement of endeavors to help the micro­ all forms of microscopy for scopist keep up to date ,s>n new the biologist, mineralogist, techniques and instrumentation metallograpber or chemist. that should help him do a better job. The microscope is nearly as common in the laboratories of The principal sources of the world as an analytical papers for The Microscope are balance. No matter what the the INTER/MICRO symposia held field of research the micro­ every year alternately in scope is always a useful ad­ Chicago and England. The jour­ junct and often an essential nal is, however, open to papers tool. from other meetings or papers written expressly for publica­ A successful journal for tion. We hope that The Micro­ microscopists must therefore scope will influence microsco­ interest and benefit a very pists to do more research, to wide spectrum of scientists. write and publish more papers The Microscope attempts to and, generally, to assist us in accomplish this by emphasizing obtaining for microscopy the new advances in microscope recognition it deserves in the design, new accessories, new modern research laboratory. techniques, and unique appli­ cations to the study of ,parti­ Published by: cles, films , or surfaces of Microscope Publications any material. (The puolishing arm of the Mccrone Research Institute Inc) A major advantage of this edi­ 2820 South Michigan A venue torial approach is the result­ Chicago, Illinois 60616-3292 ing cross-fertilization. A new (312) 842 7105 technique for studying paper surfaces is usually useful for Editor: studying ceramics, a new tech­ Walter C. Mc Crone nique for replicating surfaces developed by a metallographer Managing Editor: may also be useful to the Geri Faircloth polymer microscopist. Very often techniques developed by Book Review Editor: an electron microscopist may John Gustav Delly be very helpful to a light microscopist and vice versa. Subscriptions: One year: $50 .oo The microscopist is far more Two years: $90 .oo dependent than most scien­ Three years: $120 .00 tists on his journals. Very Four issues per year. few courses are taught for (Individuals paying personally microscopists and there are $25 ,$45 .oo & $60 .oo respectively) relatively few technical meet-

Illustration on Cover: The cover signifies completion of the first 50 years of publication for The Microscope. This issue is a complete 50-year index of the contents. The editorial attempts to predict the status of The Micro­ scope in 2037. CONTENTS VOL 35 NO 4

"50 Years Ago" Pioneers of Bacteriology 341 V. L. KAHAN

Cumulative Indexes 1937 - 1987 (Volumes 1-35)

Author Index vii

Subject Index lxvii

Book Reviews (by Author) cxxxi

Calendar of Events cxlix THE MICROSCOPE

Founded .1937 by Arthur L. E. Barron ISSN 0026-282X Volume 35, Number 4, Fall 1987 0026-282/86/02341 U.S.$2.00/0 Copyright © 1987 by Mccrone Research Institute All rights of reproduction in any form reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmit­ ted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the copyright owner.

The appearance of the code on this page indicates the copyright owner's consent that copies of any article may be made for personal or internal use, or for the personal or internal use of specific clients. This consent is given on the condition, however, that· the copier pay the stated er copy fee through the Copyright Clearance Center, Inc. f21 Congress ,Street, Salem, Massachusetts 01970), for copying beyond that permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the U .s. Copyright Law. This consent does not extend to other kinds of copying , such as copying for general dis­ tribution, for advertising or promotional purposes, for ( $2. 00) creating new collective works, or for resale. Copy fees for pre-1987 articles are the same as those shown for current articles.

MADE IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

Published quarterly by Mc Crone Research Institute, Inc. 2820 S. Michigan Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60616 1987 Volume 35, Price: $50.00 U.S.A.; Personal subscriptions: $25 .OO Second-Class postage paid at Chicago, Illinois Postmaster: Send address changes to the Mc Crone Research Institute, 2820 S. Michigan Ave., Chicago, Illinois 60616

ii Editorial Having seen last quarter how light microscopy is in 1987, what can we say about PLM after another 50 years when The Microscope celebrates its lOOth anniversary? There are two possibilities: 1. The light microscope will be accepted for what it can do. There will be microscopists trained in its use and most other scientists will be more aware of its potential and consider its use on the problems that arise. 2. The light microscope will be a collector's item. Which of these two possibilities wins out depends on the light microscopists still around. We are the only ones in any sort of position to reverse the present trend to­ ward extinction. Our micro numbers and micro influence will have to produce a macro result. I think it can be done but then I've always been an optimist. Still, I can think of some solid reasons for optimism. Our research institute is fluorishing. More and more students are registering for our courses: 780 in 50 courses in 1986 and 1006 in 62 courses already (December) in 1987 with 2 more courses to go before December 31 (we project 1040 students in 64 courses for 1987). Of course, half of them are asbestos courses but, at least, they are learning what the PLM can do generally as well as speci­ fically for the identification of the fibrous components of bulk insulation and other possible asbestos-containing materials. In the future they will be available to apply polarized light microscopy to problems in other areas. INTER/MICRO symposia continue to grow in attendance and number of papers. Next June 27-July 1 here in Chicago we expect at least 250 microscopists and 70-80 good papers. You can help by attending and, even better, presenting a paper; just call Nancy Daerr, (312) 842-7105. Another (unusual) reason for optimism is based on crime investigation and art conservation laboratories. Few of them can afford expensive instrumentation and both have problems uniquely suitable for light microscopy-the identification of artist's paint pigments and the compari­ son and identification of trace evidence (glass, hair, fibers, paint, soils, explosives etc.). We have had 10 courses in these two areas this year for more than 150 forensic and conservation students. We now teach polarized light microscopy in three universities-Cornell, New York University and Illinois Institute of Technology. I'm particularly happy about Cornell who, having started the teaching of chemical microscopy in the 1890s, gave up in 1980. We have been able to set up Chamot's original microscopy laboratory in

iii the Chemistry building with new polarizing microscopes donated by Olympus and others. All graduate and undergrad­ uate chemists and many others from other departments at Cornell are now well-exposed to PLM and its capabilities. Finally, I may be excused if I mention the Vinland Map and the Turin Shroud in the context of 1987-2037 possibilities. I expect that the final results on these two highly visible problems will influence scientist's thinking on the place of the light microscope in research and problem solving. Both the map and The Shroud are ex­ cellent examples of ultramicroanalytical problems best solved by PLM. Unfortunately the lack of PLM background and lack of confidence in its use by scientists generally and their blind faith in High-Tech analytical instrumenta­ tion has made it impossible for the PLM to win its de­ served credit for finding both map and Shroud to be for­ geries. The light microscope, with its most important acces­ sory the eye and brain above the eyepiece, finds the ink lines in the Vinland Map to contain a twentieth Century pigment (Ti02 as anatase) impossible in an alleged 1440 map. The particles can be found and identified by ultra­ microanalytical instruments like the PLM but not by the trace analytical instruments used by those who have re­ ported the PLM evidence to be suspect and probably wrongl. A corollary of our main problem is to educate scientists as to the difference between ultramicroanalysis (tiny but relatively pure. samples) and trace analysis (ppm and ppb concentrations in large samples). Once this dis­ tinction becomes better known the fact that PLM solved the map and Shroud problems and the High-Tech instruments did not, should help us in our main problem of restoring PLM to the research world. A strong effort to correct current mis-thinking about the Vinland Map is in progress2. The Shroud is a very similar situation. Very fine pigment particles (red ochre and vermilion) are obvious by PLM as the image-forming material on the Shroud. The High­ Tech instruments can't see the pigments or the tempera medium on the individual linen fibers hence "they aren't there". This too, when corrected and acknowledged, will help scientists see that PLM is a powerful analytical tool and, just maybe, that it could solve other tough problems in the research and technology world.

1. Cahill, T .A., et al., "The Vinland Map Revisited", Anal. Chem. 59, 829-833 (1987). 2. Mccrone, W.C., "The Vinland Map", submitted to Anal. Chem.

iv 11 50 YEARS AGO"

Pioneers of Bacteriology*

V. L. Kahan

The very small has been found to share, with the very large, a power of fascination over many men which the intermediate stages of size are unable to excite. The former group can well be used to demonstrate this supposi­ tion, and among these minutiae can be found the various groups of bacteria, both benign and malignant, which have an attraction that has drawn very many to study them. Bacteria or microbes are unicellular organisms mea­ suring from 3-9 thousandths of a millimetre, and conse­ quently are invisible to the naked eye. It is only with infinite care in special preparations with selective stains, and the use of the high power objective of the microscope that their form, and consequently their differ­ entiation can be deciphered. Bacteriology is a young science dating only to the third quarter of the nineteenth century, and has reached its present state of knowledge through the efforts of the gifted men who were attracted by the idea of a living organism so small as to be virtually invisible carrying on life and multiplying in favourable surroundings with such an access of power as to kill a man, or change a substance from one form to another. Bacteria were first seen as a result of a combination of circumstances which for happy apposition is almost unrecorded in its rarity. Van Leeuwenhoek, in the latter portion of the seventeenth century, first saw a unicellu­ lar structure. This one time draper became an optician and maker of optical instruments. He produced powerful magni­ fying glasses, and experimented with lenses. Also, happily for posterity, Van Leeuwenhoek was extremely short sight­ ed, and this capacity enabled him to see with very short

*Reprinted from The Microscope, 1, 165-168 (1938}

341 focal length lenses objects which were outside the accom­ modating range of the normal eye. Added to this combina­ tion was an insatiable curiosity, and a skill of draughts­ manship which he employed to good purpose.* The apparatus used was of the simplest variety, a small globule of opti­ cal glass held in a brass frame. The magnifying power of a lens of this description is naturally high, but the focal length extremely short; but not too short for our myopic Dutchman. With this simple technique he not only saw pro­ tozoa, but also drew them. By these records we know that Van Leeuwenhoek saw, and saw accurately, such creatures as amoeba and paramecium, the simpler and larger unicellular organisma. As he improved his technique, yeast, spiro­ chaetes, spermatozoa and bacteria were also recorded by him. He had not only, as we have said, seen and drawn them, but also with the rudimentary means which he invent­ ed himself measured them. In common with most pioneers he was disbelieved at first, but in later life received the recognition which was his due and was elected a member of learned societies in many European countries including England. Although Van Leeuwenhoek's work was known to the world, and its scientific men, it was nearly two hundred years before any further knowledge of these miniscule forms was discovered and then the subject, after being approached in a general fashion, was systematically pur­ sued. It is hard for us to-day to realize that only seven­ ty-five years ago the possibility of spontaneous genera­ tion, and all it implies, was the general belief of scien­ tific men, and the man who did more than anyone to dis­ prove this supposition was Louis Pasteur. Pasteur was trained as a chemist, and not primarily interested in bacteria for themselves. He wished to understand and to control processes which up to that time had been used in a rule of thumb manner, and in the manner of rules of thumb, were very often failures, or at least did not produce uni­ form results. With this end in view he studied in a controlled and scientific manner the fermenting processes employed in breweries following the previously suggested idea that fermentation was due to yeast, which at that time was already a well known organism. In this direction he was able to show that different fluids were fermented by organisms which morphologically differed, and each was specific to the product it brought about. This brought

*Editor's Note (1988) - Antony was, by his own admission, a poor draughtsman and his drawings were nearly always made by artists he hired for the purpose.

342 MICROSCOPY( 1987)35 V .L. KAHAN

Pasteur, and others following his work, to the question of the origin of these organisms. It was generally held at that time, that these very simple structures were spon­ taneously produced by the matter involved, and especially from decomposing organic matter. It is interesting in this respect to follow out a possible cause for this belief. It should at this stage be realized that there existed in the sixteenth century an accredited formula which was said to produce mice. In the seventeenth century, however, this was no longer considered possible, but smaller objects such as the worms in meat were allowed to be thought spontaneously produced. So, we see that spontaneous gen­ eration was still considered possible, but as knowledge generally increased spontaneous generation was reserved for organisms of decreasing size. Even worms were shown, at the end of the seventeenth century, to be the larvae of flies, but the old conception was brought forward again as the organism became microscopic in size. Shortly before the middle of the nineteenth century it was being demonstrated, with the aid of sterilization, that substances which had previously given rise to spon­ taneous generation and change of structure did not do so, and experiments showed that fermentation or putrefaction was caused by substances either added to or already lodged in the experimental matter. When the added air, a mysteri­ ous quantity at this time, had also been either filtered or cleaned in some chemical or physical manner, no change would ensue in the matter tested. This was the point at which Pasteur's work began. He started on the investiga­ tion of fermentation and was able ultimately to show that the small organisms, yeasts of various specificity, were the outcome of parent bodies, and not the results of decomposition. He showed that the air was full of germs varying in quantity and type with varying situations, and was also able to culture these germs and study them. Pasteur's greatest contribution to bacteriology was in the differential culturing of bacteria by means of varying the culture medium. He increased acidity or alkalinity, chang­ ed concentrations and by these and similar means grew virulent forms of germs, and cultured them to an attenu­ ated state when they could be used for purposes such as vaccination, when they became the direct servants of man. By this earlier work Pasteur, who died in 1895, put all industries that employ fermentation for ever in his debt by his observations on the yeasts. He worked on these special substances to further his knowledge which he gave first for the benefit of his friends, then of France, her people, and their industries. Medical science is no less indebted, for his discoveries in pathology not only brought cure to formerly incurable conditions, but started at the same time a train of thought which is continued to

343 this day. Pasteur was not primarily interested in the morphology of microbes, and said as much, but in learning, and so teaching, the methods of isolation and cultivation of bacteria. Since the practical basis of microscopy is founded on his methods he looms very largely, and for that reason, although he himself rarely accurately used the microscope, his work has a special significance for mi­ croscopists. In Germany, at the same time as Pasteur was approach­ ing his zenith, another man was carrying on in a fashion that was an almost direct extension of Pasteur's work in Paris. Robert Koch, a physician, was turning from medicine to bacteriology, and his contributions to this science were only second to those of Pasteur himself. His line of approach was through the anthrax bacillus of which he demonstrated the chara_cter and mode of growth. This work he published in 1876, and followed it by describing his methods, which are the forerunners of those used to-day. He prepared, stained and fixed bacteria, studied them under the microscope, and also photographed them, and by experimental means confirmed their pathogenicity. He was also the first man to use solid culture media. Previously, all bacteria had been grown in fluids, making their indi­ vidual transfer and separate study a matter of great difficulty. When colonies of bacteria could be grown on solids and easily transferred in pure strains and recul­ tured, the study of them was greatly facilitated. Also new methods of differential staining were constantly being elaborated with the active collaboration of dye manufac­ turers. Optical instrument producers were not less eager to give their co-operation and so microscopes became rapidly more effective and increased the scope of re­ search. Thus commenced a revolution in this branch of science, and in the last quarter of the nineteenth century a succession of discoveries was reported bearing on the relation of bacteria to human and animal disease, which offered a new era of understanding. Chief among these discoveries, in human medicine, were the causative organ­ isms of tuberculosis, diphtheria, erysipelas, cholera, plague, leprosy and typhoid. Veterinary knowledge was also immediately extended and the causes of glanders, swine erysipelas, hog cholera and other diseases demonstrated. Most of these discoveries were made by the band of workers who associated themselves with Koch, including such illus­ trious names as Leoffler, Pfeiffer and Kitasato. Britain distinguished herself in Dr. Bruce's discovery of the cause of malta fever, a mysterious condition which had made Malta an island difficult to inhabit, and which he traced to the milk of the indigenous goats. This was in 1887, and since that discovery l\falta, from a p.ealth view­ point at least, has been a colony with possibilities never

344 MICROSCOPE(1987)35 V .L. KAHAN before considered. one to sup­ The foregoing paragraphs might well lead fraught pose that bacteria must of necessity be organisms well rid of them. with woe, and that the Earth would be is far from the actual fact. Of all bac­ This, however, great disease producing varieties are in a teria, the to the and the major part are of great advantage minority, of of the globe. Apart from the fermentation denizens are essential liquors and the making of cheese, microbes all the constitu­ for mammalian existence. For example, of one third con­ ents of the contents of the human bowels, out their vital sists of masses of bacteria carrying and so aiding function on behalf of the host, fermenting digestion of food. the and Koch As the bacterial revolution of Pasteur were explained spread, apparently disconnected phenomena of soil fertili­ by the study of bacteriology. The problem the reaccumula­ ty was solved, and the actual mechanism of This work of tion of nitrates in used soil explained. by Warrington at tremendous importance was done in England involved, one Rothamstead, who showed that two stages were and a second of the conversion of ammonia to nitrites, unable to isolate nitrites into nitrates. Warrington was responsible for this, although he knew that the organisms were exist. Ten years later both these bacteria they must sky. and described by the bacteriologist Winograd isolated, continues, agriculture, the basis on which human life Thus enable the under the aegis of the microscope to comes it might be benign germ to work for Man when otherwise absent. in the The study of microbes is one that originated century with the discoveries of Van Leeuwen­ seventeenth quarter of and then was discontinued until the last hoek, made. Since nineteenth, when tremendous strides were the compara­ the beginning of the twentieth century, however, to that of the tively little original work has been added the utmost skill days of the great investigators who used This, principally, is on account of their and vision. all genius which uncovered to a great extent penetrating unre­ evident problems, and followed them with the more since vigour. Nevertheless, it has been valuable lenting as they has filled in the gaps left by the pioneers it which had so pushed forward, correlating the knowledge been recorded. Bacteria were more accurately rapidly organ­ and classified. Duplication of the same described and more isms independently discovered was corrected, of the known strains accumulated. exact knowledge fields, study of bacteriology has opened other The hinted in medicine, which need not be more than especially are both Immunology, and the filter passing viruses here. organ- direct extensions of our knowledge of pathogenic

345 isms, and will, as new methods of approach are employed, lead to results of inestimable value. So it can be imagined that our knowledge of this sub­ ject, which was almost nil only seventy years ago, and now enormous, is is due not only to the geniuses who have been the pioneers, but also to the subject which they studied, and which fascinated them, Bacteria.

End of Volume One This number completes Volume One. Our publishers have the decision made to finish the first volume with this issue in view of the fact that copies of the first part are ex­ hausted and other issues are running short. A Title-page and Index is in active preparation, price the will be 6d.; it will include an Errata and Index Contributors. to Those who wish to have their issues bound in perma­ nent form will be able to purchase a Binding Case, togeth­ er with Index for 3s. These are intended for professional binding , and are not looseleaf binders. If Readers prefer they may make arrangements with us to have their copies bound. An advertisement with full particulars appears on page vii.

346 MICROSCOPE(1987)35 CUMULATIVE INDEXES

AUTHOR SUBJECT BOOK REVIEWS (by author)

1937 - 1987 (Vols. 1-35)

EDITORS: Arthur L .E. Barron 1937-1962

Walter C. Mccrone 1963 --

Published by: Mccrone Research Institute 2820 S. Michigan Avenue Chicago, Illinois 60616 (312) 842-7105

are still avail­ Note:Many back issues of this journal (photocopied able. Any individual articles may be obtained prices can be in black and white) for $2 .00 each; quantity quoted on request. Page Numbering in Vol. 15---A Problem

The balance of this issue consists of author, subject and book review index for the first 50 years (35 volumes). There is a problem with the page numbering of Volume 15. In June of 1967 the Mccrone Research Institute pur­ chased the Microscope from Arthur Barron. At that juncture Arthur had published 366 pages of Volume 15. We, however, published the third quarter issue of Volume 15 but num­ bered it pp. 1-104 instead of the correct 367-467. We did send a set of correct stick-on page numbers to all sub­ scribers in 1967 and in the 30-Volume index published in the fourth quarter - 1983 issue we gave both page numbers using an * to indicate the incorrect number, e.g. , Grabar D.G., Studies of Porous Materials by Interference Micros­ copy, 15, 406 (43)* (1967). This system has been continued in this index. All page numbers from 364 (1)* to 467 (104)* are affected. Fortunately, this affects only a few of the hundreds of references.

vi CUMULATIVE AUTHOR INDEX

Volumes 1-35 1937 1987

R. J.: see Bartlett, J., ASLETT, R.H.J.: see Pieters, L.A. ADAMS, (Abstract) 19, 424(1971); 20, 375 (Abstract) 19, 433 (1971) (1972) A.: Camphine lamp, 6, 24, ABSELL, D.B.: Excessive aper­ (1946) AFFLECK, ture, 8, 104 C1950) ABSELL, A.: Removing parasites, PO: Tendencies in microscope 6, 277 (1947) AH design, 5, 209 (1944) A.: One use for Polaroid, ABSELL, A.J.: see Boyes, E.D., 7, 216 (1949) AKARNULIS, 27, 9 (1979) ADAIR, S.D.: see White, G.W., 21 L.E.W.van: Enlarging the 115 ( 1973) ALBADA, microscopical field, 9, 57(1952> ADAMS, c.c.: Unidentified object ALBERTSON, C.E.: A light tent for in human feces, 10, 333 (1956) photomicrography, 14, 253(1964) L.D.: see Dorne, J.D., 31 ADAMS, F. R., et al.: A fluor­ 37 ( 1983) ALBRIGHT, escent dye binding technique for detection of chrysotile asbestos. ADAMS, M.D.: Ultramicrosampling 30, 267 (1982) with a laser-microscope, 19, 157 157 ( 1971) ALBRIGHT, J., et al.: Automatic ana I ys is of the bone bi - ADAMS, M.D.: Separation and ex­ image variations in rib architec­ amination of particulate mater­ opsy: ture, 26, 15 (1978) ials from molten sodium, (Ab­ stract) 20, 296 (1972) ALDINGER, F., et al.: The deter­ of phase boundaries by ADAMS, M.D.: Initial reactions in mination quantitative image analysis, (Ab­ phosphate casting refractories, 19, 429 (1971) (Abstract) 24, 322 (1976) stract)

vii ALLAN, R.S.: The beginnings of ARMSTRONG, J.: The effects of modern microscope design, 4, 249 interocular distance on micro- ( 1941) scope ca I i brat ion, 35, 267 ( 1987) ALLEN, REV. M. YATE: The study of pollen, 1, 127 (1937) ARMSTRONG, P.B.: A scanning elec­ tron microscope technique for ALLEN,REV. M. YATE: Pollen grains study of the i nterna I mi croanat­ in honey, 3, 48, 99,228(1939) omy of embryos, 19, 281 (1971)

ALLEN R.P.: A new type of mirror ASHRAF, M., et al.: A simple in­ for the microscope and other op­ expensive micromanipulator for tical instruments, 14, 332 (1965) isolation of single spores from yeast asci, 26, 35 (1978) ALLEN R.P.: A new electronic flash for photomicrography, (Ab­ ASUNMAA,S.K.: Improved resolution stract) 24, 308 (1976) in x-ray absorption micrographs, 14, 72, 90 (1963) ALLMAND, T.R.: Proving trials of the Quantimet image analysing ATKINSON,A: Low consumption mi­ computer in metal lography,16, 163 croscope lamp, 5, 109 (1942) (1968) ATKINSON,A.: Ex-government equip­ ALLMAND, T .R.: Th in fi Im inter­ ment, 9, 91 C 1952) ference, a new method for identi­ fication of non-metallic inclu­ ATKINSON,A.: Simple sterilizer, sions, 18, 11 C1970) 9, 116 ( 1953)

ALLMAND, T.R.: Technical problems AUS,H.,et al.: A note on the use­ in assessing non-meta I I i c inc I u­ fulness of multi-color scanning s ions in steel, (Abstract) 19, and image processing in eel I 428 (1971); 20, 57 (1972) biology, 24, 39 (1976)

AMICI, D.: see Tedeschi, G.G., AUS,H.M.: An interactive quanti­ 17, 149 ( 1969) tative microscopy system for a biomedical institute (Abstract) ANDERSON, H.P.: A simple scheme 23, 272 ( 1975) for the individualisation of human hair, 17, 221 (1969) BABIN, R.M.: see Hebert, Jacques, J., 23, 139 (1975) ANDERSON, R.L.: A brief discus­ s ion of safety in the metal lo­ BAHR, G.F.: Quantitative electron graphy laboratory, 14, 180 (1964) microscopy, 13, 330 (1963)

ARMITAGE, F.D.: Electric torch as BAILEY,G.W.: Particle rep I ication microscope ii luminant, 3, 54 techniques and applications, 14, (1939) 306 ( 1965)

ARMITAGE, F.D.: Dioxan in micro­ BAKER, H.M., et al.: Some advan­ scopical technique, 3, 212 (1939) tages of analytical techniques by stereophotography with the I ight ARMITAGE, and electron microscopes, 17, F.D.: An eyepiece cam­ 19 (1969) era for miniature negatives, 4, 124 (1940) BAKER, J. R.: Note on phase con­ trast, 8, 103 (1950) ARMITAGE, W.K.: The examination of crystal I ine material by elec­ BAKER, J. R.: Division of hydra, tron microscopy, 15, 32 (1965) 9, 51 ( 1952)

viii 3, 55 BAKER, JOHN R.: Design of objec­ BARR,M.: Insects in amber, tive mounts, 9, 324 (1954) (1939) of some BALES, H.: Simple selected area BARR,M.: On the elytra chor­ diffraction CSAED) procedure for grasshoppers of the genus 142 (1939) smal I particle identification, th ipp i es, Fieb., 3, 31, 63 (1983) BARR,M.: So-cal led gynandromorph­ BALLARD,A.C.: Pond Ii fe observa­ ism in earwigs, 3, 170 (1939) tions 6, 302(1948); 7, 77 (1948); (Ab­ 7, 183, 260 (1949) BARRETT, J.: see Huns,M., stract) 20, 299 (1972) BALLARD.A.C.,: Granules in des­ for mids, 7, 108 (1948) BARRON, A.L.E.: New outfit phase contrast microscopy, 7, 204 BALLARD,A.C.: Anchorage thread to (1949) halteri, 8, 14 (1950) BARRON,A. L.E.: Beck's reflecting BALLARD,A.C.: Paramecium bursar­ microscope, 8, 20 (1950) ~. 8, 165 (1951) BARRON,A.L.E.: McCartney micro­ BALLARD,A.C.: Biomyxa, 8, 309 scope lamp, 8, 295 (1952) ( 1952) BARRON, A.L.E.: Cleaning sponge BALLARD,A.C.: Amoeba,9, 85 (1952) spicules, 12, 159 (1959)

BARACAT,A.: see Hasson,R., 18,165 BARRON,A.L.E.: Sectioning sea ur­ ( 1970) chin spine, 12, 160 (1959) simple BARACAT ,A.: see Hasson,R., (Ab­ BARRON, A.L.E.: Making stract) 19, 307, 423 (1971) equipment in glass, 11, 189, 217 ( 1957) BARCLAY ,G.A.: New med i ca I app I i­ dark­ cat ion of automatic image analy­ BARRON, A.L.E.: Immersion sis, (Abstract) 23, 273 (1975) ground from a Wenham paraboloid, 13, 354 (1961) BARISH, L.: Overcoming problems in the SEM examination of tex­ BARRON,A.L.E.:ln commemoration of t i I es, 31 , 139 C1983) John Thomas Quekett, 13,70(1961)

BARISH, L.: Overcoming inversion Some quantitative Pola­ BARRY, D.H.: at low exposure levels of of enzyme 55 negatives, 35, histochemical studies roid® type 437 53 ( 1987) kinetics, (Abstract) 19, ( 1971) BARKER,J.W.: Synedra undulata (Bailey), 5, 180 (1944) BARTELL,L.S.: Images of gas atoms by electron holography, (Ab­ BARLING,T.P.: Tertiary butyl al­ stract) 24, 315 (1976) coho I , 11 , 1 58 C19 57) BARTLETT,J., et al.: Development 6,307 BARLING T.P.: Spierer lens, of a holographic technique for ( 1948) sizing particles in moving aero­ 19, 424 (1971); BARNETT,W.J.: Mechanical finger sols, (Abstract) for diatoms, 10, 104 ( 1954) 20, 3 7 5 ( 1972)

BARR,M.: Our neglected earwig, 3, BASTICK, R.E.: Optical glass,10, 29 (1939) 326 ( 1956)

ix BAUN, W.L.: Crystal data and in­ BAYARD, M.A.: Some unusua frared spectrum I prob- of potassium co­ 1ems so I ved with the ba It CI I) acetyl ion micro­ acetonate, 13, probe (Abstract) 21, 295 ( 1963) 253 (1973) BAYARD,M.A.: BAUSE,C.F.: Applications of the A smal I drawtube pho­ ion probe microanalyzer{Abstract) tomicrographic camera,1,119(1937) 23, 269(1975) BAUSE,C.F.: Correspondence: Pol­ BAYARD, M.A.: see Fiedler, i shed or black?, Inge: 3, 251 (1939) {Abstract) 23, 268 (1975) BAUSE,C.F.: Experiments in ii lum­ BEAN, M.M.: see Jones,F.T.,20,333 ination, 5, 118, 126 (1943) (1972); (Abstract) 20, 294 (1972) BAUSE,C.F.:Water-glass as a moun­ BEDl,U.:A note on Serra's tant, 7, 26 (1948) damask­ ing technique, 13, 279 (1963) BAUSE,C.F.: Leonard Sandall and BELLAS,E.l.R.: Microscope the P.M.S., by King 12, 130 (1959) and Coombs, 6, 327 (1948) BAUSE,C.F.: P.M.S. member's note­ BELLAS,E.l.R.:van Heurck•s trans­ book "Critical 11 Microscopy ,10,293 formers , 9, 164 (1953) 314,(1956); 11, 21 (1956) BENKO, J.J.: Add video BAUSE,C.F.: 25th to your anniversary let­ microscqpe, 32, 273 (1984) ter, 13, 200 (1962) BERGNER, J.: Po I ar i zat ion BAXTER, D. J.: and in­ see Lee, R. H., terference microscopy in 35, 19 ( 1987) pol lu­ tion control, 26, 73 (1975) BAYARD,M.A.: Build your own elec­ BERLINGER, M.D.: tron microscope Absorption pro­ 14, 371 (1965) file studies in UV-TV microscopy, 14, 192( 1964) BAYARD, M.A.: Microprobe analysis of smal I particles, 15, 389 (26)* BERNI, R.J.: see Herbert,J.J.,20, ( 1967) 161 (1972) BAYARD, M.A.: Computer interfac­ BERRY,D.J.: see Bond, C.P., (Ab­ ing the electron microprobe, 17, stract) 19, 442(1971); 20,165 169(1969) 165 (1972) BAYARD, M.A.: A pressurized spec­ BESANT,C.B.,et al.: iman chamber Automatic im­ for light microscopy age analysis in track 17, 287( 1969) counting, (Abstract) 19, 441 (1971); 20,127 ( 1972) BAYARD,M.A.: Ion probe,(Abstract) 19, 425( 1971) BESANT,C.B., et al.: Measurement of reaction rates in a fast reac­ BAYARD, M.A.: Simplified electron tor using so I id-state track re­ microprobe,CAbstract)19,434C1971) corders, (Abstract) 23, 261(1975) BESANT,C.B.: BAYARD, M.A.: see Lycos,T., 24,199 The ion probe and (1976) the analysis of smal I particles, (Abstract) 20, 291 ( 1972) BESANT,c.B.: see Qaqish,A.Y.,26, 155 ( 1978) BAYARD,M.A.:Some electron effects in ion generation in the ion mi­ BESANT,C.B.:see Rickard,l.C.,CAB­ croprobe(Abstract) 21, 249(1973) stract)21,257C1973); 22,141(1974)

x BESIC,F.c., et al.: Dissolution al lie inclusion exhibiting segre­ and recrystal 1 ization of dental gation for both heavy and I i ght enamel, (Abstract) 20, 293(1972) elements, 17, 145 (1969)

BESIC,F.C.: see Wiemann,M.R.Jr., BLAND,W.J.: Collection and clas­ 21, 81 (1973) sification of the coleoptera, 3, 60, 85, 111, 141, 173, 201, 226, BETRABET,S.M., et al.:Glycol me­ 259 ( 1939) thacrylate, an embedding medium to study the ultrastructure of BLAND,W.J.: Classification of co­ cotton treated with swel 1 ing l eoptera, 4, 28, 166 C1940) agents, 18, 193 (1970) BLANK, J.R.: Non-metal lie inclu­ BEXON,R.,et al.: Quantitative as­ sion assessment by image analysis sessment of aerosol holograms(Ab­ techniques, 16, 189 (1968) stract) 23, 66 (1975) BLIFFORD, l.H.,Jr.et al.: An auto­ BIBBY,P.: Magnification formula, mated particle analysis system, 5, 319 (1944) 21, 121 (1973)

BIKERMAN,J.J.: Fundamental limi­ BLOOM,J.S.: see Taylor, D.H., 28, tation of the rep I ica method, 21, 47 ( 1980) 183( 1973) BOHNHOFF-HLAVACEK, G.: Micro- BINGHAM,R.A.: Recent developments scopical evaluation of nuclear with the AEI IM-20 (Abstract) 21, tracks in solids, 34, 319 244 (1973) (1986)

BIRCHLER,H.R.: Conifer needles, BOLLETER,W.T.: see Kohlbeck,J.A., 12, 239 ( 1960) 20, 233 ( 1972)

BIRD, v.: A new polariscope for BOND,C.P., et al.: The quantimet detection of strains in optical 720P for routine biological assay systems, 12, 44 (1958) and potency calculation from col­ ony count inhibition and exhibi­ BIRGE, W.J.: Comparative effects tion zone measurements, (Ab­ of permanganate and osmium stract) 19, 442 (1971>; 20, 165 f i xat ion on the preservation of (1972) u I tras tructura I deta i I in the choroid plexus of the chick BOND,C.P., et al.: see Fisher,c., 20,203 embryo, 14, 458 C1965) (Abstract) 19, 440 (1971); ( 1972) BISHOP, G.D.: see Bexon,R., (Abstract) 23, 266 (1975) BOND,C.P., et al.: see Kel ly,T., (Abstract) 20, 303 (1972) BLACK,D.R.: Optical and crystal- 1ograp hi c properties of eye 1oa1- BORASKY, R.: The electron micro­ 1 i in hydrochloride monohydrates, scope: priority of invention, 14, 379 ( 1965) 30, 11 (1982)

BLACKSHAW,S.J.: see Brown,J.F.C., BORYS KO, E. : S imp I e methods for (Abstract) 21, 249 (1973) the embedding and replication of textile materials using dental BLAKE,N.S.: A new medium resolu­ base plate wax, 13, 307 (1963) tion scanning electron microscope of the (Abstract) 19, 432 C 1971) BORYSKO, E.: An evaluation new 70 mm rol i I f Im camera Siemens elec- BL~NCHARD,B.E.,et al.: Non-met- attachment for the

xi tron microscope, 14, 68 (thunberg) (Lepidoptera ( elachis­ 1963) tidae), 7, 299 (1950) BORYSKO, E.: Thin sectioning of BRAGGINS,D.W.: see Sturgess,G.L., tissues for electron microscopy (Abstract) 19, 435(1971>; 20, without the use of embedding 275 t 1972) materials, 14, 7 (1963) BRAMMER,l.S.: Modern techniques BOSECK,S.: et al.: Application of for electron meta I Iography, 15, Fraunhofer diffraction to resolu­ 249 ( 1966) tion of unknown biological struc­ tures, (Abstract) 21, 251(1973) BRAMWELL, B.L.: American cata­ logues, 5, 235 (1944) BOSECK,S.: Image structure analy­ sis, 21, 131 ( 1973) BRANDSTATTER-KUHNERT,M.:see Kuhn­ ert-Brandst'atter,M. BOSECK,S.: Image structure mea­ surements on phase contrast im­ BREEZE,V.L.:Correspondence:Cel lo­ ages in the light microscope, solve, 4, 303 (1941) (Abstract) 23, 270 (1975) BRENNAN,T.A.: Absorption profile BOTAN, E.A.: Absorption profile studies in UV-TV microscopy, 14, studies in UV-TV microscopy, 14, 192 ( 1964) 192 ( 1964) BRENNAN,T.A.: Ultra-violet BOTAN,E.A.: tele­ Ultraviolet televi­ vision microscopy and mi crospec­ sion microscopy and microspectro­ trophotometry, 14, 141(1964) photometry, 14, 141 (1964)

11 BRIDLE, E.G.: Camphine 11 , 5, 318 BOTAN,E.A.: The decay of fluores­ (1945) cence in specimens sta i ned w ith f I uorescent antibodies of f I uo­ BRINSER, J.W., et al.: Optical rochromes, 15, 522 (1967) studies of the elevated tempera­ ture behavior of foamable vi BOTAN,E.A.: ny I see Schwartz,H.C.,17, plastisols, 21, 201 (1973> 277 (1969) BROWN,H.J.: Experiences BOWER-SHORE,C.: in the The report of a use of polyvinyl alcohol as a study of a bacterial infection of mountant, 8, 263 (1951) fish, 4, 182 (1940) BROWN, J .A.: Some contact BOWLES,J.F.W.: ang I e Quantitative mi­ observations and anomalous croprobe re­ analysis of uranium min­ sults produced during SEM examin­ erals, 26, 55 (1975> ation, (Abstract) 20, 300 (1972) BOYES,E.D., et al.: Alloy lattice BROWN,J.A.: A new approach to the images and their interpretation, SEM examination of pigment dis­ 27, 9 (1979) persion in paint films, (Ab­ stract) 24, 312 (1976) BOYLSTON,E.K., et al.: The stain­ i ng of text fi Iie bres for e I ec­ BROWN,J.F.C.: Pharmaceutical and tron microscopy; a survey,19,255 clinical applications of the 1TMC (1971) image analysing computer, (Ab­ stract) 19, 436 (1971>; 20, 111 BRADBURY, J .G.: The making of mi­ ( 1972) crophotographs, 3, 131 (1939) BROWN, J.F.C.: Application tech­ BRADLEY, J .D.: Mendes i a far i ne I Ia no Iogy of the 1TMC part i cI e mea-

xii of the surement computer, (Abstract) 19, BUNN IN, c.: Recollections 12, 295 285 ( 1971) Photomicrography Society, (1960) BROWN, J.F.C.: Automatic micro­ for photo­ scopic analysis with the 7T'M:: BURKE,F.: Plate camera 5, 78 (1942) particle measurement computer, micrography, 19, 285( 1971) BURKE,F.: Preserving aquatic in­ sects, 5, 46 (1942) BROWN, J.F.C., et al.: Airborne contamination assessment and con­ BURKE,F.: Attaching microscope to trol using the mi 11 ipore 7T'MC support, 5, 179 (1944) (Abstract) 21, 249 (1973) system, BURKE,F.: Brine fly, 5, 238(1944) see Warner, S.B., 30, BROWN,J.N.: BURKE, F.: Pipette, new form, 5, 101 ( 1982) 252 ( 1945) Dispersion staining, BROWN,K.M.: BURKE,F.: Permanent mounts, 5,264 I, 13, 311 (1963); Part II, Part (1945) 14, 39 (1963) BURKE,F.: Studying mosquitoes, 6, K.M.: Electron microscopy BROWN, 212, 234 (1947); 6, 298 (1948) of particulates in mine atmos­ 13, 270 (1963) pheres, BURRELLS,W.: Glare, 7, 233(1949) W.M.D.: Accessory tech­ BRYANT, BURRELLS, W.: Further notes on for particle identifica­ niques glare, 7, 324 (1950) tion in polarized 1 ight micros­ 21 (1975) copy, 23, BURREL LS, W.: Contribution to the of diatom movement, 8, 147 Dispersion of op­ study BRYANT,W.M.D.: ( 1951) tical indicatrix as a key identi­ characteristic for smal 1 fying BUSSY, B.: Dingley P. Fuge (Obit­ (Abstract) 21, 253 particles, uary), 5, 267 (1945) (1973); 22, 181 (1974) BUSSY,B.: A pond query, 11, 270 BRYANT, W.M.D.: Optical crystal­ (1958) lographic properties of some bio­ important organic bases logically BUTLER,J.: see A. Stroud, 15, 431 derivatives, (Abstract) and their (68)* ( 1967) 24, 306 (1976); 25, 179 (1977) BUTLER,M.H.: Applications of the BRYANT, w.M.D.: Optical crystal­ polarizing microscope in the con­ two rare earth min­ ' ography of servation of paintings and other 21, 39 (1973) era 1s, works of art, 21, 101 (1973) BRYANT, W.M.D.: Some interesting BUTTEMER,R.W.: Correspondence, 4, (Abstract) 23, 267 crystals, 303 (1941) (1975); 24, 261 (1976) BUTTERFIELD, J. F.: Video micros­ BRYCE, D.L.: Nomenclature of the copy, 26, 171, (1978) rotatoria, 11, 60 (1956) BUTTO,A.M.: see Brinser,J.w., 21, W. F. : An embed d ing oven, BUMSTED, 201 (1973) 10, 65 ( 1954) BUTTON, M.J.: An interference mi­ W. F. : Lamphouse and a pa­ BUMSTED, croscope study of iron whiskers, rat us for ultraviolet I ight, 12, 13, 355 ( 1963) 48 ( 1958)

xiii BUTTON, R.: A self-calibrating CARTER, J.R.: Diatom notes: Loch densitometer for image ana I ys is, na Cui le, a preliminary notice, (Abstract) 24, 317 (1976) 13, 74 (1961)

BUTTON, R.E.: see Morton, R.R., CARTER, J.R.: Diatom notes: Some (Abstract) 21, 246 (1973) unusual . British forms, 13, 156 (1962) CADY, H.H.: Crystallographic data for 1,3,5-triamino-2,4,6-trini­ CARTER, J.R.: Diatom notes: More trobenzene, 14, 27 (1963) unusual British forms, 13, 231 (1962) CALLAWAY, s.: see Wilkinson,M.c., 22, 229 ( 1974) CARTER, S.B.: Device for hand Ii ng cover glasses, 9, 118 (1953) CAMPBELL, D. L.: Metal lographic study of corrosion deposits: a CENTIFANTO, Y. M.: see Loveland, high pressure impregnator for R. P., 34, 181 (1986) preparing specimens, 14,354(1965) CHAMBERLAIN, V.M. ,et a I.: The de­ CAMPBELL, J .G.: Stereoscopic ef­ sign and application of a new fects, 12, 221 ( 1960) multidisciplinary automatic image analyser,(Abstract) 23, 273(1976) CAMPBELL-TAYLOR,J.E.: Alternative to cyanide for killing insects, CHANDLER,C.D.: see Kohlbeck,J.A., 3, 267 (1939) 20, 233 ( 1972)

CANNING, A.J.: see Jarman, C.G., CHANDLER,J.A.: X-ray microanaly­ 18, 123 ( 1970) sis of thin bi o I og i ca I specimens with particular reference to en­ CARHART, R.O.: High g Ioss of ex­ vironmental pollution, (Abstract) truded high impact polystyrene 21, 264 (1973) sheet; a microscopical study of sheet morphology, 14, 106 (1963) CHARSLEY,E.L., et al.: The appl i­ cation of hot stage microscopy to CARPENTER, B.S.: Quantitative ap­ the study of pyrotechnic systems, plications of the nuclear track 23, 227 (1975) technique, (Abstract) 19, 442 (1971); 20, 175 (1972) CHATTERJEE,A.K.: see Hargave,R.V. 30, 291 (1982) CARTER,J.R.: Diatom notes, 6, 70 (1946) CHEAV IN, W.H.S.: The common house fly,1, 15 (1937) CARTER,J.R.: Pleurosigma angula­ tum, 6, 24 (1946) CHEAVIN,W.H.S.: The crane fly, 1, 49 ( 1937) CARTER,J.R.: Genus Gomphonema, 6, 170 (1947) CHEAVIN,W.H.S.: The frog-hopper, 1, 77, 104(1937) CARTER, J.R.: British freshwater forms of the genus Gomphonema, CHEAVIN,W.H.S.: Leaf structure, 12, 255 ( 1960) 1, 131, 161 ( 1938)

CARTER, J.R.: Minute forms for CHENG, R.J., et al.: Microscopic genus Navicula, 12, 283 (1960) study of Pbl 2 nucleated ice crys­ tals, 18, 299 (1970) CARTER,J .R.: Genus Achnanthes as it occurs in British freshwaters, CHENG, R.J., et al.: Photomicro­ 12, 320 (1961);13, 15,37 (1961) scopic investigation of the frag-

xiv mentation of hydrometeors in the freez i ng, 9, 81 ( 19 52) laboratory,CAbstract)20,297C1972) CLANCY,W.P.: A limited crystal lo­ CHENG,R.J.: Photomicroscopical graphic and optical characteriza­ investigation of the fragmenta­ tion of alpha and beta si I icon tion of hydrometeors in the lab­ nitrider 22, 279 (1974) oratory, 21, 149 (1973) CLARKE, T .M.: Method for ca I cu- relative apertures tor EMMA, the instrument 1at ing CHESCOE,D.: optimizing diffraction-I imited and its use, (Abstract), 21, 248 depth of field in photomacrog­ (1973) raphy, 32, 219 (1984)

CHESCOE,DAWN: X-ray analysis on CLAY,L.H.:Water-mite in a strange Corinth electron microscopes, place, 6, 326 (1948)

xv COATES, A.: Case histories, 30, COLLIANDER, S.: Silica gel as a 1 (1982) dehydrator in microtechnique, 7, 138 (1949) COATES, A.: Detecting and solving prob Iems with the microscope, COLLINS,W.G.: A new form of fil­ 35, 159 (1987) ter holder, 1, 125 (1937)

COATES,D., et al.: The structures COLLINS,W.G.: A home made camera and microscopic attachment for the microscope, 1, textures of smec­ 164 (1938) tic liquid crystals, 24, 117 (1976) COLLINS, W.G.: Ring illuminator for photomacrography, 3,66(1939) COATES,V.J.: Nanospec/10- A wide range and genera I purpose compu­ COLLINS,W.G.: Process timer,6, 115 terized microspectrophotometer (1947) system, (Abstract) 24, 317 (1976) COMBS, J.W.: An automated micro­ spectrophotometric system for COBBOLD,A.J., et al.:Direct Quan­ rapid quantitative cytofluorime­ timet-electron microscope linkage try and reflectance autoradio­ for the assessment of particle graphy, 21, 11 (1973) size distribution of polymer lat­ ices, (Abstract) 19, 427 (1971) COMFORT ,A.: Perspex for micros­ copy, 6, 109 (1946) COBBOLD,A.J.: The use of a speci­ men capsule for the SEM metal lis­ COMFORT,A.: Hotstage, 6,139(1947) ation and examination of air and e Iectron beam sensitive Zieg Ier­ COMFORT, A.: Pulmonate embryos, Natta catalyst materials, (Ab­ 6, 152 ( 194 7 ) stract) 23, 269 (1975) COOK, C.J.: Screw for simple mi­ COCKS, G.G.: The nucleation and crotome, 11, 131 (1957) growth of ice crysta Is from the melt, (Abstract) 24, 322 C1976) COOK,C.J.: Slide drying oven, 11, 310 (1958) COLE,M.:The Metals Research Quan­ timent CQ.T.M.), 15, 148 (1966) COOK, C.J.: Twin lamp lighting u n t,i 11 , 209 C19 59 ) COLE,M.:see Fisher,C.,16,81(1968) COOMBS, L.D.: Triceratium sculp­ COLE, M.: Instrument errors in tum, 5, 24 C1942) quantitative image analysis, 19, 87 ( 1971) COOMBS, L.D.: Interesting diatom Csenedra undulata), 5, 154 (1943) COLE,M.: see Kel ly,T., (Abstract) 19, 430 ( 1971) COOMBS, L.D.: Excavations at Cor­ mack's, 6, 53 (1946) COLE,M.: Recent additions to the Quantimet 720 series of image COOMBS,L.D.: Asteromphalus senec­ analysis equipment, (Abstract) tus, 7, 53 (1948) 20, 301 (1972) COOMBS, L.D.: Oamaru diatoms, 7, COLE,M.: Applications of pattern 249 ( 1949) recognition systems for ana I ys is of microscope images (Abstract) COOMBS,L.D.: Auliscus el lipticus, 20, 302 ( 1972) 8, 135 ( 1951)

COLEMAN, D.S.: see Al lmand,T.R., COOMBS,L.D.: Diatom query, 8, 272 20, 57 ( 1972) ( 1951)

xvi CX>OMBS,L.D.: Movement of diatoms, CRABTREE,J.H.: Symbiotic partner­ 8, 272 ( 1951) ship, 4, 264 (1941)

COOMBS,L.D.:Biddulphia dissipata CRAMP,A.C.: Plant hairs, 6, 40,74 Syndetoneis amplectans, 8, 300 ( 1946) ( 1952) CRAMP,A.C.: Protozoan parasite of COOMBS,L.D.: Pseudo-rutilaria roc>- the warty newt, 9, 183 (1953) ni le, 9, 24 (1952) - CRAWFORD-SIDEBOTHAM, F.: Movement COOMBS, L.D.: Syndetoneis amplec­ of desmids, 7, 107 (1948) tans 9, 24 ( 1952) CRAWFORD-SI DEBOTHAM, F.: A con­ COPPERSMITH,F.E.: An SEM particle stant temperature wax bath, 8, atlas, (Abstract) 20, 293 (1972) 24 ( 1950) CORNISH,R.M.: Electron microscopy CRAWLEY,J.A., et al.: New imaging of clay coated box board, 16, 289 systems for the Quantimet 720 in­ ( 1968) cluding automatic focus, cine and facilities, CORNWALL. G.: Preparations of electron microscope micro-fungi, 1, 137 (1937) (Abstract) 19, 432 (1971) CORNWALL, G.: 25th anniversary CRAWLEY, J.A., et al.: see Bond, letter, 13, 200 (1962) C.P., 20, 165 (1972) Soil micromorphol­ CORNWALL,J.W.: et al.:see Swenson, ogy and the study of prehistoric CRAWLEY,J.A., environment, 13, 342 (1963) R.A., (Abstract) 20, 301 (1972)

CORRIGAN, GILBERT E.: Colloidal CRISLER, J.P.: Control led atroc>s­ s i I i ca gradient separation of phere microscopy, 14, 152 (1964) sperm from biological fluids, 30, 147 ( 1982) CRISLER, J.P.: Letter to the edi­ tor, 14, 277 (1964) COSTAS, L.P.: The use of petro­ graphic thin section techniques CRISLER, J.P.: The refractive in­ for corrosion studies, 29, 147 dex of liquid sodium, 14, 362 ( 1981) ( 1965)

COSTELLO, J.J.: Enock on fairy CROSSMON,G.C.: Mounting media for f I ies, 7, 193 C1949) I iving phase microscope specimens 10, 10 ( 1954) COSTELLO, J.J.: Santa Monica dia­ toms, 7, 194 (1949) CROSSMON, G.C.: Opt ica I methods for the examination of bacteria, COWAN, G.S.: My ivory tower, 15, yeast and roc>ld colonies, 13, 322 132 ( 1966) ( 1963)

COWHAM, M.J.: see Gibbard, D.W., CROSSMON, G.C.: Macroscopic dis­ (Abstract) 19, 428 (1971) persion staining, 14, 498 (1965)

COWHAM,M.J.: see Jeffery, J.,CAb­ CROSSMON, G.C.: The use of sili­ stract) 20, 298 (1972) cones as sealants for living eel I preparations, 15, 346 (1967) COX,M.E.: Holographic microscopy, a review, 19, 137 (1971) CURTIN,C.B.: Application of albu­ men to st ides, 7, 27 (1948) COX, M. E.: Holographic micros­ copy-A reassessment, 22,361(1974) CRUTWELL,I., et al.: Pattern rec-

xvii ogn it ion by automatic image an­ troscopic ocular, 15, 143 (1966) a I ys is, (Abstract) 21, 255 (1973) 22, 27 ( 1974) DELLY, J.G.: Light filters in vi­ sual microscopy, 17, 193 (1969) CUNNINGHAM,C.R.: see White, G.W., 22, 267 ( 1974) DELLY, J.G.: Mounting media for particle identification, 17, 205 DADSON, S.R.: A simple water sam­ ( 1969) pler, 13, 55 (1961) DELLY, J.G.: Particle reference DARBY,R.T.: Drag-net,9,289(1954) standards, 17, 291 (1969)

DARBY,R.T.: Further notes on the DELLY, J .G. : Microscopes Hydracarina, on post­ 11, 259, 285(1958) age stamps, 24, 279 (1976) DARBY,R.T.: Permanent set-up for DELLY,J.G.: Microscopes on post­ the microscope, 12, 265 (1960) age stamps, Part 2, 26, 97 (1978) DAVEY, R.J.: Preparing and llK)Unt­ DELLY, J.G.: A basic microscopy ing rock sections, 4, 255 (1941) I ibrary, 34, 11 (1986) DAVIDSON,J.A.: Pressure eel Is for DELLY, J.G.: Diffraction I ines: optical microscopy, 23, 61 (1975) Sights and sounds at 250X, 34, 63 (1986) DAVIS,D.A.: High gloss of extrud­ ed high impact polystyrene sheet; DELLY, J.G.: Diffraction lines: a microscopical study of sheet Tattoo microscopy, 34, 145 (1986) morphology, 14, 106 (1963) DELLY, J.G.: Microscope review: DAWAR, B.L.: Studies on the pedal 11 The Leitz Minor-POL 11 , 34, 293 glands of rotifer Floscularia ( 1986) ringens (Mel icerta ringens), 17, 295 ( 1969) DELLY, J.G.: Diffraction I ines: The microscopist as colorist, DAY,C.S.: Beginner's needs, 8, 81 34, 299 ( 1986) ( 1950) DELLY, J.G.: Portable DEALTRY, microscope J.T.: Use for plastic for on-site analysis and counting boxes, 12, 223 (1960) of asbestos fibers, 34, 331 ( 1986) DECKART,M.: Barring the door with head, 11, 245 (1958) DELLY, J.G.: Diffraction I ines: Rel igio microscopisti, 34, 373 DeFOREST, P.R.: see Sottolano,S., (1986) 28, 41 ( 1980) DELLY, J.G.: Microscope DEFOREST, review: P.R., et al.: Melt­ Swift FM-31 field microscope, mounte 1.539 as a llK)Unting medium 34, 383 ( 1986) for hair, 35, 249 (1987) DELLY, J.G.: Diffraction I ines: DEFOREST, P.R.,et al.: Meltmounte Ta Ies on ta i I s--e th insect ion of stick mounting medium, 35,261 history, 35, 119 (1987) ( 1987) DELLY, J.G.: Microscope review: DeGRUY,1.V.: see J.J. Hebert, 15, Zeiss stereomicroscope 380( base for 17)* ( 1967) mini-binoculars, 35, 124 (1987) DELLY, J.G.: A simple microspec- DELLY, J. G.: Diffraction lines:

xviii Noble metal microscopes - and DIETZ, A.: Value of scanning other extravagances, 35, 217 electron microscopy identifica­ (1987) tion of members of actinomyce- tales, 31, 43 (1983) DELLY, J. G.: Diffraction lines: Dr.Herapath 1 s amazing extinguish­ DIHRBERG,A.E.: see B. Newman, 15, ing crystals, 35, 319 (1987) 528 (1967)

DELLY,J.G.: Microscopes on post­ DILKS,A.C.: A sliding condenser age stamps, Part 2, 26, 97 (1978) changer, 4, 260 (1941)

DENTEN, W.J.: Pond I ife query, 8, DILKS,A.C.: Correspondence, 4,304 105 (1950) ( 1941)

DERBY,J.T.: Correspondence, 3, 19 DILKS,A.C.: Christian Huygens, 5, (1939) 70 ( 1942)

DERBY, J.T.: A substitute for DINNER, P.J.C., et al.: Some pat­ ethyl alcohol, 3, 243 (1939) tern recogn it ion concepts for automatic analysis in fine parti­ DESANDO, R.J.: see Kantz, M.R., cle technology, 19, 77 (1971 ) 16, 65 (1968) DIXON,w.c.: OSHA regulations and De VORE, D. T.: FI uorescent micro­ methods for asbestos,26,183(1978) spectrophotometric analysis of skin scars, (Abstract), 19, 439 DOCKUM,N.L.: Autoradiographic lo­ ( 1971) calisation of Zn , 14, 137(1964)

DeVORE, D.T.: An application of DODD,J.G.: A simple high-tempera­ mi crospectrophotometry in hi sto­ ture hotstage for control led tem­ patho Iogy, 20, 267 (1972) peratures to 2000°c, 14,302(1965)

DEWEY,M.A.P.: Industrial applica­ DODD,J.G.:A sch I ieren microscope, tions of electron metallography, 15, 167 ( 1966) Part I, 15, 314 (1967); Part II, 15, 331 ( 1967) DODD, J.G.: Observations with a sch I ieren microscope, 17, 1(1969) DHILLON, B.: Radial processes of decapod sperm, 16, 365 (1968) DODD, J.G.: A holographic attach­ ment for the I ight microscope, DIAMOND, J.A.: Contamination con­ (Abstract) 24, 320 (1976); 25, 55 trol in the pharmaceutical indus­ (1977) try, (Abstract), 21, 259 (1973); 22, 209 (1974) DODD, J.: A physicist looks at microscopy, 30, 65 (1982) DIAMOND, R.A.: Automatic prepara­ tion, staining and scanning of DODD,J., et al.: A schl ieren eye­ cervical smear specimens, 16, 227 piece, 23, 89 (1975) (1968) DODD, J.G., et al.: A simple ln­ DICKINSON, D.: Correspondence, 3, terterometr i c attachment for the 19 (1939) I ight microscope, 27, 31 (1979)

DICKINSON, D.: Photomicrography DODD,J.G.: Superresolution in mi­ and Weston meter, 5, 69 (1942) croscopy, 21, 1 (1973)

DIETZ, A.: Crystal production by DODD, J.J.: see Dodd,J.G., 27, 31 mjcro-organisms, 29, 71 (1981) (1979)

xix DOIG, A.J.: Diatomite of Oamaru, 89 (1983) 12, 111 (1959) DUIJN, C.VAN, Jr.: see Van Duijn DOIG, A.J.: The Oamaru diatomite Jr., c. deposits, 13, 141, 169 C1962) DUNCAN,F.M.: J.G. Bradbury (Obit­ DOMEGALA, R.F.: Modern-day metal­ uary), 6, 142 (1947) lography, 15, 492 (1967) DUNN, HARRIS W. and J.H. STEWART, DOOLIN, P.F.: Comparative effects Jr.: Quantitative determination of permanganate and osmium f i xa­ of chrysot i Ie in bu i Id i ng mater­ t ion on the preservation of u 1- i a Is, 29, 39 (1981) trastructura I deta i I in the cho­ roid plexus of the chick embryo, DUTT, K.: Pre-fixation treatment 14, 458 ( 1965) and squashing for reptilian chro­ mosomes, 16, 355 (1968) DOUGHERTY,T.F.:A time-lapse cine­ micrographic procedure for the DUTT, K.: Study of chromosomes in study of steroid hormone effects two species of Indian I izards, on murine megakaryocytes in vi­ 17, 213 (1969) tro, 14, 319 (1965) DVORAK, J.R.: see Domagala, R.F., DORN, J.D. and L.D. Adams: The 15, 492 (1967) etch rate of portland cement cl inkers as it relates to struc­ EADES, G.: An amateur constructed ture and hydrau I i c potent i aI , microscope, 10, 260, 298 (1956); 31, 3 7 ( 1983 ) 11, 71 (1956)

DRACASS,W.R.: An easily construc­ ECKHOFF, R.K.: A rapid method for ted photomicrographic camera, 4, preparing a random distribution 193, 202 (1940) of smal I particles for electron and I ight microscopy,14,490(1965) DRACASS, W.R.: Glass troughs and eel Is, 5, 174, 193 (1944) ECKHOFF,R.K.: The use of membrane filters in the preparation of DRAYTON, W.B.: see Knights, P.M., samp Ies for e I ectron mi croscop i c (Abstract) 19, 433 (1971) examination of the sizes and shapes of subsieve particles, 15, DRUM, R.W.: Porous plates in the 136 (1966) punctae of a small Nitzschia, 14, 1 (1963) EDWARDS,W.H.: Synthetic resins for preserving specimens, 9, DUBESKI, B.M.: A device for hold­ 80 ( 1952) ing objects under the microscope, 15, 146 (1966) EDWARDS,W.H.: Preparation of ani­ mal transparencies, 9, 238 (1953) DUBEY, 1.s.: see Kubic, T.A., 31, 213 ( 1983) EDWARDS, W.H.: Air pump plate, 9, 322 (1954) DUBOIS, R.J.: see Kohl beck, J.A., 22, 169 ( 1974) EDWARDS,W.H.: Simple blade holder for microtome, 10, 22 (1954) DuFRESNE, E.R.: Meta cI lograph i study of corrosion deposits; a EDWARDS,W.H.: Microscope built in high pressure impregnator for the classroom, 10, 257 (1956) preparing specimens, 14,354(1965) EDWARDS,W.H.: Apparatus to aid DUGGAN, H.: see Meyers, N., 31, the mounting of minute objects,

xx Ogden, 11 , 230 (19 57 ) ELLWOOD, P. A.: see T. L. 34, 73 (1986) EHRLICH,S.: Reversal color film reproduction fidelity in photo­ ELTRINGHAM, H.: Correspondence, micrography, 17, 97 (1969) 1, 94 (1937)

EINS,S.: Automatic image analysis ELTRINGHAM, H.: An apparatus for in the life sciences, (Abstract) taking low power photographs, 3, 21, 256 ( 1973) 128 (1939)

EINS,S.: Automatic image analysis ELTRINGHAM, H.: Vertical projec­ in the medical and biological tion micro-drawing apparatus, 3, sciences, 22, 59(1974) 156 ( 1939)

EINS,S., et al.: Assessment of ELY, R.V.: Grenz radiography, 7, preparative vo 1ume changes in 295 ( 1950) central nervous tissue using automatic image analysis, 24, 29 ELY, R. V.: X-ray microscopy with (1976) electronic magnification, 14, 449 (1965) ELIAS,H.: Thickness of a Curved Lamina, 28, 67 (1980) ENGBERT,H.R.: Microscopical stud­ ies on the I iver fluke, 13, 91, ELKAN,E.: Diffraction gratings, 130 (1961); 13, 180 (1962) an aid to the measuring of smal 1 a objects, 13, 238 C 1962) ENGBERT, H.R.: Dactylergyrus, gil 1 parasite of common carp, 14, ELKAN, E.: A lamp for low-power 165 ( 1964) microscopy, 13, 154 (1962) ENGEL, M.B.: see Freitag, P., 19, ELKAN,E.: Photomicrography with a 271 ( 1971) home-built exposure meter, 13,281 (1963) ENOCK, J.K.: Fred Enock 1 s method of collecting and mounting Mymar­ ELLIOTT, F.B.: The production of i dae, 12, 85 (1959) colour prints of metallurgical specimens, 15, 127. (1966) ERBISH, F. H. L.: Microscopy in­ struction in the undergraduate ELLIS, H.: De rebus metal lis, 5, biology curriculum, 30, 131, 307 (1945) (1982) of ELLIS,J.R.~ Particle replication, ERSKINE, C.A.: Some results techniques and applications, 14, high power photomicrography with 306 (1965) rapidly moving I iving objects with new apparatus and materials, ELLIS, R.: see Wilkinson, M. C., 12, 113 ( 1959) 22, 229 (1974) ESCOVITZ, W.H., et al.: Progress ELLIS, S.G., et al.: High resolu­ with the scanning transmission tion transmitted light phase ion microscope, (Abstract) 24,315 microscopy of unmounted speci­ ( 1976) mens, 23, 127 (1975) ESPINOZA, E.O.: see J.1. Thornton 34, 9 (1986) ELLIS,S.G.: Methods for measuring packaging film flatness (with ETTER, M.C. and R.B. Kress: The potential applications to some study of dye crystal chemistry replicas), 24, 253 (1976) using optical microscopy and

xxi x-ray crysta 11 ography, 33, 23 FEWINGS, J.A.: Substitute ( 1985) for the screw micrometer eyepiece, 10, 90 ( 1954) ETZ, E.S., et al.: The spectro­ scopic identification of smal I FIEDLER, I., et al.: Dating of particles with a new laser Raman varnishes and media, (Abstract) microprobe,(Abstract)24,319C1976) 23, 268 (1975) EVANS, D.H.: Standardisation of FINK, G.A.: A novel system of the automated Quantimet, 18, 85 darkfield ii lumination for the ( 1970) microscopy of transparent ob­ j ects, 14, 17 C1963) EVANS, J.S.: see Foster, R.H., 19, 377( 1971); (Abstract) 19, 445 FINK, M.L.: A glass cap technique ( 1971) for enzyme histochemistry and correlative ultramicroanalysis, EVANS, J.S.: See Foster, R.H., 13, 375 ( 1963) (Abstract) 21, 257 (1973); 22,323 ( 1974) FINK, M.L.: A new histochemical smear technique for testing poly­ EVANS, R.C.: Electrochemical mi­ anions, 14, 260 (1964) croscopy, 15, 43 (1966) FINK, M.L.: Si mu I taneous i nsol u­ EVANS, R.G.: David Bryce, 9, 251 b i I ization of acid polysacchar­ ( 1953) ides and decalcification of cart­ i Iage and bone, 14, 13 C1963) EVENS, E.D.: Absolute alcohol, 5, 99 ( 1942) FISHER, C., et al.: Classified treatments tor the application of EVENS, E.D.: Fixing insects ex­ the Quantimet to stereological tended, 5, 211 (1944) problems, 16, 95 (1968) EVENS, E.D.: Nile blue B.B., 7,27 FISHER, C., et al.: The Metals ( 1948) Research image ana I ys i ng comput­ er, 16, 81 ( 1968) EYLON, D.: Crack path-microstruc­ ture relationship observations in FISHER, c., et al.: The new Quan­ titanium alloys, 23, 133, (1975) timet 720 19, 1 (1971) FAWKES, J.: Anaesthetizing in­ FISHER, c., et al.: The Quantimet sects, 3, 268 (1939) 720D for densitometry in the life sciences, (Abstract) 19, 440 FEINERMANN,E.: Stereology of leu­ (1971); 20, 203 (1972) cocytes from lymphoblastic leuke­ mic patients, (Abstract) 23, FISHER, C., et al.: see Cole,M., (1975) (Abstract) 20, 301 (1972); 20,302 ( 1972) FELTY, B. J.: see Albright, F.R., 30, 267 (1982) FISHER,C., et al.: see Wadlow, D. E., 20, 183 (1972) FERNELIUS,A.L.: see Ritchie,A.E., 17, 179 (1969) FISHER,C.,: seeCrutwell,I., (Ab­ stract) 21,255 (1973) FERNEZ, F.J.: see Newman, B.~ 15, 528 (1967) 11 FLEMING, Wm.D.: Naphrax 11 , 6, 222 ( 1947) FEWINGS, J.A.: Measuring speed of fine adjustment, 9, 315 (1954) FLEMING, Wm. D.: The making of

xxi i picked diatom slides, 13, 337,350 FORLINl,A.L.: Dispersion staining (1963) of fibers 19, 243 (1971)

FLICKER, F.H.: Observations on FOSTER, H. M.: Correspondence, 3, amoeba, 9, 192 C1953) 175 (1939); 4, 83 (1940)

FLINT, o.: Histochemical methods FOSTER,H.M.: The Maltwood finder, as an aid in food product morph­ 4, 2 ( 1940) ology, (Abstract) 23, 265 (1975) FOSTER,H.M.: Mounting insects, 5, FLINT, O.: Applications of I ight 23, 97 ( 1942) microscopy in food analysis, 32, Balsam 133 ( 1984) FOSTER, H.M.: Multi-object technique,5,153(1943);5,181(1944)

1 FLOHR, R.: see Albright, J.,26,15 FOSTER, H.M.: Maltwood s finder, (1978) 5, 286 ( 1944)

FORD,B.: Antony Van Leeuwenhoek's FOSTER,H.M.: Pond Life net, 6,166 sections of bovine optic nerve, ( 1947) 30, 171 ( 1982) FOSTER, H.M.: Early microphotog­ FORD, B. J.: The formation of a raphers, 7, 278 (1949) thrombocytomorph i c body by a hu­ 8, man granulocyte in vitro, 16, 277 FOSTER, H.M.: Polarised I ight, (1968) 105 ( 1950) 8, 105 FORD, B. J.: The retention of e­ FOSTER, H.M.: Water mites, rythrocytes within the in vitro ( 1950) coagulum by submicroscopic fib­ in ri Is, 17, 271 (1969) FOSTER, H.M.: Air bubbles slides, 8, 319 (1952) FORD, B.J.: The proposal for bio­ hazard legislation; its imp I ica­ FOSTER, H.M.: Highly refractive tions for microscopy, (Abstract) media, 9, 109 (1952); 9,164(1953> 21, 261 ( 1973) FOSTER, H.M.: The tortoise beetle FORD,B.J.: The role of microor­ larva, 13, 110 (1961) ganisms on the contro I of po I I u­ t ion, (Abstract) 21, 261 (1973) FOSTER, P.J.: see Crawley, J.A., (Abstract) 19, 432 (1971) FORD,B.J.: Towards a new micros­ copy, 24, 295 (1976) FOSTER, R.H., et al.: Image anal~ ysis of clay fabric by Quantimet, FORD, B.J.: A physiological pur­ 19, 377 C1971);(Abstract) 19, pose for abscission, 34, 329 ( 1986) 445 ( 1971)

FORD, E.B.: see Watson, J.H. (Ab­ FOSTER,R.H., et al.: Image analy­ stract) 21, 245 (1973) sis of clay fabrics,CAbstract) 21,257 (1973) FORLINI, A.L.: Dispersion stain­ ing. Part 11, 14, 39 (1963) FOSTER,R.H., et al.: The measure­ ment of soil microstructure, 22, FORLI NI, A. L.: Expanded and re­ 323 ( 1974) vised tab I es for the determ i na­ (Ab­ tion of unknowns by dispersion FOX,T.R.: see Escovitz,W.H., stai,ning, 17, 29 (1969) stract) 24, 315 (1976)

xxi ii FRANCON, M.: Extra-objective de­ FRIDAY, A.E.: Some new methods in vice' for phase contrast, 8, 43 the preparation of pyr it i c fos­ (1950) s i Is for mi croscop i ca I exam i na­ tion, 14, 403 (1965) FRANKS, J.: Ion beam techniques for specimen preparation, 25, 227 FRIEDMAN, B., et al.: Vibration (1977) isolation in microscopy, (Ab­ stract) 20, 298 (1972) FRASER, D. J.: Spheru I i te content and distribution in polypropylene FRISON,E.:Leeuwenhoek microscope, filaments, 23, 145 (1975) 6, 281 (1945) FRASER, P.V.: New operator inter­ FRISON,E.:Early mounters-A query, active light pen system for edit­ 7, 54 (1948) ing images to be measured by Quant i met image ana I ys i ng compu­ FRISON, E.: Historical collection ters, (Abstract) 23, 273 C1975) of wood sections, 7, 109 (1948) FRISON,E.:Typical forms of silica FREEMAN, R.J.: Dynascopic aerial found in plants, 7, 38 (1948) image presentation, a new concept in optical image display, (Ab­ FRISON, E.: Early microphotogra­ stract) 21, 243 (1973) phers, 7, 250 (1949) FREERE, R.H.: Cinemicrographic FRISON, E.: Achromatism, 8, 158 techniques for three-d i mens i ona I ( 1951) reconstruction from serial sec­ tions, 16, 235 (1968) FRISON,E.: Adam's microscopes and microtomes, 8, 199, 221 (1951) FREERE, R.H.: see Rickwood,P.C. 24, 151 (1976) FRISON, E.: Historical survey of the use of divergent and correct­ FREESTONE, G.: Podura scale mark­ ing lenses in the microscope, 8, ings, 6, 326 (1948) 115 (1951) FREITAG,P., et al.: Cryostat cut, FRISON,E.: A Crichton drum micro­ freeze-dried tissues for micro­ scope, 8, 283 (1952) scopic investigations,19, 271 ( 1971) FRISON, E.: Coumarone resin as mounting media, 9, 39, 63 (1952) FRENCH, A.J.: Deep eel Is, 5, 81 (1942) FRISON,E.: Van Heurck 1 s tranform­ ers, 9, 108 (1952) FRENCH, A.J.: Entomostraca, pres­ ervation, etc., 5, 20 (1942) FRISON,E.: H.J.Grayson,Melbourne, 9. 136 ( 19 53) FRENCH,A.J.: Low powers, apparat­ us for, 5, 116 C1943) FRISON, E.: Enlarging, the micro­ scopical field, 9, 193 (1953) FRICK,J.G.: see Kottes Andrews,B. A., 21, 161 (1973) FRISON, E.: Del lebarre microscope by Cheva I I i er, 9, 201 ( 19 53) FRIDAY, A.E.: Applying stains and reagents on the stage, 13, 109 FRISON, E.: E. Kaiser's glycerol­ ( 1961) gelatine, 10, 169 (1955) FRIDAY,A.E.: Manipulation appara­ FRISON, E.: Some further experi­ tus, 13, 243 ( 1962) ments with synthetic resins as

xx iv mounting media, 10, 204 (1955) GARDNER, G.M.: see George, D.S., (Abstract) 19, 431 ( 1971); 20,353 FRISON,E.: A Beck fine adjustment (1972) 10, 306 (1956); 11, 100 (1957) GARDNER, G.N.: see Wadlow, D.E., FRISON,E.: Visual and photograph­ (Abstract) 19, 432 (1971); 20,183 ic resolution of Nobert 1 s test (1972) plates, 11, 35 (1956) GARDNER, G.M.: Multi parameter FROHLKE, M.: Determination of feature classification with the characteristic va I ues for manga­ Quantimet 720, (Abstract) 20, 304 nese sulphides in free-cutting (1972) steels by means of quantitative image analysis, 19, 403 (1971>; GARDNER, G.M.: see Huns, M., (Ab­ (Abstract) 19, 430 (1971) stract) 20, 299 (1972)

FRYER, F.E., et al.: Kohler ii lu­ GARNER, W.E.: Note on a rare ro­ mination using fiber optics, 26, tifer, 3, 14(1939) 69 ( 1978) GARNETT, J.B.: Unknown mounting FUGE, REV. D.P.: Marine diatoms, medium, 5, 6 (1942) 1, 23 (1937) GARNETT,W.J.: Euparal,5,265(1945) FUGE, REV. D.P.: The genus Cym­ bal la, 1, 33 (1937) GARRETT, H.L., et al.: Identifi­ cation of trace contaminations in FUGE, REV. D.P.: Botany and the polymers with the aid of the mi­ microscope, 1, 75 (1937) croscope, 16, 295 (1968)

FUGE,REV.D.P.: The genus 11 Pleuro­ GARRETT, H.L., et al.: see Baker, sigma11, 1, 91 (1937) H.M., 17, 19 (1969)

FUGE, REV. D.P.: The mounting of GARRETTE, H. L.: Use of f I uores­ selected diatoms, 1, 151 (1938) cent dye to revea I spray pattern on plant leaves, 33, 115 (1985) FULLAM, E.F.: The evolution of a microscopy laboratory, 17, 125 GARRETT, H.L., et al.: A study of ( 1969) the surfaces and internal charac­ ter of structura I form moldings GABLER, F.: Reflecting and addi­ using I i ght microscopy and sur­ tional devices for the micro­ face prof ii ing, 35, 33 (1987) scope, 8, 183 (1951) GARRETT, H.E., et al.: Simple GABLER, F.: Microphotometry and obi ique transmitted light tech­ its applications, 15, 85 (1966) niques for photomacrography and photomicrography, (Abstract) 24, GABRIEL,B.L.: see Morin,C.R., 30, 310 (1976); 25, 147 (1977); 26, 1 139 ( 1982) ( 1978)

GAi, P.L.: see Boyes, E.D., 27, 9 GARVIE, W.: Camphene, 6,194(1947) ( 1979) GASIECKl,E.A.: Quantitative topo- GALLIFORD, A.L.: Commensal rel a- graphic data from a scanning tionships, 5, 151 (1943) electron microscope, (Abstract) 24, 322 ( 1976) GALLIFORD, A.L.: Nomenclature of the rotifera, 5, 318 (1945); 7, GAUSE, H.: In memory of Siegfried 225, 253 (1949); 8, 22 (1950) Czapski on the occasion of his

xxv centenary, 13, 297 (1963) scanning Ii ght photomacrography, 34, 1 (1986) GAUSE,H., et al.: On Ernst Abbe's relations with a few English GESSMAN, E.L.: Visibility and re­ microscopists of his time, 18, 147 solution, 12, 244 (1960) (1970) GIBBARD, D. W., et al.: Pattern GAUTREAUX, G. A.: see Kottes An­ recognition on the Quantimet 720, drews,B.A., 21, 161 (1973) (Abstract) 19, 427 (1971)

GAVINS,F.L.:Unidentified ciliate, GI BBARD, D. W. , et Da I i • : rect 8, 158 (1951>; 8, 318 (1952) coupled image analysis in scan­ ning electron microscopes and GAVINS, F.L.: Microscope cover, microprobes with the Quantimet 9, 318 ( 1954) 720S, (Abstract) 19, 428 C1971)

GAVRILOVIC, J.: A direct-reading GIBBARD, D.W., et al.: Area siz­ compact se I en i um ce I I ref I ectom­ ing and pattern recognition on eter, 18, 215 (1970) the Quantimet 720, 20, 37 (1972)

GAVRILOVIC, J.: Common errors in GIBBARD, D.W.: see Cole, M., (Ab­ subnanogram particle x-ray analy­ stract) 20, 301 (1972) sis, 22, 221 C1974) GIBBARD, E.W.: see Garnder, G.M., GAVRILOVIC, J.: Identification of (Abstract) 20, 304 (1972) thin surface f i I ms on sma I I par­ t ic I es, (Abstract) 24, 318(1976); GIBBONS,J.M.,et al.:The new Quan­ 25, (1977) timet 360 high speed routine steel inclusion analyser, (Ab­ GAVRILOVIC, J.: Microelectronic stract) 19, 429 (1971) fa i I ures caused by ch Ior i ne com­ pounds, 21, 107 C1973) GIBBONS, J.M., et al.: A descrip­ tion of the Quantimet 360 inclu­ GAVRILOVIC, J.: Mounting and con­ sion and grain size classifier, ductive f i I ms, common sources of 20, 1 (1972) errors in smal I particle analy­ sis,CAbstract) 21, 252 (1973) GIBBS, J.I.: see Bexon, R.,CAb­ stract) 23, 266 (1975) GAVRILOVIC, J.: Smal I particle analysis by Ion Microprobe, 29, GIBSON, K. E.: Some problems of 153 (1981) colour photomicrography, 12, 155 (1960) GAYTHORPE, S.N.: Lubrication of scientific instruments, 13, 247 GI LLARDEAU, J. : see Hasson, R., (1962) 18, 165 (1970); 19, 307 (1971); (Abstract) 19, 423 (1971) GEORGE, D.S., et al.: lmanco sys­ tems for picture processing by GILLETTE, D.A.: see Blifford,l.J. conventional digital computers, Jr., 21, 121 (1973) 19, 431 (1971); 20, 353 (1972) GILMOUR, R.E.: see Cobbold, A.J., GEORGE,D.S.,et al.:see Paxton,W., (Abstract) 19, 42.7 C1971> (Abstract) 20, 300 (1972) GISBOURNE, C.: see Hyde, P., 20, GERAKARIS, J. G.: SI ide ringing 255 (1972) revisited, 32, 259 (1984) GITTENS,J.H.: On a postage stamp, GERAKARIS, J.G.: A second look at 9, 51 (1952)

xxvi GIUFFRIA, R.: High gloss of ex­ GRACIAS, C.E.,et al.:Appl ications truded high impact polystyrene of microscopy to the analysis of sheet; a mi croscop i ca I study of composite materials,17,161(1969) sheet morphology, 14, 106 (1963) GRAFF, W.P.: see Botan, E.A., 15, GLENISTER,P.R.: The microscopy of 522 ( 1967) beer sediments, (Abstract) 24,311 (1976) GRAFT, D.A.: Microscopy of inte­ grated circuits, 18, 25 (1970) GOLDBERG,O.: An obvious ii lumina­ tion for dispersion staining, 24, GRAFT, J. W., et a I • : Can you 291 ( 1976) sharpen that up a bit, (Abstract) 24, 303 ( 1976) GOLDBERG, O.: See Fryer, F.E.,26, 69 (1978) GRANT, J F • : I uoresce ri c~

GOLDBLATT, F.: Typical asbestos GRANT, J.: Electron microscope, testing procedures, 30, 259 5, 29 (1942) ( 1982) GRAVE, E.V.: see Rochow, T.G. and GOLDTHORPE, S. R.: Nobert's rul­ Barbara H. Grimes, 32, 151 ings, 6, 250 (1947) (1984)

GOODMAN, R. A.: Expanded uses and GRAVE, E.V.: A look at cigarette applications of dispersion stain­ smoke, 35, 145 (1987) ing, 18, 41 (1970) GRAY, G. w.: see Coates, D., 24, GORLICH, P.: see Gause,H. 18, 147 117 ( 1976) (1970) GRAY, G. w.: Structures and tex­ GOYNES, W.R.: see Kottes Andrews, tures of smectic mesophases, (Ab­ B.A.: 21, 161 (1973) stract) 23, 266 (1975)

GRABAR, D.G.: Measurement of op­ GRIEGER, G.: Routine technique tical axial angles on BXa inter­ for rapid, precise and simple ference figures, 13, 288 (1963) intansity measurements for ehc­ h·,)rl diffraction in an AEM, 35, GRABAR, D.G.: Thermal-optical ef­ 165 ( 1987) fects in acrylic fibres, 14, 209 (1964) GRIEGER, G.: A formulation for the relative intensities of rou­ GRABAR, D. G.: Studies of porous tine e I ectron diffraction struc­ materials by interference micros­ ture analysis, 35, 169 (1987) copy, 15, 406(43)* (1967) GRIGGS, R.: Application of two­ GRABAR, D.G.: Crystallization of dimensional image amendment in polyglycol ic acid from the melt, automatic image analysis, (Ab­ 18, 203 (1970) stract) 23, 272 (1975)

GRABAR, D.G.: Thermal behavior of GRIMES, B. H.: see Rochow, T. G. TNT, 18, 241 (1970) and E.v. Grave, 32, 151 C1984)

xxvi i GROSS, L. : An extended theory of HAQUE, A.U.: see Qaqish, A.Y.,26, image formation,(Abstract) 24,315 155 ( 1978) ( 1976) HARDY, E.: New knowledge about GROSS, L.: see Hoffman, R., (Ab­ mayflies, 3, 192 (1939) stract) 23, 264 (1975) HARLING, D. F.: The analytical GROVER, J. J.: Notes on the podu­ electron microscope-instrumenta­ ra, 1, 95 ( 1937) tion and applications (Abstract) 24, 311 ( 1976) GROVES, w. R.: Experiment in con­ denser-less ii lumination, 7, 200 HARGAVE, R. v., et al.: Prospects (1949) of quantifications in Portland cement clinker microscopy, 30,291 GROVES, w. R.: Discs and fittings (1982) for phase contrast, 8, 85 (1950); 8, 111 (1951) HARPER, R.E.: On a postage stamp, 9, 109 ( 1952) GROVES, w. R.: Vertical ii lumina­ tion and flare spots, 8, 81 HARPER, R. s.: Experiments in il­ (1950) lumination, 5, 91 (1942)

GUMPERTZ, W. E.: High Resolution HARPER, R.S.: Cryptomonadina, 5, Photomacrography c Ios i ng the gap 249 ( 1945) between the Macro and Micro Range, 27, 107 Cf979) HARPER, R. s.: Tubelength correc­ tors, 6, 192 (1947) GUMP ERTZ, W. : Microscope term i n­ o Iogy, conventional and unconven­ HARPER, R.S.:Resolution of Amphi­ tional, 25, 115 (1977) pleura pel lucida, 7,--45 (1948) GUNZER,U.: see Aus,H.,24,39(1976) HARPER, R.S.: The tardigrada, GUPTA, B.S.: see Rochow, T.G.,28, 9, 75 ( 1952) 129 ( 1980) HARRAH, L. A.: Crysta I data and GUPTA, P. D.: "Concentric ringed infra-red spectrum of potassium bodies" in the oocytes of the cobalt Cl I) acetyl acetonate, 13, mi I I i ped, Phi I Iogonostreptus n i­ 295 ( 1963) grol ab i atus, 16, 359 (1968) HARRALSON, C.: see John Thornton, HAMER, o. H.: Identification of 33, 179 (1985) crystals in human tissues. The use of the polarizing microscope HARRIS, s.c., et al.: New image and other techniques, 15, 230 analyzing techniques for describ­ ( 1966) ing features, (Abstract), 23, 271 ( 1975) HAMER, D.H.: A constant tempera­ ture device for the Kof Ier hot HARRISON,J.A.:Automatic classify­ stage, 17, 137 C1969) ing and histogram plotting equip­ ment for use on microscopic mea­ HANHART, E.: New aspects of expo­ surements of reflectivity, 18,223 sure measurement in photomicrog­ (1970) raphy, 14, 286 (1964) HART,H.R.D.:The digestive process HANLEY, J.: Narcotization and of colpidium, 4, 162 (1940) mounting of rotifera, 7, 154 (1949) HARTSHORNE, A.w. and D.K. Laing:

xxvi ii The measurement of birefringence HASSON, R.: Improvement of the on single fibres using a micro­ micrographic reagent coloring scope-mounted spectrophotometer, molybdenum grains according to 32, 11 (1984) their crystal orientation, (Ab­ stract) 21, 260 (1973) HARTSHORNE, N. H.: Methods of il­ lumination of polarisation mi­ HASSON, R.: An improved orienta­ croscopy. 13, 255 (1963) tion dependent chemical anodizing color reagent for molybdenum, 22, HARTSHORNE, N. H.: Letter to the 317 ( 1974) editor, 14, 366 (1965) HATHERLY, H. M.: Correspondence, HARTSHORNE, N. H.: A new device 3, 176 ( 1939) for mounting crysta Is on the single axis rotation apparatus, HATHERLY, H. M.: A new mounting 14, 282 (1964) resin, 4, 136 (1940) me­ HARTSHORNE, N. H.: Single axis HATHERLY, H. M.: New mounting rotation apparatus and accessory dium, 7, 81 (1948); 7, 153(1949) devices for studying the opt i ca I properties of crystals, 14, 81 HATHERLY, H.M.: Sections of brit­ (1963) tle paint film, 8, 187 (1951)

HARTSHORNE, N. H.: A study of a HATHERLY, H. M.: History of the liquid crystal system,CAbstract) Bristol Microscopical Society, 19, 424 (1971) 11, 251 ( 1958)

HARTSHORNE,N.H.: A hot-wire stage HATHERLY, H. M.: Lubrication of and its application, 23,177(1975) scientific instruments, 13, 211, 248 ( 1962) HARTSHORNE,N.H.: The Hot-Wire Stage I I. Further notes on the HATHERLY, H. M.: 25th anniversary temperature gradient and the de­ letter, 13, 199 (1962) termination of transition temper­ atures, 24, 217(1976) HAUSER, J.: Elimination of xy­ lene, 9, 207 (1953) HARTSHORNE, N. H.: The Hot-Wire of Stage Ill. New designs avoiding HAWES, w. M.: The preparation the use of mater i aIs containing ultra-thin ceramic petrological asbestos, 29, 117 C1981) sect ions by semi-automatic meth­ ods, 14, 200 (1964) HASSON, R.: The product ion of a f i Im on the corrosion of extra­ HAYWOOD, E.: Symbiotic partner­ m iId steel by uranium hexafluo­ ship, 5, 27 (1942) ride, 15, 301 (1967) HEALEY, P.: Image analysis in HASSON, R.: Meta 1 lography of mo- histopathology; some applications 19,321 1ybdenum in color, 16, 329(1968) and limitations,(Abstract) (1971); 19, 437 (1971) HASSON, R.: A new hot stage for the study of gas-so I id reactions HEALEY,P.: see Chamberlain, V.M., in a fluorinated atmosphere, 18, (Abstract) 23, 274 (1975) 165 ( 1970) HEBERT, J. J. : Increased contrast HASSON, R.: Micrographic study of in electron microscopy of non­ of the nucleation phenomenon in the crytsal I ine materials by use fluorine-copper reaction, 19, 307 reduced accelerating potentials, C1971); (Abstract) 19, 423( 1971) 15, 380 (17)* (1967)

xx ix HEBERT, J.J.: An indirect stain­ scope, (Abstract) 24, 314 (1976) i ng tech n i que for ce I I u Iose f i - bri Is, 20, 161 (1972) HINCHMAN, R.R.: Gravity percep­ tion in plants - the role of HEBERT, J. J., et a I • : EI ectron amyloplasts as suggested by I ight microscopy of eel lulose fibri Is, and electron microscopy, (Ab­ 23, 139 ( 1975) stract) 20, 295 (1972)

HEERALAL, R.: see Rochow, T.G., HINDS, D.: An OFT enhancement 28, 129 ( 1980) scheme for optical scanning mi­ croscopy,CAbstract) 21,264(1973); HEIL, JR., R. H.: see Cole, M., 22, 151 (1974) (Abstract) 20, 301(1972); 20, 302 ( 1972) HINSCH, J.: Leitz spindle stage, 35, 13 ( 1987) HEIL, JR., R. H.: see Kelly, T., (Abstract) 20, 304 (1972) HIRONS,M.J.: A lamp for top ii lu­ mination, 8, 71 C1950) HENDERSON, W.: Electron micro­ scope microanalysis applied in HIRONS, M. J.: Plastic box for pathological conditions for iden­ microscope optics, 12, 161(1960) tification and quantitation of fine particles, (Abstract) 23,263 HOFER, F.: Quantitative metal lo­ ( 1975) graph i c phase ana I ys is with the QTM, 16, 171 C1968 ) HENDRICKSON, B.: see John Thorn­ ton, 33, 179 (1985) HOFFMAN, R., et al.: The modula­ tion contrast microscope, (Ab­ HENSARLING,T.P.: see Hebert,J.J., stract) 23, 264 (1975) 20, 161 ( 1972) HOGAN, A.W.: see Cheng, R.J., 18, HERLIHY, E.P.: Correspondence, 3, 299 ( 1970) 62 (1939) HOGBEN, w. D.: Specimen supports HERR, JR., J.M.: The use of the for electron microscopy, 15, 209 drawing tube and camera in combi­ (1966) nation to prepare interpretive line drawings of photomicrographs HOLDEN, J.R.: see Rosen, J.M.,19, taken through the Wild M20 micro­ 151 (1971) scope, 21, 177 (1973) HOLIK, A. s., et al.: Refractive HERTRICH, J.A.: see McCrone,w.c., index determination of thin films 17, 77 ( 1969) by transmission Nomarski differ­ ential interference contrast HESSION, J. P.: see Grabar, D.G., microscopy, 25, 265 (1977) 18, 241 ( 1970) HOLIK, A. S.: Refractive index HEYWOOD, J.A.: Towards quantita­ measurement of optically isotrop­ tive scanning electron micros­ ic particles by transmission No­ copy, (Abstract) 21, 244 (1973); marski differential interference 23, 47( 1975) contrast microscopy, 31, 223 (1983) HILL,P.:A new computer-control led microscope photometer system, HOLLIES,N.R.S.: see Poling, F.D., (Abstract) 24, 316 (1976) 16, 201 ( 1968)

HILLARD, J.E.: A user-oriented HOLLOWDAY, E.: Symbiotic partner­ automatic scanning optical micro- ship, 5, 127 (1943)

xxx HOLLOWDAY, E.: Introduction to te I ev is ion microscopy and micro­ study of rotifers, 6, 3, 31, 78, spectrophotometry, 14, 141(1963) 98 ( 1946); 6, 160, 205, 237 (1947);6,309(1949); 7,2,65(1948); HUDSON, W. : Learn i ng to use the (1948); 7, 169,197(1949); 7, 287, microscope 18, 231 (1970) 321 ( 1950) HUGHES,W.H.: Unresolved flagella, HOLLOWDAY,E.: Freshwater Polyzoa, 8, 187 (1951) 6, 274 ( 1947) HUGHES, W. H.: Flagel la in bac­ HOL LOWD AY, E. : Ru I es for nomen­ teria, 8, 320 (1952) c I ature, 6, 328 (1948) HUMPHREYS, A.: Oldham Microscopi­ HOLLOWDAY,E.: David Joseph Scour­ cal Society, 7, 167 (1949) f ield (Obituary), 7, 306 (1950) HUMPHREYS, C.J.: Recent applica­ HOLLOWDAY,E.: Hydromedusae, 9,172 tions of high voltage electron (1953) microscopy in various branches of science (Abstract) 21, 263(1973); HOPEN, T.J. and J. H. Kilbourn: 22, 129 ( 1974) Characterization and i dent if i ca­ t ion of water soluble explosives, HUMPHRIES, D. W.: Particle size 33, 1 ( 1985) measurement and a new semi-auto­ mat i c recording eyepiece mi crom­ HOPKINS, B. M.: see Wadlow, D.E., eter, 15, 267 (1966) (Abstract) 19, 432(1971); 20, 183 (1972) HUMPHRIES,D.W.: The contributions of Henry Clifton SorbyC1826-1908) HOPKINS, B.: see Chamberlain,V.M. to microscopy, 15, 351 (1967) (Abstract) 23, 274 (1975) HUNN, W.: A new electro-optical HORRIL, L. E.: Darlaston and system for quantitative image Nevil le, 8, 52 (1950) analysis, 19, 205 (1971)

HOUGARDY, H.P., et al.: Quantita­ HUNN, W.: see El I is, S.G., 23, 127 tive image analysis in the field ( 1975) of commercial metal lie materials, 19, 31 (1971) HUNN W.: Microstructural analysis by photometer and TV image analy­ HOUGARDY, H.P.: Automatic image sis, (Abstract) 24, 316 C1976) analyser,CAbstract) 21, 254(1973) HUNS, M., et al.: Self-setting HOUGARDY, H.P.: Instrumentation detection systems incorporating in automatic image ana I ys is in­ two dimensional feature outline strumentat ion, 22, 5 (1974) correction,(Abstract)20,299C1971)

HOUGARDY, H.P.: Recent progress HUSAIN, O.A.N.: Simple parameter in automatic image analysis in­ scanning for malignant eel Is with strumentation, 24, 7 (1976) the Quantimet cytoscreen, (Ab­ stract) 19, 435 (1971) HOUSEMAN, D.H.: see Al lmand,T.R., 18, 11 ( 1970) HYDE,P., et al.: A new medium re­ solution SEM, 20, 255 (1972) HOVNANIAN, H.P.: Absorption pro­ file studies in UV-TV microscopy, 'INCHMAHOME 1 :Polaroid spectacles, 14, 192 ( 1964 ) 8, 159 ( 1951)

HOVNANIAN, H. P.: Ultra-violet ISINGS, J.: Combined fluorescence

xxxi dichroism and polarization mi­ JENKINS, A.E.: Lubrication, 5,149 croscopy of cotton f i bras under (1943) stress, 15, 71 (1966) JENNINGS, J.B.: A simple camera IYER, S.: sees. Morrow, 35, 273 for photographing living organ­ ( 1987) isms, 8, 252 (1951)

JACKS, T. J.: see Hebert, J. J., JENNINGS, J. B.: Empty magnifica­ 20, 161 ( 1972) tion, 9, 51 ( 1952)

JACKS, T.J., L.L. MULLER and W.J. JENNINGS, J.B.: Method for the EVANS: Time requirement for chem­ control led flattening of whole i ca I dehydration of tissues with mounts during fixation, 11, 297 2.2-d imethoxypropane for micros­ (1958) copy, 29, 137 (1981) JESSE, A., et al.: Application of JACKS,T.J.:see Yatsu,L.Y.,27, 61, quantitative area analysis to 107 ( 1979) composite materials, 16, 115 (1968) JACOBS,M.H.: Metallurgical appl i­ cations of EMMA,CAbstract) 21,263 JESSE, A., et a I.: Quantitative (1973) image ana I ys is in microscopy, a review, 19, 21 (1971) JACOBS, W.J.: Detachable rotating stage, 9, 210 (1953) JESSE, A., et al.: Quantitative image analysis in the field of JAGER, A.: see Jongerius, A., 20, nuclear materials, 19, 65(1971) 243 ( 1972) JESSE, A., et al.: Information JAMIESON, .D.: Cross section of sources in image anal.ysis, (Ab­ mosquito proboscis, 10,223(1955) stract) 19, 426 (1971)

JANICEK, L.: Biological ultravio­ JESSE, A.: Automatic image analy­ let microscopy, 15, 500 (1967) sis, 24, 1 (1976)

JARMAN, C.G., et al.: Abaca (Man­ JESSE, A.: A review of automatic i la hemp) for paper making,18,123 image analysis, 22, 1 (1974) (1970) JESSE, A.: Bibliography on auto­ JARVIS, R.: An unconventional matic image analysis (1973-1975), pocket microscope, 11, 8,70(1956) 24, 65 ( 1976)

JARVIS, R.A.: Computer control led JESSE, A.: Information sources in scanning optical microscope, 22, automatic image analysis, 22, 81 247 ( 1974) ( 1974)

JARVIS, R.A.: Focus optimisation JEWELL, A.L.: Daphnia pulex, 4,69 criteria for computer image pro­ (1940) cessing, 24, 163 (1976) JOB, H.S.: Drum-microscopes,8,319 (1952) JEFFREY, J., et al.: High speed x-ray microanalysis using image JOCK, C.P.: Quantitative opt ica I analysis techniques, (Abstract) reflectance as a measure of per­ 20, 298 (1972) cent fiber in graphite compos­ ites, 34, 347 (1986) JEFFREY, J., et al.: see Gardner, G.M., (Abstract) 20, 304 (1972) JOEBSTL, J. A.: Preparation of

xxxi i JONES, O.R.: Solar microscope, 5, non-flagellate" pseudoscorpion 25 ( 1942) sperm, 16, 373 (1968) JONES, SIR. B.H.: Correspondence, KANWAR, U.: Pseudochromosomes in 4, 303 ( 194 1 ) pseudoscorpions, 15, 203 (1966)

JONES, SIR. B. H.: Darkening of KANWAR, U.: Origin of spiral Canada Balsam, 11, 72 (1956) thread in the pseudoscorpion sperm, 16, 369 (1968) JONES, T.: The preparation of ultrathin ceramic petrological KANWAR, U.: see Kanwar, K.C., 16, sections by semi-automatic meth­ 373 ( 1968) ods, 14, 200 (1964) KAPP, R.O.: Techniques and appl i­ JONGERIUS, A., et al.: The appl i­ cations of pollen studies, (Ab­ cation of the Quantimet 720 in stract) 24, 321 (1976) soi I micromorphometry, 20, 243 (1972) KAPUR, S.P.: Cytochemical studies on the developing oocytes of the JULIAN, Y., et al.: Identifica­ gastropod, He I i soma dury i eud is­ tion of asbestos fibers by micro­ cus CPilsbry), 18, 109 (1970) scopical dispersion staining, 18, 1 ( 1970) KAPUR, S .P.: Storage of ica I c um in the tissues of the aquatic JULIAN, Y., et al.: Accurate use pulmonate, Hel isoma duryi eudis­ of hot stages, 19, 225 (1971) cus CPilsbry>, 18, 139 (1970)

KAHAN, V.L.: Pioneers of bacteri­ KAY,R.G.: Microscopes in Uruguay, ology, 1, 165 (1938) 7, 81 (1948)

KAHAN, V.L.: Pioneers of bacteri­ KAYE, B.H.: see Dinner, P.J.c., ology, 1, 165 (1938), reprinted 19, 77 (1971) 35, 341 ( 1987) KELLER, H.E.: Quantitative deter­ KAHAN,V.L.: Anoplura, 4, 4(1940) mination of surface topography by light microscopy(Abstract) 20,289 KANTZ, M.R.: A new application of (1972) dispersion staining, 14,422(1965) KELLER, H.E.: Quantitative deter­ KANTZ, M. R., et al.: The physi­ mination of surface topography by ca I, opti ca I and x-ray crysta 1- light microscopy 21, 59 (1973) 1ograph i c properties of diphenyl­ s i lanediol, 16, 65 (1968) KELLER, H. E., et al.: Standard­ ization in the design of micro­ KANWAR, K.C.: Pentosenucleic acid scopes, 25, 169 (1977) or ribosenucleic acid, 12, 245 (1960) KELLY, M.D., et al.: Applications of image analysis to radioiso­ KANWAR, K. C.: On the non-speci­ topic heat source programs, (Ab­ ficity of acid haematein test for stract) 20,305(1972>;20,341(1972) the cytochemical detection of phosphalipids, 12, 316 (1961) KELLY, T., et al.: Performance trials on the Quantimet 360 high KANWAR, K.C.: Chrome-osmium fixa­ speed routine steel inclusions tives and the neutral lipids, 13, analyzer,CAbstract) 19,430(1971) 29 ( 1961) KELLY, T., et al.: Pref iminary KANWAR, K.C., et al.: "Flagel late evaluation of the Quantimet 360

xxxiv W.C. McCrone: inclusion and grain size class­ KILBOURN, J.H. and identification of ifier, 20, 21 (1972) Fusion methods inorganic explosives, 33, 73 KELLY, T., et al.: A comparison ( 1985) between conventional scanning E.: see Kubic, T.A., 31, mi crodens itometry and high speed KING, J. ful I field densitometry using 213 ( 1983) video scanning techniques, (Ab­ Examination and stract) 20, 303 (1972) KINGSBURY, K.J.: high speed photography of moving a darkground field, KELLY, T., et a I.: The app I i ca­ particles in t ion of the Quantimet 360 in 10, 42 ( 1954) steel quality control, (Abstract) K.J.: Design of a lamp 20, 304 (1972) KINGSBURY, adaptable to al I types of micros­ ( 19 54) KELLY, T., et al.: The require­ copy, 10, 99 ments of a high speed image anal­ W.G.: Comparative ysis system for qua I i ty contro I KIRCHGESSNER, using a modi­ in the steel industry, (Abstract) dispersion staining microscope,15,5f1 20, 302 (1972) fied comparison (148)* (1967) KELLY, T., et al.: Application of A. F.: see Rochow, the Quantimet 720 in the monitor­ KIRKPATRICK, 177 (1966) ing of particulate pollutant, T.G., 15, (Abstract) 21, 249 (1973) KIRKPATRICK, J.: Polystyrene re­ 4, 210 (1940) KELSEY, P. A.: A use for an old sins for mounting, camera front, 3, 145 (1939) KISS, F.: Stereoscopic effects, (1960) KENDALL, R.: Quantitative micros­ 12, 304 copy, 4, 258 (1941) KLEIN, I.: Objectives as condens­ (1948) KERFOOT, E.: see Watson, J.H.L., ers, 7, 25 (Abstract) 21, 245 (1973) KLEIN, I.: Some requirements for for high power KERR,J.: Foraminifera,1,67(1937) matching eyepieces binocular microscopes, 12, 178 KERR, J.: Chlamydomonas, 1, 149 (1960) (1938) KNIGHTS, P.M., et al.: Design and of a simple SEM, (Ab­ KERR, J.: Development of the development chick to end of third day, 3,198, stract) 19, 433 C1971) 224, 240 ( 1939) KNOWLES, W.R.: see Gibbons, J.M., KERR, J.: Mucor, 4, 45 (1940) (Abstract) 19, 429 (1971); 20, 1 (1972) KESSLER, J.R.: Changes in optical of chrysot i I e during properties E. Moroz, acid leaching, 31, 165 (1983) KOBILINSKY, L.: see P. 33, 37 ( 1985) KESSLER, L. W., et al.: An opera­ tional acoustic microscope (Ab­ KOFLER, A.: Hot stage methods for (1972) stract) 20, 299 the identification of organic 239 (1964) KESSLER, L.W.: Sonic microscopy compounds, 14, for materials research and analy­ The opti­ sis (Abstract) 24, 313 (1976) KOHLBECK, J.A., et al.: cal properties of hexanitrobiben­ KILBOURN, J.H.: see T.J. Hopen, zyl CHNBB) and 3-methyl-2'4,4', 1 CM 31, 1, ( 1985) 6,6 -pentanitrodiphenylmethane

xx xv POM) 20, 233 (1972) KRUEGER, D.A.: see H.L. Garrett, 35, 33 ( 1987) KOHLBECK, J. A., et al.: Micro­ scop I ca I ana I ys is of graphite KUBIC, T. A.: f i be r re Determination of d­ i nforced epoxy matrix and/or laminates, 25, 161 (1977) 1-propoxyphene, 29, 161 (1981) KOHLBECK, J.A.: Polarized Light Studies of Nitrocellulose, 27, 67 KUBIC. T. A. et al.: Forensic (1979) analysis of colorless textile fibers by fluorescence KOHLBECK, JOSEPH: micros- Spindle stage copy, 31, 213 (1983) studies on HMX and AP, 30, 249 (1982) KUHN, R.J.: Dispersion staining, KOHLBECK, J.A., et al.: Twinning Part I I, 14, 39 (1963) of P-cyclotetramethylenetetran­ i tramine CHMX), 22, 169 (1974) KUHN, R.J.: Microscopic identifi­ cation of crystals KORDAN, in human tis­ H.A.: Cellophane - tape sue, 14, 411 (1965) for making rapid permanent squash preparations of plant material, KUHNERT-BRANDSTATTER,M.:The 24, 243 study (1976) of isomorphism by microchemical methods, 14, 223 (1964) KORDAN, H.A.: Durability of an aceto-orce in fast green stain KUHNERT-BRANDSTATTER, M., et al.: mixture, 22, 219 (1974) Experience in hot-stage micros­ copy of inorganic compounds, 16, KORPEL, A.: see Kessler, L.W., 257 (1968) (Abstract) 20, 299 (1972) LAING, D. K.: see Hartshorne, KOTIES A. ANDREWS, B. A., et a I • : w., 32, 11 ( 1984) Visual evidence of bonding be­ tween thermoplastic polymers and LAING, D. K.: see J.M. Wilkinson, knitted cotton fabrics, 21, 161 35, 233 (1987) (1973) LAMBERT, W.E.: Infinity corrected KOUHOUPT, R.: A motor driven, ro­ microscope, 14, 482 (1965) tating microscope stage, 13, 265 (1963) LAMBETH, A. J.: Methods used for the preparation of snow and ice KRC, J.: A solvate of pyrvinium for microscopical examination, 8, pamoate, evidence for clathra­ 126 (1951) tion, 18, 287 (1970) LANGFORD, s. A.: A general equa­ KRC, J. Jr., et al.: Crystal lo­ tion for estimating graph i c properties refractive of cha I cocomy­ indices of Cargi I le I iquids c in I, 23, at 15 (1975) various temperatures and wave­ lengths, 26, 167 (1978) KRC, J. Jr.,: Crystallographic properties of flufenamic acid, LANGFORD,STEPHEN A.: Refractive­ !N-Ca,a,a, trifluoro-m-tolyl) an­ i ndex prof i I e of a thranilic tephra samp I e acid) (Abstract) 24,306 from the 18 May 1980 eruption (1976); of 31, 25 (1977) Mt. St. Helens, 30, 81 (1982) KRESS, R. B.: see M. C. Etter, 33, LARK, P.D.: A eel I for orthogonal 23 ( 1985) illumination, 14, 301 (1965) KREWER, J.A.: see J.R. Millette, LARK, P.D.: A semi-automatic par­ 35, 311 (1987) ticle counter, 15, 1 (1965)

xxxvi LAWRENCE, E.: Thoughts about 35 10, 242 ( 1955) mm photomicrography,12, 180(1960) LEV, E.: The PDS-200 inspection LAWRENCE, E.: Eyepiece cups, 12, system,CAbstract) 24, 314 (1976) 247 (1960) LEVENBOOK, L.: An accurate gas LAWRENCE, J. V.: Numerical aper­ thermostat, 3, 265 (1939) ture of substage condenser,12,214 the (1960) LEVENBOOK, L.: Outt ine for study of insect histology, 4, 212 LAWRENCE, J.V.: Lamp graticule, (1940) 12, 279 ( 1960) LEVl-SETTl,R.: see Escovitz,W.H., LAWRENCE, J.V.: Aperture stops of (Abstract) 24, 315 (1976) a substage condenser,12,315(1961) LEVY, J. D., et al.: A simplified to quantitative image LAWRENCE,E.:Tool ct ips, 9 1 3(1952) approach analysis,CAbstract) 24,316(1976) LAWS, S.G.: Correspondence, 3, 20 (1939) LEWIS, J.: see Scul I ion, H.J., 16, 12 (1968) LAWSON, D.F.: Daphnia putex, 9,13 ( 1952) LIGTEN, R. F. van: Holographic microscopy and smal I particles, LAWSON,D.F.: Empty magnification, 16, 349 (1968) 9, 25 ( 1952) LINDON, P. H.: The use of image LEA, C.H.: "Micrographia", 1, 136 analysis in assessment of growth ( 1937) and separation of deoxidation products in steel, 16, 137(1968) LECHNER, G.: see Schindle, K.P., re­ (Abstract) 19, 426 (1971); 20,217 LINSSEN, E. F.: The accurate ( 1972) cording of colour in photomicrog­ raphy, 1, 7 (1937) LEE, K. s.: Optical and crystal­ lographic properties of cycloat- LINSSEN, E.F.: Notes on low-power 1, 1 i in hydrochloride monohydrates, stereoscopic photomicrography, 14, 379 ( 1965) 57 ( 1937)

LEE, K.S.: see Jones, F.T., 15,63 LINSSEN, E. F.: On insecta, 1, 87 ( 1966); 18, 279 ( 1970) (1937)

LEE, R.H.: Microscopy techniques LINSSEN, E. F.: Bacillus prodigi­ in corrosion research, 35, 19 osus, 1, 96 (1937) ( 1987) LINSSEN, E.F.: On insecta, 1, 115 LENDRUM, A.G.: Polystyrene resins (1937) for mounting, 4, 210 (1940) LINSSEN,E.F.:Araneae, 1,141 (1938) LENKE, J. W.: see Domegala, R.F., on 15, 492 ( 1967) LINSSEN, E. F.: E. M. Nelson stereoscopic images, 6, 21(1946) LESTER, J.: An easily constructed of titt­ st ide tray, 10, 104 (1954) LINSSEN, E.F.: Evolution ing stage, 6, 104 (1946); 6, 116 LESTER,J.:John Ralfs,10,165(1955) (1947) for LESTER, J.: A meccanno turntable, LINSSEN, E.F.: Printing frame

xxxvi i stereotransparencies, 6,10 (1946) LOEB, H.: UV microspectrophotom­ etry, (Abstract) 20, 288 (1972) LINSSEN, E.F.: Johannes Goedaert, 6, 148 ( 1947) LOONEY, P. : see Munden, P., CAb­ stract) 21, 250 (1973) LINSSEN, E. F.: Some Antwerp mi­ croscopists, 7, 31 (1948) LORANT, M.: Expansion method for microsectioning, 8, 94 (1950) LINSSEN,E.F.:Simultaneous stereo­ scopic photomicrography, 7, 127 LORANT, ( 1949) M.: Electron optical sha­ dow method, 8, 236 (1951) LINSSEN, E.F.: Microscopists and LORANT, M.: Mapping stereoscopy, 8, 1 (1950) optical sur­ faces, 8, 286 (1952) LIVA, M., et al.: Cargille PCB­ LORANT, M.: Microscope Free Refractive for radio­ Index Liquids, active materials, 27, 87 (1979) 9, 49 (1952) LORANT,M.: Judging LIVA, M.: Refractive paint brushes, index wave- 9, 287 ( 1954) 1 ength and temperature depen­ dence, 29, 93 (1981) LORANT, M.: Simple micromanipula­ tor, 10, 49 (1954) LIVA, M.: New candidates for mounting media, 31, 231 (1983) LORANT, M.: New, direct focusing ultraviolet LLOYD, D.: microscope, 12, 200 Easily constructed ( 1960) hand microtome, 11. 96 (1957) LORANT,M.: LLOYD,D.: New stereoscope,13,245 Osmium tetroxide,11,159 (1962) ( 1957) LORANT, M.: A remote control ste­ LLOYD,D.: SI ide dispenser, 11,183 ( 1957) reomicroscope, 13, 163 (1962) LOVE, W.H.: An Image LOCKE, J.: New developments Enhancement in Device for Incident Light the forensic examination Micros­ of copy, 27, 25 (1979) glass, 32, 1 (1984) LOVELAND, R. P.: Characteristics LOCKE, J.: Grim - a semi-automat­ and choice of i c device photographic mater­ for measuring the re­ ials fractive for photomicrography, 19,177 index of glass par­ ( 1971) ticles, 33, 169 (1985) LOVELAND, R. P. and Y. M. Centi­ LOCKE, J.: A simple microscope fanto: Mounting media for micros­ i I I um i nator for detecting the copy, 34, 181 ( 1986) fluorescence of float glass surfaces, 35, 151 (1987) LOVERIDGE, B.A.,et al.:the micro­ analytical estimation of boron in LOCKE, J.: see J. M. Wilkinson, steel using the 10B(n,a>7Li reac­ 35, 233 ( 1987) tion, 16, 105(1968) LODGE, R.: Leaf fall, 1,110(1937) LOW, A.D.M. and R.H. Nuttall: A ( 1937) note on ear I y toss i I wood sec­ tions from the Allen Thomson collection, 32, 23 (1984) LOEB, H.: Image analysis with the Micro-Videomat, (Abstract) 20,289 LOWE, F.C.: (1972) Correspondence, 4, 25 (1940)

xxxvi ii LOWE, F. C.: Low power work, 5, 7 LYCOS, T.: see Besant, C.B. (Ab­ (1942) stract) 23, 261(1975)

LOWRY, L. G.: The Brucke lens, 6, LYCOS, T.: see Rickard, l.C.,(Ab­ 108 (1946) tract) 21, 257(1973);22,141(1974)

LOWRY, L. G.: "Lawton" binocular; McARTHUR, J.: The Universal mea­ Powel I 1/25th inch, 6, 307 (1948) suring eyepiece for the McArthur microscope, 18, 60 (1970) LOWRY, L.G.: Postal clubs, 6, 316 ( 1948) McCARTHY, C.: see Harris, s. c., (Abstract) 23, 271 (1975) LOWRY, L. G.: Phase principle in microscopy, 7, 26 (1948) McCARTHY, C.J.: see Martens,A.E., 26, 187 (1978) LOWRY, L. G.: Substitute for 4- inch objective, 7, 54 (1948) McCARTHY, C.: see Morton, R.R.A., 23, 239(1975) LOWRY, L.G.: Converting to a Wen­ ham binocular, 7, 120 (1949) McCORMACK,J.: see Scul I ion, H.J., 16, 12 (1968); 18, 99 (1970) LOWRY, L.G.: Drum-microscopes, 8, 319 (1952) McCRONE, W.C.: Some simple chemi­ ca I experiments with the micro­ LOWRY, L.G.: Fine adjustments,10, scope, 13, 201 (1962) 223 ( 1955) McCRONE, W. C.: Dispersion stain­ LOWRY, L. G.: An erecting glass, ing, (Part I ) 13, 311( 1963); (Part 10, 332 ( 1956) I I ) 14 I 39 ( 1963)

LOWRY, L. G.: A Beck fine adjust­ McCRONE, w. c.: Optical crystal­ ment, 10, 333 (1956) lography, 14, 60 (1963) of LOWRY, L. G.: II luminating a Wen­ McCRONE, w. C.: An application ham binocular, 11, 129 (1957) microscopical fusion methods, 14, ·264 ( 1964) LOWRY,L.G.:Simple selenite stage, 11, 99 (1957) McCRONE,w.c.: Thermoelectric cold stage for the microscope, 14, 395 LOWRY, L. G.: Wo 11 as ton camera ( 1965) lucida, 12, 27 (1958) McCRONE, w.c.: see Teetsov, A.s., LUBRAN, J.: Remounting diatom 15, 13 (1965) slides, 6, 110 (1946) McCRONE, W. C.: Obituary: Frits Lukas, H. L.: see Aldinger, F., Zernike, 15, 160 (1966) (Abstract) 19, 429 (1971) McCRONE, W.C.: RMS-Chicago-66,15, LUSTER, E. A.: Phase microscope 239 ( 196) technique for refractive index determination of anisotropic par­ McCRONE, w.c.: Clean room micros­ ticles at high magnification, 13, copy, 17, 77 (1969) 363 (1963) McCRONE, w. C.: Measuring the re­ LYCOS, T., et al.: Measurement of fractive indices of subnanogram fast reaction rates using sol id­ particles, 17, 83 (1969) state track recorders, 24, 199 ( 1976) McCRONE, W. C.: Thermal behavior

xxxix of TNT, 18, 257 C 1970) Staining in the IR and UV, 27, 75 (1979) McCRONE, w.c.: see Julian, Y.,18, 1 (1970);19, 225 (1971) McCRONE,W.C.: lnter/Micro-79, 27, 117 (1979) McCRONE, w. C.: Ultramicro-mini­ aturization of microchemical McCRONE, W. C.: Exposure Control tests, 19, 235 (1971) in Photomicrography, 28,23(1980)

McCRONE, W.C.: see Forl ini, A.L., McCRONE, W.C.: Light Microscopi­ 19, 243 (1971) ca I Study of the Turin 11Shroud 11 I, 28, 105 C 1980) McCRONE, w.c.: A compact sch I ier­ en microscope, 20, 309 (Abstract) McCRONE, W.C.: Light Microscopi­ 292 ( 1972) ca I Study of the Turin 11 Shroud 11 II, 28, 115 (1980) McCRONE, W. c.: Determination of asbestos by dispersion staining, McCRONE,W.C.: lnter/Micro-80, 28, (Abstract) 20, 289 (1972) 153 ( 1980)

McCRONE,w.c.: The new Zeiss Axio­ McCRONE, W.C.: Light Microscopi­ mat, 21, 167 (1973) ca I Study of the Turin 11 Shroud 11 111, 29, 19 C1981) McCRONE,W.C.: Applications of the sch I i eren microscope, (Abstract) McCRONE,w.c.: lnter/Micro-81, 29, 21, 254 (1973) 169 ( 1981)

McCRONE, W. C.: see Dodd, J., 23, McCRONE, W. c.: Soi I comparison 89 ( 1975) and identification of constitu­ ents, 30, 17 (1982) McCRONE, W. C.: Determination of nD,nF and nc by dispersion stain­ McCRONE, W.C.: Microanalytical ing, 23, 213 (1975) too Is and techniques for the McCRONE, W.C.: A new dispersion characterization, comparison and staining objective, 23, 221(1975) identification of particulate (trace) evidence, 30, 105 (1982) McCRONE, w.c.: Fasoldt rulings, 25, 89 ( 1977) McCRONE, W.C.: Particle charac­ terization by PLM, 30, 185(1982) McCRONE, W,C,: see Kai ler, H.E., 25, 169 ( 1977) McCRONE,w.c.: lnter/Micro-82, 30, 197 (1982) McCRONE, w.c.: Asbestos detection in the U.S., 25, 251 (1977) McCRONE, W. C.: Particle charac­ terization by PLM (Part I I) 30, McCRONE, w.c.: Identification of 315 (1982) asbestos by polarized light mi­ croscopy, 25, 251(1977) McCRONE, W. C.: Particle charac­ terization by PLM (Part I I I: McCRONE, W.C.: Characterization crossed polars), 31, 187 of human hair by I ight microscopy (1983) (Abstract) 24, 304; 25, 15(1977) McCRONE, W.C.: Trick photomicrog­ McCRONE, w.c.: Dispersion stain­ raphy, 31, 245 (1983) i ~g colors, 26, 109 (1978) McCRONE, W. C.: see Rimkus, M., McCRONE, w.c., et al.: Dispersion 31, 263 (1983)

xi of TNT, 18, 257 (1970) Staining in the IR and UV, 27, 75 (1979) McCRONE, w.c.: see Julian, Y.,18, 1 (1970);19, 225 (1971) McCRONE,w.c.: lnter/Micro-79, 27, 117 (1979) McCRONE, w. C.: Ultramicro-mini­ aturization of microchemical McCRONE, W. c.: Exposure Control tests, 19, 235 (1971) in Photomicrography, 28,23(1980)

McCRONE, W.C.: see Forl ini, A.L., McCRONE, W.C.: Light Microscopi­ 19, 243 ( 1971) ca I Study of the Turin 11Shroud 11 I, 28, 105 C1980) McCRONE, w.c.: A compact sch I ier­ en microscope, 20, 309 (Abstract) McCRONE, W.C.: Light Microscopi­ 292 ( 1972) ca I Study of the Turin 11 Shroud 11 I I, 28, 115 C1980) McCRONE, w. C.: Determination of asbestos by dispersion staining, McCRONE,w.c.: lnter/Micro-80, 28, (Abstract) 20, 289 (1972) 153 ( 1980)

McCRONE,w.c.: The new Zeiss Axio­ McCRONE, W.C.: Light Microscopi­ mat, 21, 167 (1973) cal Study of the Turin 11 Shroud 11 I I I, 29, 19 (1981) McCRONE,w.c.: Applications of the sch I ieren microscope, (Abstract) McCRONE,w.c.: lnter/Micro-81, 29, 21, 254 (1973) 169 ( 1981)

McCRONE, W. C.: see Dodd, J., 23, McCRONE, W. C.: Soi I comparison 89 ( 1975) and identification of constitu­ ents, 30, 17 ( 1982) McCRONE, W. C.: Determination of nD,nF and nc by dispersion stain­ McCRONE, W.C.: Microanalytical ing, 23, 213 (1975) tools and techniques for the McCRONE, W.c. : A new di spars ion characterization, comparison and staining objective, 23, 221(1975) identification of particulate (trace) evidence, 30, 105 (1982) McCRONE, W.C.: Fasoldt rulings, 25, 89 (1977) McCRONE, w.c.: Particle charac­ terization by PLM, 30, 185(1982) McCRONE, W,C,: see Keller, H.E., 25, 169 (1977) McCRONE,w.c.: lnter/Micro-82, 30, 197 ( 1982) McCRONE, w.c.: Asbestos detection in the U.S., 25, 251 (1977) McCRONE, W. c.: Particle charac­ terization by PLM (Part I I) 30, McCRONE, W.C.: Identification of 315 ( 1982) asbestos by polarized light mi­ croscopy, 25, 251(1977) McCRONE, W. C.: Particle charac­ terization by PLM (Part I I I: McCRONE, W.C.: Characterization crossed polars), 31, 187 of human hair by I ight microscopy (1983) (Abstract) 24, 304; 25, 15(1977) McCRONE, W.C.: Trick photomicrog­ McCRONE, w.c.: Dispersion stain­ raphy, 31, 245 (1983) i ~g colors, 26, 109 (1978) McCRONE, W. C.: see Rimkus, M., McCRONE, w.c., et al.: Dispersion 31, 263 (1983)

xi McCRONE w.c.: lnter/Micro-84, 32, McKIERNAN, P.V., et al.: Simpli­ 163 (1984) fications of particle size calcu­ lations, 28, 29 (1980) McCRONE, W.C.:Use of Aroclors® in microscopy, 32, 277 (1984) McLAUGHLIN,R.B.: Amateur investi­ gations of the foraminifera with McCRONE, W.C.: Cornel I microscopy the stereomicroscope, 14, 117 - a report, 32, 289 (1984) ( 1963); 14, 123 ( l 964)

McCRONE, W.C.: see J. Ki I bourn, McLAUGHLIN,R.B.: Amateur investi­ 33, 73 ( 1985) gations of miocene arthropods from the Mojave Desert, Califor­ McCRONE, W.C.: Unit operations - nia, 15, 96 (1966) PLM, 33, 121 ( 1985) McLAUGHLIN, R.B.: Diatom micros­ McCRONE, w. C.: lnter/Micro-85, copy: White-dot, black-dot, 34, 33, 203 ( 1985) 361 ( 1986)

McCRONE, W.C.: Routine detection McLAUGHLIN, R.B.: Diatom micros­ and identification of asbestos, copy: Mounting media - some pre- 33, 273 (1985) 1 iminary comments, 34, 285 ( 1986) McCRONE, W.C.: George William White (1925-1981), 33, 287 (1985) McLAUGHLIN, R.B.: Mi cr~scopy re­ view: Laboratoire d1 Etude des McCRONE, W. C.: lnter/Micro-86, diatomees, 34, 47 (1986) 34, 243 (1986) McLAUGHLIN, R.B.: Corethon crio­ McCRONE, W. C.: Solubi I ity, re­ phi lum Castracane: description, crystal I ization and microchemical 34, 51 ( 1986) tests on nanogram single par­ ticles, 34, 1986) McLAUGHLIN, R.B.: Diatom micros­ copy:References tor diatom study, McCRONE, W.C.: Authenticity study 34, l 2 l ( 1986) of a possible Manet painting, 35, 173 (1987) McLAUGHLIN, R. B.: A triple al li­ ance in optics, 35, 61 (1987) McDONALD, D. J.: The Timbrel I split image principle applied to McLAUGHLIN, R.B.: Diatom micros­ TV imaging,CAbstract)20,294C1972) copy: Reprint review, 35, 93 ( 1987) McGRATH, R. A.: Chambered micro­ scope slide, 12, 57 (1958) McLAUGHLIN, R.B.: Diatom micros­ copy: Resting spores and Commer­ McGRAW, H. R.: A microscopical cially prepared slides, 35, method for measuring amp I itudes 197 ( 1987) of vibration, CAb­ and rates McLAUGHLIN, R.B.: Diatom micros­ stract)20, 294(1972);20,369(1972) copy: Is it a diatom?, 35, 303 (1987) McHUGH, G.F.: see Kohl beck, J.A., (Abstract) 24, 309 (1976); 25,161 McMASTER, G.W.: Pattern recogni­ ( 1977) tion instrumentation for medical applications, 16, 44 ( 1968) MclNNES, C. A. J.: see Loveridge, MACE, H.: Butterfly colours, 3, 88 B.A., 16, 105 (1968) (1939)

McKAY, H.C.: Letter to Editor, 5, MAI ESE, W.M.: see M.J.Mroczenski­ 149 ( 1943) Wi ldey, 33, 43 (1985)

xii MALIES, H.: A laboratory standard MANIAR, G.N., et al.: Evaluation microscope for the measurement of of the effects of chemistry and hardness impressions, 26,93(1978) grain size on the transverse mechanical properties of 18-Ni­ MALIES, H.M.: Modernisation of an maraging steel, 16, 50 (1968) old microscope, 4, 307 (1941) MANIAR, G.N., et al.: Application of electron probe microanalysis MALIES, H.M.: Examination of met­ in specialty steel research, 16, als, 5, 225 (1944) 311 (1968)

MALIES, H.M.: Microscopes of Pow­ MANNING, G.J.: Sex-determination el I and Leal and, 6, 95 (1946); 6, in the honey bee, 7, 175,209,237, 165 ( 1947) 259 (1949); 7, 303, 329 (1950);8, 7, 63, 129 (1950); 8, 176 (1951) MALIES, H. M.: Objectives by Pow­ el I and Lealand, 6, 327 (1948) MANN I NG, F. J • : Cytogenet i cs of the honey bee, 9, 93 (1952) MALIES, H.M.: Lamp for phase con­ trast, 7, 13, 51 (1948) MANNING, F. J.: Is there double reduction of the number of chrom­ MALIES, H. M.: Hints on photomi­ osomes during maturation of the crography for the entomologist, Oocyte in the honey bee (Apis 7, 291, 312 (1950) Mel I if era)? 10, 38 C1954) --

MAL I ES, H. M.: Photomicrography MANNING, F. J.: Schizogregarines for entomologists, 8, 36, 98 infesting Laemoph I oeus ferrug in­ (1950); 8, 176 (1951) eus, Staph., 10, 73, 92(1954);10, 29 (1955) MALIES, H. M.: Identifying and printing photomicrographs, 9, 59 MANNING F.J.: Structure and func­ ( 1952) tion of the Spermatheca in saw­ f I ies, wasps, and bees, 10, 282, MALIES, H.M.: The microscope dur­ 318 ( 19 56 ) ; 11 , 29, 53 ( 19 56) ; 11 , ing the last hundred years, 10, 91, 145 ( 1957) 113, 149 (1954) MARSON, J.E.: Note on Hydra fusca MALIES, H. M.: Slow fine adjust­ in a stream and on making mounted ments, 10, 304 (1956) preparations, 8, 144 (1951)

MALIES, H.M.: Henri Ferdinand van MARSON, J. E.: Hydra fusca, 9, 4 Heurck, 13,113(1961);13,176(1962) (1952)

MALIES, H.M.: Notes on the micro­ MARSON, J.E.: Centering table for scope, 14,257(1964);14,351(1965) slide mounting, 9, 117 C1953)

MAL I ES, H. M.: The f I uorescence MARSON,J.E.: Balsam bottle, 9,212 microscope of Carl Zeiss (Oberko­ (1953) chen), 15, 7 (1966) MARSON J. E.: Safranin stained MALIES, H. M.: Flatters and Gar­ whole mounts, 12, 290 (1960) nett Ltd., 15, 30 (1966) MARSON, J. E.: Fast green-stained MALIES, H.M.: Notes on the micro­ whole mounts, 12, 309 (1961>. scope-I I I, 15, 37 (1966) MARSON, J. E.: Double-stained, MALIES, H.M.: A new microscope hard-cut botanical sections, 13,1 reviewed, 15, 57 (1966) ( 1961)

xiii MARSON, J. E.: How to make prepa­ MEI LEY, S.L., et al.: Application rations of zoological materials, of the SEM to the study of metal 13, 46, 125 (1961) fractures, 26, 143 (1978)

MARTENS, A.E., et al.: New dimen­ MEI LEY, S. L.,: Optical, SEM and sion in automatic image analysis TEM study of transformed steel with FAS-11, 26, 187 (1978) structures, 27, 41 (1979)

MARTIN, E.P.: Proof in criminal MERLIN, A.A.c.E.: Hints to begin­ cases by means of mi croscop i ca I ners, 7, 282, 318 (1950) evidence, 17, 111 (1969) MERLIN, A.A.C.E.: Efficient mani­ MARTIN, R.: see Albright, J., 26, pulation of the microscope, 8, 31 15 (1978) (1950); 8, 121, 227 (1951)

MARTON,H.B.: Perspex, 6,307(1946) 11 MICR0 11 : Stage forceps,9,42(1952)

MARTON, H.B.: Rowland and Michel­ 11 MICRON 11 : Adjusting old micro­ son, 6, 278 (1947) scopes, 4, 23 (1940)

MARWAHA, P.: Morphology cytochem­ 11MICRON 11 : Pond-I ife by polarized istry and role of Sertol i eel Is I ight, 4, 83 C 1940) in the testes of domestic duck, 17, 133 (1969) MERTZ,M.:Quantitative image anal­ ysis in medicine and biology, 19, MASON, D.M.: Technique for embed­ 41 (1971) ment of fragile particles, 15,388 (22)* (1967) MEULEN, ter V.: see Aus, H.,24,39 (1976) MASRI, M. S.: The optical proper­ ties and crystallographic proper­ MEYER, E.W., et al.: A method of ties of racemic al lantoin, 14,271 preparing a sample for microscop­ (1964) ica I scanning and its application to cervical cytology, (Abstract) MASRI, M.S.: see Jones, F.T., 15, 19, 436 (1971); 19, 327 (1971) 63 ( 1966) MEYER,E.W.: The problems of spec­ MATHER, S. R.: see Skalla, D.W., imen preparation for quantitative 23, 55 (1975) analysis of particles, (Abstract) 23, 267 ( 1975) MEADWAY, F.W.: Negative exposure, and light, 3, 203 (1939) MEYERS. N.L.: see Schnieder,C.L., 15, 414 (51)* (1967) MEADWAY, F. W.: Polarisers and definition, 8, 82 (1950); 8, 133 MEYERS, N. and H. Duggan: Kohler (1951) i I I um i nation as a centra I theme in a microscopy course for young MEAKIN, S. H.: Mounting moth and people, 31, 89 (1983) butterfly wing scales, 3,17(1939) MIDGLEY, H. G.: Use of the petro­ MEAKIN, S. H.: The study of dia­ graphic microscope in the identi­ toms, 3, 152,187,209,239(1939);4, fication of cement types, (Ab­ 8, 50 ( 1940) stract) 23, 267 (1975) MEAKIN, S. H.: How to study dia­ toms, 13,61,86(1961);13,212(1962) MILBY, T.H.: Softening refractory material for histological study - MEIJER, D. J.: Schuitema: Wire or a bibliography of techniques, 24, shadow contrast, 11, 45 (1956) 237 (1976)

xiii i MILLARD, W. J.: Pond life net, 6, t-t>HAN,H.A.: Exchange of material, 194 (1947) 8, 213 ( 1951)

MILLER, A.K.H.: A device to al low MORAN, B.R. and J.F. Moran: An automatic scanning of irregular inexpensive digital temperature areas on the Quantimet image mon i tori ng device for the "Poor analysing computer, 24, 275(1976) microscopist 1 s hotstage", 35, 291 (1987) MILLER, c. s.: lsophotometry with an optical scanning microscope, (Abstract) 20, 291 (1972) MORAN, J.F.: see Moran, B.R., 35, 291 ( 1987) MILLER, J.J.: see Ashraf, M., 26, 35 (1978) MORIN, C.R.: see Meiley,S.L., 26, 143 (1978) MILLETTE, J.R.: Asbestos column; Asbestos in water, 34, 371 (1986) MORIN, C.R. AND B.L. Gabriel: The MILLETTE, J.R. and J.J. Smith: ro Ie of SEM in fatigue fracture Asbestos column; Calibration of analysis, 30, 139 (1982) the electron diffraction camera constant, 35, 107 (1987) MOROZ, P.E. and L. Kobil insky: The detection of quinine in tis­ MILLETTE, J.R.: Asbestos column; sue sections by fluorescence Electron diffraction of asbestos, microscopy, 33, 37 (1985) 35, 207 ( 1987) MOROZ, P. R.: A contact cap on MILLETTE, J.R. and J.A. Krewer: common objectives for fluores­ Asbestos column; A reference list cence microscopy of living or­ of microscopical methods for the gans, 35, 135 ( 1987) measurement of asbestos, 35, 311 (1987) MORROW, S.I.: A OTA light-photo­ meter polarizing microscope sys­ MILLS, F.W.: Some useful dodges, tem for hot stage microscopy, 21, 1, 48 (1937) 29 ( 1972)

MINIUTTI, V.P.: Applications of MORROW, S. I • : Mi croscop i ca I com­ ref Iacted I i ght and f I uorescence bustion studies of nitrocellulose microscopy in studies of the deg­ thin films in pressurized radation of uncoated and coated capi 1- wood surfaces, 15, 367(4)*(1967) lary tubes, 21, 229 (1973); (Ab­ stract) 21, 260(1973) MINIUTTI, V.P.: Reflected-light and scanning electron microscopy MORROW, S.I.: Catalytic study of of u I tra-v i oI et irradiated red­ lead sal icylate modified nitro­ wood surfaces, 18, 61 (1970) cellulose, 20, 341 (1974)

MITTAL, O.P.: Karyological stud­ MORROW, s. I.: Microscopical com­ ies on the Indian spiders VI 11. parison of the condensed phase Chromosomes in the male germ behavior of nitrocellulose having eel Is of three species of the different degrees of nitration, genus Oxyopes, Fami I y Oxyop i dae, 22, 349 ( 1974) 18, 313 (1970) MORROW, S.I.: Microscopical study MOELLRING, F.K.: The Zeiss Tesso­ of the role of free radical pro­ var, a new concept in photomac­ cesses in the thermal decomposi­ rography, 19, 171 (1971) tion of nitrocellulose, 24, 227 (1976) MOFFETT, J.W.: Fish scales, 9, 32 ( 1952) MORROW, s. I.: A new. microscopi-

xi iv cal ly measurable parameter for MULLER, L. L., et al.: Electron polymeric film characterization mi croscop i ca 1 study of cotton during decomposition,23,157(1975) fiber surfaces after purification treatments, 20, 143 (1972) MORROW, S.I.: The strange iodide effect in nitrocellulose (Ab­ MULLER,Linda,L.: see Hebert,J.J., stract) 24, 305 (1976) 23, 139 ( 1975)

MORROW, S.I.: Bonding nitrogua­ MUNDEN, P., et al.: 1Tt.C analysis nidine to nitrocellulose films, techniques for liquid-bourne con­ 33, 187 ( 1985) taminants (Abstract) 21,250(1973)

MORROW, s. and s. Iyer: Some new- MURCOTT, R.: Lacquering sma I I 1y observed properties of chloro accessories, 3, 97 (1939) and amino derivatives of 2,4,6- trinitrotol uene, 35, 273 (1987) MURCOTT, R.: Reducing the inten­ sity of ii lumination,7,274(1949) MORSE, J.F.: Cine lenses for low power photomicrography, 1, 113 NAISBY, G.: Mr. Jarvis' micro­ ( 1937) scope, 11, 70 (1956)

MORTON, R. R. A.: The Bausch and NAKAGAWA, J. L.: see Langford, Lomb QMS image analysis system S.A., 26, 167 ( 1978) (Abstract) 19, 431 C1971) NAZARE, s., et al.: Quantitative MORTON, R. R. A., et al.: A new investigations about the orienta­ of dis­ image analysis instrument for on- tion and distribution persed phases in multiphase ma­ 1 i ne water or sewage treatment, terials, (Abstract) 19, 444(1971) (Abstract) 21, 246 (1973) NAZARE, s., et a I.: Image ana I y­ MORTON, R. R. A.: The Omni con'" s is in the material sciences (Ab­ image analysis system in pol lu­ stract) 21, 255 (1973) tion control, (Abstract} 21, 246 (1973) NAZARE, s., et al.: Automatic image analysis in materials sci­ MORTON, R.R.A., et al.: The Omni­ ence, 22, 39 (1974) con• pattern analysis system, 23, 339 ( 1975) NAZARE, s., et al.: Stereometric image analysis - An experimental MORTON, R.R.A.: see Harris, S.C., viewpoint (Abstract) 23,271(1975) (Abstract) 23, 271 (1975} NAZARE, s., et al.: Quantitative MOSS, HILARY: Universal optical analysis of distribution and bench, 9, 257 (1953} orientation of dispersed phases in multiphase materials, 21, 49 MRAZEK, F.C.: An inert-atmosphere ( 1973) metal lographic faci I ity, 31, 235 (1983) NAZARETH, L.J.: see Fisher,C.,16, 95 ( 1968) MROCZENSKl-WILDEY, M.J. et al.: Use of image analysis for the NEEDHAM, G. H.: Sectioning smal I evaluation of Plasmodium falci­ sea urchin spines, 12, 243(1960) parum growth in vitro, 33, 43 -( 1985) NEEDHAM, G. H.: Microphotographs, 13, 52 ( 1961) MULLER, L.: see Kuhnert-Brand­ statter, M., 16, 257 (1968> NEELY, J.E.: Preparation of bio-

x!v logical specimens for quantita­ NORMAN, J. O.: see Ritchie, A.E., tive autoradiography (Abstract) 17, 179 ( 1969) 20, 290 ( 1972) NORTHERN BIOLOGICAL SUPPLIES: NELSON, J.B.: Characterisation of "Tube biology teaching mount", 5, materials by x-ray microscopy, 77 (1942) Part I, 19, 347 (1971) NUTTALL, R. H.: Andrew Pritchard, NEURATH,P.W.: Ultraviolet televi­ optican and microscope maker, 25, sion microscopy and microspectro­ 65 ( 1977) photometry, 14, 141 (1964) NUTTALL, R. H.: The origins of NEUWEILER,N.G.: The resolution of geological microscopy, 25, 245 microscope objects, 3, 51(1939) ( 1977)

NEUWEILER, N.G.: Darkground ii lu­ NUTTALL, R.H.: An early course in mination and Rheinberg colour medical microscopy, 28, 1 (1980) discs, some new and simple ideas, 3, 81 (1939) NUTTALL, R.H.:An early microscope by John Benjamin Dancer of Man­ NEWMAN, B.: Microscopy in the chester, 28, 93 (1980) forensic sciences, 15, 528(1967) NUTTALL, R. H.: see Low, A. D. NEWMAN, L. H.: Aberrations of Morrison, 32, 23 (1984) rhopalocera, 3, 28 (1939) NYE, W.F.: Operational character­ NEWMAN, L.H.: Contrasts in insect istics of an automated Bergsman aberration, 3, 137 (1939) microhardness tester,14,64(1963)

NEWMAN, L.H.: Breeding the giant OBERHOLTZER, J. R.: see Maniar, Satwinidae in captivity, 3, 195 G.N., 16, 50 (1968) (1939) O'DELL,J.A.: see Gracias,c.E. 17, NEWMARCH, E.R.: Pond life notes: 161 ( 1969) Vorticel la, 1, 27 (1937)

NEWMARCH, E.R.: 110ak-spangle11 and O'DONNELL,JULIA A.: see Albright, "button" gal Is, 1, 65 (1937) F.R., 30, 267 (1982)

NEWTON,C.A.: Photomicrography and OFFER, THOS.J.: Nobert 1 s rulings, fluid mounts, 4, 111 (1940) 6, 278 ( 1947)

NICHOLAS, J. W.: Methyl benzoate, OGDEN, T.L. et al.: Euparal and 6, 108 ( 1947) its use in measurement of asbes­ tos, 34, 173 (1986) NICHOLAS, J. W.: Recording expo­ sure data, 6, 263 (1947) OGDEN, T.L.: see T. Shenton-Tay­ ! or, 34, 161 C1986) NICHOLS, G.: Scotch magic tape® - an aid to the microscopist for OLANIYAN, O.: An electron micro­ dust examination, 33, 247 (1985) scope study of the surface tex­ tures of quartz sand grains from NIXON, w.c.: Fracturing of sand a sandstone grains observed in the SEM (Ab­ rockshelter, Missis­ stract) 23, 68 (1975) sippi' 33, 91 ( 1985)

NIXON, W. C.: Television scanning OLES, P.J.: Particle analysis and electron microscopy CAbstract>21, identification in the pharmaceu­ 247 (1973) tical industry, 26, 41 (1978)

xlvi OLANIYAN, O.: Microscopical exam­ PALENIK, S.: Microscopic trace ination of construction stones at evidence - the overlooked clue two ear I y bronze age sites, (part II), 30, 163 (1982) south-east Dead Sea Graven, Jor­ dan, 33, 255 (1985) PALENIK, s.: Microscopic trace evidence - the overlooked clue OLLI VER, C. W.: Nomogram 11 N. A.= (part I I I), 30, 281 (1982) n sin u11 , 5, 285 (1945) PALENIK, s.: Subnanogram micro­ ONDRACEK, G.: see Jesse,A.,16,115 chem i ca I tests for comp I ex sub­ (1968) stances (Abstract) 24, 304(1976)

ONDRACEK, G.: see Nazare,s., (Ab­ PALENIK, S.: Microscopic trave stract) 19, 444 ( 1971) evidence - the overlooked clue (Part IV), 31, 1 (1983) ONDRACEK, G.: see Nazare, s., 21, 49 ( 1973) PALENIK, s.: Light microscopy of medul lary microstructure in hair ONDRACEK, G.: see Nazar,, S. (Ab­ examination, 31, 129 (1983) stract) 21, 255(1973) PALERMO, P. R.: see Kessler, L.W. ONDRACEK, G.: see Nazar,, S., 22, (Abstract) 20, 299 (1972) 39 ( 1974) PALMER, C.: A sing I e device for ONDRACEK, G.: see Nazare, s., 23, microscopical drawing,1,25(1937) 271 (1975) PALMER,C.: Why not a 11Wenham 11 ? 1, ORONSKY, A.L.: see M.J. Mroczen­ 48 (1937) ski-Wi ldey, 33, 43 (1985) PALMER, c.: Devices with a dis­ ORZECHOWSKI, A.: An optical mi­ secting stand, 1, 129 (1937) croscopy method to di sp I ay pig­ ment agglomerates in polymer PALMER, C.: A simple vertical il­ particles, 27, 5(1979) luminator for the concave mirror, 3, 127 (1939) ORZECHOWSKI, A.: Photomicrography PALMER,C.: Correspondence: Bris- of submicrometer size birefrin­ tol Microscopical Society, 4, 83 gent contaminants (or additives) (1940) in carbon black dispersions in polymer particles, 27, 133(1979) PALMER, c.: Notes and News: Mis­ nomers in microscopy,4,111(1940) OUDAR, J.: see Hasson, R., 19,307 (Abstract) 423 (1971) PALMER, c.: Seeing oneself under the microscope, 5, 56 (1942) OWENS, B.E.: Stage micrometer, 5, 95 ( 1942) PALMER, K. J.: The optical and x-ray crystallographic properties PADGITT, D.L.: A short history of of sucrose calcium chloride the American microscope, 23, 165 tetrahydrate, 13, 346 (1963) ( 1975) PALMER,K.J.: Optical and crystal­ PALARDY, H.: An electric turn­ lographic properties of cycloal- table, 4, 188 (1940) 1i in hydrochloride monohydrates, 14, 379 ( 1965) PALENIK, .s.: Microscopic trace evidence - the over I ooked c I ue, PALMER, K.J.: see Jones, F.T. 15, 30, 93 (1982) 480 ( 1967)

xlvi i PANKHURST, E. T.: Letter to the PAYNE, D.: Apparatus and methods Editor, 14, 276 <1964) for microfishing, 12, 7,29 (1958)

PANKRATZ, H. S.: Porous plates in PEACH, J.A.: see Levy, J.D., (Ab­ the punctae of a smal I Nitzchia, stract) 24, 316 (1976) 14, 1 (1961) PEARCE, T.H.: Multiple frequency PAPARELLl,M.: see Tedeschi, G.G., laser interference microscopy: a 17, 149 ( 1969) new technique, 32, 69 (1984)

PARK, E. D.: The Polanret• 'micro­ PEARSON, D.: The app I i cation of scope and some of its app I i ca­ the optical microscope in studies t ions (Abstract) 24, 307 (1976) of the stabilisation of polyvinyl chloride, 16, 243 (1968) PARKER, M.E.: A P.M.S. member's notebook, 11, 69 (1956) PECAR, M.: A simple relationship between a characteristic dimen­ PARKER, M.E.: 11 From my notebook", sion and the relative surface of 11, 270 (1958) elemental particles, 17,201(1969) "- PARKER, M.E.: A direct reading PEROU, M. L.: Diagnosis of iatro- metric micrometer, 13, 118 (1961) gen i c foreign body granu I omas with the polarizing microscope, PARKER, M. E.: Trays for holding (Abstract) 20, 287 (1972) slides while drying, 13,106(1961) PETERSON, B.J.: Microscopic iden­ PARTRIDGE, B.: see Paxton, W.(Ab­ tification of crystals in human stract) 20, 300 (1972) tissue, 14, 411 (1965)

PATRIO<, J. w.: Some aspects of PETRACO, N.: see Resua, R., 28,51 the microstructure of metal lurgi­ (1980) cal coke, 27, 139 (1979) PETRACO, N.: The rep I ication of PATTERSON, J.H.: Thallium nitrate hair cuticle scale patterns in I I 13, 291 C1963) meltmounts•, 34, 341 (1986)

PATTERSON, K.: see Jones, F. (Ab­ PETRACO, N.: see DeForest, P.R., stract) 23, 265 (1975) 35, 249 ( 1987)

PAXTON, W., et al.: Image digi­ PETRACO, N.: see DeForest, P.R., tisation and analysis by conven­ 35, 261 (1987) tional computers, (Abstract) 20, 300 (1972) PETZOW, G.: see Aldinger, F.,CAb­ stract) 19, 429 ( 1971) PAXTON, W., et al.: see Kel ly,T., (Abstract) 20, 302 (1972); 20,304 PHILLIPS, E. R.: see Stanistreet, ( 1972) v J.F., 6, 279 (1947)

PAYNE, B. O.: The image-splitting PHOENIX, E.A.: Glass-writing pen­ eyepiece, 14, 217 (1964) cil, 6, 224 (1947)

PAYNE, D. A.: Ceramic microscopy PHOENIX, E. A.: Experiments in and the hardness microprobe, (Ab­ making fluid mounts, 12,71(1958) stract) 24, 312 (1976) 11 PHOTOMICR0 11 : Three developers, PAYNE, D.B.: A short history of 9, 16 (1952) the Watson Service microscope, 13, 7 ( 1961) PICKLES IMER, M. L. : Anodizing for

xlvi ii control led microstructural con­ POLLARD, E. W.: A pond query, 11, trast by color, 15, 472 (1967) 243 (1957); 11, 281 (1958)

PICKWORTH, K. H.: Stereoscopic POLLARD, E. w.: An eyepiece cup, microscopy, 12, 244 (1960) 12, 222 (1960)

PIETERS, L.A., et al.: The Quan­ POPIELAS, M.: A phase and ampl i­ t i met Cytoscreen high speed re­ tude contrast investigation of search pattern recognition system reflecting materials,20,101(1972) for screening cervical smears, (Abstract) 19, 433 (1971) PRICE, B.D.: Aerator for aquaria, 6, 90 (1946) PIPER, R.: Floating device for plankton net, 5, 313 (1945) PRITIKIN,W.B.: Microscopic struc­ ture of small diameter reconsti­ PITTOCK, F. J.: Correspondence, tuted co I I agen sausage casings, 3, 21 ( 1939) 23, 103 (1975)

PLOSS, R. S.: A method for the PRITIKIN, W. B.: Use of optical precise orientation of uniaxial diffraction in the study of fi­ crystal plates, 14, 15 (1963) brous structures, (Abstract) 24, 321 (1976) of solid PLOSS, R.S.: Orientation wee­ Q-sw i tchers, "PTERON": The apple blossom state e Iectro-opt i c vi I, 3, 130 (1939) 16, 70 (1968) PUGH, F.: Potassium acetate, 11, PLUTA, M.: Properties of the am­ 47 ( 1956) plitude-contrast microscope with soot amplitude rings,16,211(1968) PUGH, F.: Differential i I lumina­ tion, 1, 109 (1937) PLUTA, M.: Stereoscopic phase contrast microscope, 16,32(1968) PULLMAN, R.L.: Simple microscope hot stage, 10, 76 (1954) PLUTA, M.: A highly sensitive phase-contrast device, 17, 235 QAQISH, A. Y., et al.: The effect (1969) of high gamma doses on the etch­ i ng character i st i cs of ce I I u I ose PLUTA, M.: A new polarization nitrate, 26, 155 (1978) interference microscope, 18, 113 (1970) QUACKENBUSH, D. W.: The analysis POLING, F. D., et al.: Special and solution of two paper mi 11 applications of interference problems, 16, 21 (1968) transmission microscopy to tex­ t i I e fiber problems, 16,201(1968) QUACKENBUSH, D.W.: A simple tech­ nique for sharpening steel micro­ POLLARD, E.W.: Vertical ii lumina­ tome knives, 17, 55 (1969) tion and glare, 7, 310 (1950) QUACKENBUSH, D.W.: Preparation of POLLARD, E.W.: Paraffin infiltra­ meta I-shaded paper-making fibers tion, 9, 25 (1952) 17, 168 ( 1969)

POLLARD, E.W.: Small illuminat­ QUACKENBUSH, D. W.: Selection of ors, 9, 157 (1953) specific embedding resins and cutting techniques for the study POLLARD, E. W.: Bleaching balsam, of coated papers by I ight micros­ 9, 251 ( 1953) copy, 18, 73 (1970)

POLLARD, E. W.: Centering the ob­ QUACKENBUSH, D.W.: Critical 35 mm jective, 11, 103 (1957) photomicroscopy, 23, 195 (1975)

xi ix QUATE, C. F.: The scanning acous­ RESUA, R.: Fiber optic ii lumina­ tic microscope (Abstract) 24, 313 tion for use in dispersion stain­ ( 1976) ing, 28, 51(1980)

QUINLAN, J. B.: A microscopic ex­ REYNOLDS,K.A.: Use of photometers amination of sma I I arms pr ope 1- for determination of exposure 1ant, 14, 385 (1965) time in photomicrography, 12, 64 ( 1958); 12, 106, 119( 1959); 12, 148 RAISON, c. E.: Water mounting me­ (1960) dium, 5, 264 (1945) REYNOLDS,M.J.: see Blanchard,B.E. RAKOSY, A. W.: Daphnia, 35, 133 17' 145 ( 1969) (1987) RICHARDS,o.w.: Horatio s. Green­ RALPH, B.: The role of automatic ough, 13, 116 C1961) image analysis in the quantifica­ tion of the microstructure of RICHARDS, O.W.: History and stat­ materials,CAbstract) 23,271(1975) us of standardisation in micros­ copy (United States),17,229(1969) RALPH, B.: see Slater, J., 24, 25 ( 1976) RICHARDS, o. W.: The biomedical applications of the Polanret"' RAPPE, R.: Measurement of the microscope,CAbstract)24,308C1976) principle refractive indices of oriented polymer films, 35, RICHARDS, OSCAR W., JOHN A. BROWN 67 (1987) AND WALTER C. McCRONE: Grayson's test plate rulings, 29, 77(1981) RAUCH, F.C.: see Grabar,D.G., 18, 241 ( 1970) RICHARDS, o. W.: A smal I Spencer folding pocket microscope, 27, 1 RAVENTOS-SUAREZ, C.: see Mroczen­ (1979) ski-Wi ldey, M.J., 33, 43 (1985) RICHMOND, R., et al.: Application REED, F.: Obituary: H.J. Grayson, of automatic image analysis to 11, 123 ( 1957) the measurements of fission par­ ticle track densities, (Abstract) REED,F.s.c.: Diatomite of Oamaru, 19, 443 (1971) New Zealand, 1874-1958,12,3(1958) RICKARD, I. C., et al.: The quan­ REEVE,W.F.: Correspondence, 4, 82 (1940) titative detection of alpha par­ ticles in certain dielectric REFFNER, J.A.: see Bayard, M.,17, materials,CAbstract)21,257C1973); 287( 1969) 22, 141 (1974)

REFFNER, J.A.: Conoscopy of poly­ RICKARD, R. A.: see Wilkinson, mer films,CAbstract) 24,307(1976) J.M., 35, 233 (1987)

REHR, W.H.: see Maniar, G.N., 16, RICKWOOD, P.C., et al.: A unified 311 (1968) stereological system for geologi­ cal and biological applications, RENNER, R.H.: A problem with pro- 24, 151 (1976) 1onged cure ti me in ammon i um perchlorate CAP) containing RI DAL, K. A.: The Vickers auto­ polyurethane binder composition, matic inclusion classifier, an (Abstract) 24, 309 (1976) instrument for on-I ine qua I ity control, 16, 273 (1968) RENNER, R.H.: Photomicrographs - art, (Abstract) 24, 303 (1976> RIDAL,K.A.:The requirements of an automatic instrument for clean­ ROCHOW, T. G. et al.: Scanning ness in an alloy steel billet electron microscopy of Pleurosig­ mi 11, 16, 276 C1968) ma angulatum CQuekett) for reso- 1ution of detail and quality of RIMKUS, M. and McCrone, W. C.: image, 32, 151 (1984) Dispersion staining data, 31, 263 (1983) ROLL, G.: see Friedman, B., (Ab­ stract) 20, 298 (1972) RIOS, F. G.: see Thornton, J. I., 34, 9 ( 1986) ROLLINS, M. L.: see Hebert, J.J., 15, 380 (17)* (1967) RITCHIE, A. E.: Electron micros­ copy of thick biological speci­ ROLLINS,M.L.: see Betrabet, S.M., mens, 16, 335 (1968) 18, 193 ( 1970) RITCHIE, A.E., et al.: Virologi­ ROLLINS, M.L.: see Boylston,E.K., cal applications of direct im­ 19, 225 (1971) muno-electron microscopy, 17, 179 (1969) ROLLINS, M. L.: see Mui ler, L.L., 20, 143 ( 1972) RITCHIE, A. E.: Microbiological applications of direct immuno­ ROREM, E. S.: The optical and x­ electron microscopy, (Abstract) ray crystallographic properties 24, 305 ( 1976) of sucrose ca I i c um ch I or i de tet­ r ahy dra te, 13, 346 (1963) RITTENHOUSE, J.R.: see Brinser, J.W., 21, 201 (1973) ROSA, F.: Metal lographic study of corrosion deposits; a h i gh pres­ ROBERTSON, J.A.: Video techniques sure impregnator for preparing applied to chemical microscopy, specimens, 14, 354 C1965) 16, 305 (1968) ROSASCO, G. J.: see Etz, E. S., ROCHE, R.: The use of the "Quan­ (Abstract) 24, 319 (1976) t i met" microscope in the micro­ graphic quantitative determina­ ROSE, A.: see Hougardy, H.P., 19, tion of combined oxygen at oxide 31 (1971) inclusions, 16, 151 (1968) ROSEN, J. M.: The polymorphism of ROCHOW, T. G.: Accomplishments of 1, 1-Trinitroethane and Hexani­ the ASTM committee on mi croscopy troethane, 17, 141 (1969) in 1963, 14, 278 (1964) ROSEN, J.M.: The crystal line pro­ ROCHOW, T. G.: The ways and mean­ pert i es of some c I ose I y re I ated ing of resinography, 14,246(1964) polynitroalkane esters, 19, 151 (1971) ROCHOW, T. G. : I n memory of AI an F. Kirkpatrick: Light and elec­ ROSS, R.: Schmidt's 11 Atlas 11 ,6,166 tron microscopical studies of ( 1947) Pleurosigma angulatum for resolu­ tion of detai I and qua I ity of ROSS, R.: Floscularia (Mel icerta) image, 15, 177 (1966) ringens, 9, 276 (1953)

ROCHOW, T. G.: Transverse aniso­ ROSS, R.: Dr. Dal I inger 1s lamp,9, tropy in fa I se-tw is t textured 304 ( 1954) nylon 66 and its characterization with the universal stage, 28, 129 ROUSSEAU, A.: see Van Coil lie,R., (1980) (Abstract) 21, 243 (1973)

ROCHOW, T. G.: The microdynamom­ ROWE, F.G.: see Rochow, T.G., 15, eter, 31, 75 (1983) 177 ( 1966)

Ii ROWE, s. H.: The role of the mach SACHER, R.: New materials for the effect in critical microscopical microscopist, 33, 241 (1985) investigations, 15, 216 (1966) SACHER, R.L.: see DeForest, P.R., ROWE, S.H.: Precise focusing with 35, 249 ( 1987) coherent i I I um i nation using pro­ j ected interference fringes, 16, SACHER, W.: see Liva, M., 27, 87 231 ( 1968) (1979)

ROWE, s. H.: Ultrasonic diffrac­ SALMON, J. T.: Polyvinyl alcohol tion microscope, 18, 163 (1970) as a mounting medium in micros­ copy, 8, 139 C19 51 ) RUDLIN, C.: Wenham binocular mi­ croscope, 7, 193 (1949) SALMON,J.T.:Supplementary note on polyvinyl alcohol, 8, 172 (1951) RUDLIN, C.: Male of Epiphanes clavulata (Ehr.), 8, 131 (1951) SALMON, J. T.: A new polyvinyl alcohol mounting medium, 10, 66 RUEGGER, B.: see Richmond, R., (1954) (Abstract) 19, 443 C1971) SALMON, J ~ T., et a I.: Notes on RUSSELL, C.R.: Mounting rotifers, staining techniques for polyvinyl 8' 106 ( 19 50) ; 8' 18 7 ( 19 51 ) alcohol mountants, 10, 141 C1955)

RUSSELL, C.R.:Glycerine jelly for SALMON, M. V.: Phase contrast mi­ mounting rotifers, 9, 137 (1953) croscopy, 6, 177, 252 (1947)

RUSSELL, C.R.: Centrifuge for the SALMON, M. v.: Cinephotomicrog­ separation of small aquatic ani­ raphy, 10, 182, 211, 231 (1955) mals from debris, 10, 275 (1956) SALMON, M. v.: Cinephotomicrog­ RUSSELL, C.R.: An embedding oven, raphy, review, 10, 335 (1956) 10, 307 ( 1956) SALMON, M.V.: Quantitative analy­ RUTOVITZ, D.: Automatic karyotyp­ sis of the human motor end plate, ing, a progress report,CAbstract) (Abstract) 19, 441 (1971) 19, 438 (1971) SALT, P. J.: The effect of intro­ RYAN, S.: see DeForest, P.R., ducing the optical microscope for 35, 261 ( 1987) quality assurance in the manufac­ ture of pure molybdenum sheet, RYDER, M. L.: Adjustable cutting 28, 141 (1980) stage for freezing microtome, 9, 273 ( 1953) SALTHOUSE, T. N.: Effects of dye solvent on histological staining, RYDER,M.L.:Demonstration of blood 16, 267 (1968) vessels in microscopical prepara­ tions, 10, 85 (1954) SAND, R.J.: Diode matrix replace­ ment by programma b I e read- on I y RYDER,M.L.:Localisation of radio­ memories for image analyzer con­ isotopes in tissue sections auto­ trol, 25, 47(1977) radiography, 11, 49 (1956) SANDALL, L.: Giant amoeba, 12, 60 SABELL, A. G.: Prism binoculars (1958) for short range, 9, 154 (1953) SANTOS, E. C., et al.: Sabattier SABELL, A. G.: Microscopes and effect in photomicrography, 9, 5 postage stamps, 9, 309 (1954) ( 1952)

Iii SAREEN, M.L.: see Kapur,S.P., 18, SAYERS, W.H.: Fine adjustments, 109 (1970) 8, 79 (1950)

SAREEN, M.L.: Cellular components SAYERS, W.H.: Slides and sliders, in the oocytes of earthworm CEi­ 9, 68 ( 1952) senia foetida (01 igochaetaJ), 18, 143 ( 1970) SAYLOR, c. P.: Heterodoxy in re­ fractive index measurement,26,127 SARKAR,S.L.:Optical microscopy of (1978) bel ites in commercial cl inkers, 25, 191 ( 1977) SCAIFE,R.: MICR0-66, 15,245(1966)

SARKAR, s. L.: Nigerian Portland SCHAEFER, A.: see Watts, J. T., cement cl inker characterisaion by (Abstract) 19, 422 (1971); 20, 91 reflected I ight microscopy, 29, (1972) 127 (1981) Sa-IAEFFER, H. F.: Nineteenth cen­ SARKAR, S.L.: Further microstruc­ tury American microscopy, 14,464, tura I information on Nigerian 471 ( 1965) c Ii nkers from SEM study, 32, 265 (1984) SCHINDL, K.P., et al.: Transmis­ sion-I i ke interference fringes SARTORY, P.K.: Powel I and Lealand with a Tolansky micro-interfero~ microscopes, 6, 165 C 1947) eter,CAbstract) 19, 426(1971);20, 217 (1972) SARTORY, P.K.: Fluid mounting, 7, 83 (1948) SCHINDL, K. P., et al.: A new I e inspection microscope, SARTORY,P.K.:Resolution of :a}hi­ bore-ho pleura pel lucida, 7, 82 (19 (Abstract) 19, 434 (1971); 20, 51 ( 1972) SARTORY, P. K.: Effect of cover glass thickness on spherical cor­ Sa-llNDL, K.P.: The Reichert Uni­ rections, 7, 122 (1949) var-A new concept in microscopy, 22, 117 ( 1974) SARTORY, P.K.: Objects for tube­ length testing, 7, 166 (1949) SCHINDL, K. P.: The time saving application of various microscop­ SARTORY, P.K.: Oblique light con­ ical methods, (Abstract) 21, 258 troversy, 7, 167 (1949) (1973)

SARTORY, P. K.: Use of vert ica I SCHMACHER,DAVID V.: see Albright, ii luminator on covered objects, F.R., 30, 267 (1982) 7, 142 (1949) SCHMIDLING/ DAVID: High numerical SAYERS, w. H.: Correspondence, 4, aperture dispersion staining 301 (1941) techniques, 29, 121 (1981) ·

SAYERS,W.H.: Resolution of Amphi­ SCHNEEBELI, G. L.: A time-lapse pleura pel lucida, 7, 82 (1948) cinemicrographic procedure for the study of steroid hormone SAYERS, W. H.: Oblique lighting, effects on Murine megakaryocytes 7, 193 (1949) .l..!!. vitro, 14, 319 C1965)

SAYERS, w. H.: Spurious resol u­ SCHNEIDER, C. L.: Point source tions, 7, 139(1949) s troboscop i c co I or c i nem i crog­ rap hy of the rabbit pulmonary SAYERS, W. H.: Amphipleura ~­ arteriolar circulation, 15, 414 lucida, 8, 23 (1950) (51)* (1967)

I iii SCHOENMAKERS, G. A.: A home-made SCOTT, T.L.: micromanipulator, Some hints and tips, 14, 101 (1963) 4, 172 ( 1940) SCHOONDERBEEK, D.: see Jongerius, SCOTT, T. L.: Notes, A., 20, 243 (1972) on reagents and techniques, 4, 293,308 (1941) SCHRAM,RICHARD R.: Light-scanning SCOTT,T.L.: Old timers,5,48(1942) photomacrography, 29, 13 (1981) SCOTT, SCHROEDER, T. L.: Gum chloral, 5, 122 W. L.: Pond life note, (1943) 8, 82 (1950); 8, 157 (1951) SCOTT, SCHROEDER, T. L.: New insecticide, 5, W.L.: Pond I ife query, 311 (1944) 8, 134- (1951) SCOTT, SCHUITEMA-MEIJER, T. L.: Microscope, Emploi D.J.: Rheinberg et Applications ii lumination, (book review), 10, 245 (1955) 5, 314 (1944) SCHWARTZ,H.C., et al.: The appli­ SCOTT, T. L.: New cation of lamps for old, reliability methods and 5, 166 ( 1944) probability analysis to quantita­ tive fluorescence microscopy, 17, SCOTT, 277 T. L.: What we want, 6, 43 ( 1969) (1946) SCOTT, M. L.: A new color trans­ SCOTT, T. parency L.: SI ide desk, 6, 102 f i Im for photom i crog­ (1946) raphy, (Abstract) 20, 305 (1972) SCOTT, T. L.: SCOTT, M.L.: Johannes Goedaert, Understanding photo­ 6, 176 ( 1947) graphic sensitivity, (Abstract) 24, 320 (1976) SCOTT, T. L.: Hints for the home laboratory, 7, 62 (1948) SCOTT, R.B.: see Krc, J. Jr., 15, 23 ( 1975) SCOTT, T. L.: Plastic light con­ ductors, 7, 87 (1948) SCOTT, T. L.: Behavior of parame­ cium, 3, 6 (1939) SCOTT, T. L.: Simple polarizing equipment, 7, 211 (1949) SCOTT, T.L.: Some applications of a projection device, 3, 76 (1939) SCOTT, T.L.: Beginners' needs, 8, 23 ( 1950) SCOTT, T.L.: Bee anatomy, 3, 159, 181, 216, 253(1939); 4, 14,33,60, 85(1940); 4, 242, 273(1941);5,11, SCOTT, T. L.: Wanted, an ideal 58,82(1942); 5, 196, 231, 277,315 mounting medium, 8, 206 (1951) (1944); 6,13,61(1946); 6,133,217, 245, 269, '(1947); 6, 317 (1948); SCOTT, T. L.: Objects for micro­ 7, 7,97,(1948); 7, 159,264(1949); polariscope, 8, 8, 8, ( 1950) 265(1951);8, 293, 307, (1952) SCOTT, T. L.: Notes of the month: SCOTT,T.L.:Blood Reproduction and bloodstains, of paramecium, 3, 9' 99 ( 19 52); 268, 271 (1939) 9' 122 ( 19 53) SCULLION, SCOTT,T.L.: H. J., et al.: Revers­ Correspondence, 4,137 ible complex (1940) formation as identi­ fication aid in chemical micros­ copy, 16, 12 ( 1968) SCOTT, T. L.: Chemical crystals, 4, 128, 156 (1940) SCULLION, H.J., et al.: Relating

I iv the density and refractive index SEMMENS, c. s.: Cyto-microchemis­ of a "heavy fluid", 18, 99 (1970) try, 6, 197(1947); 6, 287(1948)

SEIDENBERG,R.L.: A series of flat SEMMENS, C. S.: Theory and tech­ 7, field microscopes, 15, 453 (90)* nique of cyto-microchemistry, ( 1967) 57 ( 1948) mi­ SEIDENBERG, R. L.: The visibility SHAFFER, P. T. B.: Use of the and of microscopic objects,CAbstract) croscope in the observation 24,321 ( 1976) identification of silicon carbide structures, 18, 179 (1970) SELDEN, Jr., M.G.: How to mathe­ for the matica I ly model particle size SHAFFER, S.A.: A protocol distributions, 24, 213(1976) examination of hair evidence, JO, 151 (1982) SELDEN, Jr., M.G.: The statisti­ J.M. cal rel iabi I ity of particle size SHANKLES, B.: see Wilkinson, distribution, 25, 127 (1977) 35, 233 (1987)

SELLE, J.E.: see Kel ly,M.D., (Ab­ SHARMA, V. N.: Sperm bund I e and benga­ stract) 20, 305 (1972) sperm motility in Psychoda lensis CDiptera), 16, 363 (1968) SEMMENS, C. S.: .A technique for 9, mounting filamentous algae, 1, 5 SHAW, G.W.: Mitosis, a review, (1937) 141 (1953) of chro­ SEMMENS, C. S.: A substitute for SHAW, G. W.: Preparation osmic acid, 1, 29 (1937) mosomes, 11, 43 (1956)

SEMMENS, c.s.: Problems and prop­ SHELDEN, H. R.: Teaching micros­ methods erties of lenses, 1, 69, 97, 155 copy in an i nstrumenta I (1938) of analysis course, 15,463 (100)* (1967) SEMMENS, C. S.: Defects in image formation, 2, 98 (1938) SHELDON, F.: Methods, of improv­ ing contrast in e I ectron micro­ 21, 264 SEMMENS, C. S.: Permanent aceto­ scope image, (Abstract) carmine preparations, 2,120(1938) (1973)

SEMMENS, c.s.: Two notes on tech­ SHENTON-TAYLOR, T. and T.L.Ogden: f i I ter nique, 2, 166 (1938) Permanence of membrane clearing and mounting methods for 34, 161 SEMMENS, C. S.: Applications of asbestos measurements, uranium and certain special f ixa­ (1986) tives, 3, 3 (1939) SIEMINSKI, M. A.: A note on the in SEMMENS, C. S.: Methods in plant measurement of birefringence cytology, 3, 35, 72, 93, 121,149, fibers, 23, 35 Cl975) 177,205,233(1939); 4,78,96(1940) SIMMONDS, Sr., H. T.: see Rosen, SEMMENS, C.S.: Penicillin and its J.M., 19, 151 (1971) source, 5, 205 (1944) SIMPSON, P. R.: Quantitative re­ SEMMENS, C. S.: Pythium de Barya­ f I ectance and mi crohardness mea­ num, 5, 257 C1945) surements in mineral identifica­ tion, (Abstract) 23, 262 (1975) SEMMENS,C.s.: Cytology and micro­ chemistry, 6, 58, 92 (1946) SKALLA, D.W., et al.: A non-des-

Iv tructive method of observing and ber expressing the di spers i bi -I i recording wear characteristics on ty of a piqment in plastic. (Ab­ phonograph records, 23, 55 (1975) stract) 19, 445; 19, 337( 1971)

SKIRIUS, c.: see McCrone, w. c., SMITH, S.N.: Polarisers and defi­ 28, 105 ( 1980) nition, 8, 133 (1951)

SKIRIUS, S.A.: see McCrone, W.C., SOAMES, M. R.: see Gibbons, J.M., 27, 75 (1979) (Abstract)19,429C1971);20,1(1972)

SKIRIUS, S. A.: Polymer identifi­ SOARES, J.M.P.: see Santos, E.C., cation by microscopical disper­ 9, 5 ( 1952) sion staining, 35, 29 (1987) SONNEFELD, A.: Fifty years of SLATER, J., et al.: The status of Zeiss visual aids and opthalmolo­ automatic image ana I ys is in ma­ gical instruments, 13, 219 (1962) ter i a Is science and technology, 24, 25 ( 1976) SOTTOLANO, S.: An improved tech­ nique for the preparation of SLOAN, s.: High speed cine photo­ Teichmann and Takayama crystals micrography, 25, 237 (1977) from blood, 28, 41 (1980)

SLOAN, s. A., et al.: Thermal ex­ SPEIGHT, R. G.: An alternative plosions in mixtures of eutectic dispersion staining technique, sodium potassium alloy and potas­ 25, 215 ( 1977) sium superoxide, 25, 237 (1977) SPEIGHT, R. G.: Application of SMITH D. J.: see Gibbard, D. W., water immersion microscopy to the (Abstract) 19, 427 (1971); 20, 37 examination of thermal insulation (1972) fibers, 30, 5 (1982)

SMITH, F. H.: A laser-ii luminated SPEIGHT, R. G.: The evaluation of scanning microinterferometer for asbestos contamination of sur­ determining the "dry-mass" of faces - A new approach with an living cells, (Abstract) 19, 425 old technique, 31, 175 (1983) (1971); 20, 153 (1972) SPEIGHT, R. G.: An examination of SMITH, J. J.: see Millette, J.R., the influence of microscope char­ 35, 107 ( 1987) acteristics on asbestos fiber counting, 34, 93 (1986) SMITH, K.C.A.: High voltage elec­ tron microscopy, 14, 339 (1965) SPENCE, D.S.: Focal lengths and focal planes, 3, 39,172,264(1939) SMITH, K. C. A.: On-line digital image processing for the SEM, SPENCE, D. s.: Correspondence, 3, (Abstract) 23, 263 (1975) 158 (1939)

SMITH,K.C.A.: The I imits of reso­ SPENCE, D.S.:How to make a trong, lution in the surface scanning 4, 27 ( 1940) electron microscope, (Abstract) 21, 247 (1973) SPENCE, D. S.: From my notebook, 6,20,48,68,87 (1946); 6, 119.143, SMITH, M.J.: A quantitative eval­ 227,266(1947); 6,294,314(1948);7, uation of pigment dispersions,16, 11,47,102 (1948); 7,115, 144,180, 123 (1968) 244,270(1949); 7,308,327(1950);8, 17,41,67,90(1950); 8,150, 184,210, SMITH, M.J.: The use of the Quan­ 239,269(1951); 8,290,316(1952);9, timet to determine a single num- 18,46,77,105(1952);9, 131, 158,188,

lvi 217, 242, 274 (1953); 9, 297, 319 SPENCE,D.S.: Some fine adjustment c 1954>; to, 19, 52,80, 105c 1954>; to, designs, to, 62 (1954) 135,158, 162,189, 218,238 (1955); 10,291,330,C1956);tt,3,66,C1956); SPENCE, D.S.: An uncommon method tt,94,125,153,176,212,233 (1957); of measuring focal length, t0,174 tt, 267,294,314 (1958); t2, 51,77 (1955) ( 1958); t2, 103( 1959); t2, 212,313 ( 1960); t4,393( 1965); t 5, 10( 1965); SPENCE, D. s.: Prism erector, tl, t5,201(1966) 118 ( 1957)

SPENCE, D.S.: Notes on mounting, STEARNER, S.P.: see Christian, E. 4, 29, 57, 113, 141, 197(1940);4, J.B.,CAbstract) 20, 296C1972);t9, 230, 266, 286, 316(1941) 127, 423 ( 1971)

SPENCE, D.S.: Dark-ground ii lumi­ STEARNER, S.P.: see Christian, E. nation, 4, 169 (1940) J.B.,CAbstract) 2t,259(1973); 21, 73 ( 1973) SPENCE,D.S.: The power of a tele­ scope, 4, 228 (1941) STEEL, W.H.: Interference micros­ copy with transmitted and inci­ SPENCE, D. s.: Some thoughts on dent light, t8, 303 (1970) I ight, 4, 305 (1941) STEPHEN-RUSSELL, J.: Cleaning SPENCE, D. s.: Correspondence, 4, fresh-water material,6,277(1947) 137, 210 (1940) STEVENS, R. E.: see Fullam, E.F., SPENCE, D. S.: The 11 Flagel lum" of 17, 125 (1969) the Tubercle bacillus, 8, 213 ( 1951) STEVENS, R. E.: Squaric acid: A novel reagent in chemical micros­ SPENCE, D.S.: Flagel la in bacter­ copy, 22, 163 (1974) ia, 8, 320 (1952) STEWART, I.: Determination of as­ SPENCE, D. s.: Mounting rotifers, bestos by e I ectron microscopy 8, 134 ( 1951) (Abstract) 20, 287 (1972)

SPENCE, D.S.: New auxiliary stage STEWART, I.: The measurement, for low powers, 8, 260 (1951) classification and comparison of of bullets, spent cartridge cases SPENCE, D. s.: The objective dia­ and weapons, (Abstract) 20, 288 phragm, 8, 214 (1951) (1972)

SPENCE,D.S.:see Rev.W.L. Schroe­ STEWART,l.M.:see Graft,J.W., (Ab­ der, 8, 187 C1951) stract) 24, 303 (1976) SPENCE, D. s.: Water permeability STEWART, J. A.: Useful magnifica­ of paint films, 8, 142 (1951) tion, 5, 26 (1942) SPENCE, D. S.: Working distances STEWART, J.A.: Nomenclature, 7,26 and drawing attachment, 8, 82 (1948) ( 1950) STEWART, J.A.: Achromatism, 8,135 objec­ SPENCE, D. s.: Two-mirror ( 1951); 8, 301 ( 1952) tives, 9, 266 (1953) SPENCE,D.S.:Enock 1 s fluid mounts, STEWART, J. A.: Binocular micro­ 9, 282 ( 1954) scopes, 8, 159 C1951)

SPENCE, D.S.: Calibrating a fine STEWART, J. A.: Dancer di aphram,' ~djustment, 10, 24 (1954) 8, 186 ( 1951)

I vii STOCKHAM,J.:Coagulation of mil li­ i ng di atoms for cyto Iog i ca I and m cron-si i zed s i I ver aeroso I par­ I ife-history studies, 8,249(1951) t i c I es, 15, 106 (1966) SUSSMAN, M.H.: Infinity corrected STOERMER, E. F.: see Johnston, E. microscope, 14, 482 (1965) M., 24, 181 C1973) SUTTON, E.J.: see Baker,H.M., 17, 19 (1969) STOKES,W.B.: Memoranda in micros­ copy, everyman 1 s microscope,4,123 SVIHLA, (1940) G.: Biological ultravio­ let microscopy, 15, 500 (1967) STOCK, ALEX: Caedax medium, 7, 53 SVIHLA, (1948) G.: The yeast eel I: what did Leeuwenhoek see?, 15, 289 (1967) STONE, H. D.: see Ritchie, A. E., 17, 179 ( 1969) SVIHLA, G.: Isolation of radioac­ tive fallout particles for micro­ STRANG, A.: Quantitative electron scopical examination, 17,25(1969) microscopy, 16, 181 (1968) SVIHLA,G.: see Freitag,P., 19,271 STRANGE, A.: Variable asymmetri­ ( 1971) cal contrast microscopy, 35, 279 (1987) SWATMAN, c. c.: Cleaning diatoms for microscopical use, STRAUSS, M.T.: Forensic 1, 11, 43 charac­ ( 1937); 7, 132, 149 ( 1949) terization of human hair (Part I), 31, 15 C1983) SWATMAN, c. c.: How to clean dia­ toms, 12, 170 C1960) STRAUSS, M.T.: The law of proba­ bi I ity Ca review of its impact on SWENSON, R. A., et law/science matters) al.: The auto­ (Part I I), mation of routine bio-med 31, 175 (1983) ica I assay measurements, (Abstract) 20, 301 ( 1972) STRAUSS, M.T.: A case report: the hairs tel I the truth, 32, 29 SWENSON, R.A., (1984) et al.: see Kelly, T.,CAbstract) 20, 303 (1972) STROUD, A., et al.: The combina­ SWENSON, R.A.: see tion of microscopes Terrel I, A.C., and computers (Abstract) 21, 245 (1973) for the ana I ys is of chromosomes, 15, 431 (68)* (1967) SYLVESTER-ELMS, G.R.: Permanence of staining in haematology, 5,139 STUART, A.: Letter to the editor, (1943) 14, 366 (1967) TAYLOR, D. F.: see STURGESS, Hol ik, A.S., .G. L., et al.: Image 29, 265 ( 1976) ana I ys is performance er i ter i a, (Abstract) 19, 435 (1971) TAYLOR, D. H.: Hexametaphosphate pretreatment of STURGESS, insulation sam­ G. L., et al.: Perfor­ p I es for mi croscop mance criteria i ca I i dent if i­ for image analysis cat ion of fibrous equipment, constituents, 20, 275 (1972) 28, 47 ( 1980) SUBRAHMANYAN, R.: Notes on grow­ TAYLOR, J. H.: ing Unknown ciliate, diatoms in cultures, 8, 279 8, 298 ( 1952) ( 1952) TAYLOR, R. B.: A relief contrast SUBRAHMANYAN, R.: Notes on handl- system, 15, 516 (1967)

lvi ii TAYLOR, R.I.: Multiple beam in­ and uniformity of microscope terferometry in polymer micros­ coversl ips, 33, 179 (1985) copy, {Abstract) 23, 270 (1975) THORNTON, J.I. et al.: Econo~Jyal T.B.J.: Schmidt's 11Atlas11 , 6, 53 filters for refractive rndex (1946) determination, 34, 9 (1986)

TEANEY, P. E.: see Kelly, M. D., THRUSH, B.: Photomicrography with {Abstract) 20, 341 (1972); 20,305 a home-built exposure meter, (1972) 13, 281 (1963)

TEDESCHI, G. G., et al.: A study TIMBRELL, V.: Alignment of amphi­ of the u I trastructure of bodies bole asbestos fibres in magnetic resembling mycoplasma in cultures fields, 20, 365 (1967) of erythrocytes from normal human blood, 17, 149 (1969) TIPPELL, T. L.: Rowland gratings, 6, 327 (1948) TEETSOV, A. s.: The microscopical study of polymorph stability dia­ TOLHURST, D. E.: see Charsley, grams, 15, 13 C1965) E.L., 23, 227 (1975)

TEETSOV, A.S., see McCrone, W.C., TOUMANOFF, C.: Some notes on Apis 17' 83 {1969) dorsata, 4, 101 (1940)

TEETSOV,A.S.: Techniques of smal I TOUMANOFF, C.: Correspondence, 4, particle manipulation, {Abstract) 137 ( 1940) 24, 318(1976); 25, 103(1977) TOMAN, L.: Operational character­ TERRELL,A.C.: Interference objec­ istics of an automated Bergsman tives, 14, 174 (1964) microhardness tester,14,64(1963)

TERRELL, A. C., et a I • : Recent TOWNSEND, G. F.: Nadi type stain advances in automatic image anal­ for yeast, 11, 101 (1957) ysis technology, CAbstract)21,245 (1973) TRAYLOR, P.A.: see Garrett, H.L., 16, 295 (1968) TERRELL, A. C.: Characterisation of particles by size and shape, TRAYLOR,, P.A.: see Garrett,H.L., etc., {Abstract) 23, 272 (1975> (Abstract) 24,310 (1976); 25, 147 (1977); 26, 1 (1978) TERRELL, A. c.: Software control of hardwired image analysers, 26, TREIBS, H. A.: Porosity measure­ 49 ( 1978) ment in nuclear fuel by image analysis,(Abstract) 20, 293(1972) THOMAS,E.J.: see Rochow,T.G., 15, 177 ( 1966) TREIBS, H. A.: Porosity measure­ ment in nuclear fuel by image THOMAS, s. L.: The use of the mi­ analysis, 21, 23 (1973) croscope in chemistry, 15, 485 (1967) TRUCH, E. R.: see Besant, C. B., (Abstract) 19, 441 (1971) THOMSON, D.J.M.: see Ogden, T.L., 34, 173 (1986) TRUCH, E.R.: see Besant,C.B., 20, 127 ( 1972) THOMPSON,H.R.S.: Illumination, 5, 152 (1943) TRUCH, E. R.: see Rickard, I. C., (Abstract) 21, 257(1973); 22, 141 THORNTON, J. et al.: Tolerance (1974)

I ix TUCKER,J.H.:A digital computer-TV VAN DUIJN, C.: Simple opaque i 1- image analysis system for cervi­ luminator, 7, 75 (1948) cal smear measurement, (Abstract) 19, 435 ( 1971) VAN DUIJN, C.: Substitutes for cedarwood oil, 7, 91 (1948) TUMA, J.: A contribution to the relationships between particle VAN DUIJN,C.: Entire preparations size distribution obtained by of fish embryos, 7, 136 (1949) opt i ca I microscopy and by other methods, 17, 105 (1969) VAN DUIJN, C.: International con­ ference on electron microscopy, TURLER, S.: Swiss Microscopical 7, 229, 259 (1949) Society, 12, 198 (1960) VAN DUIJN,C.: A photomicrographic TURLER, s.: Conifer needles, 12, 239 (1960) stand for use with twin-lens re­ f lex cameras, 7, 217 (1949) TURNBULL, T. P.: An interference microscope study of iron whis­ VAN DUIJN, C.: Observations of kers, 13, 355 (1963) living bacteria, 9, 29 (1952)

TURNOCK, A.: Projecting with the VAN DU I JN, C.: New methods of microscope, 13, 51 (1961) staining flagella of bacteria, 9, 71 (1952) TWYDELL, C. N.: Waterg I ass as a mountant, 6, 326 (1948) VAN DUIJN,C.: Protozoan parasites of fish, 9, 126,149,185,225(1953) TWYDELL, C. N.: After 100 Years, 8, 76 ( 1950) VAN DUIJN,C.:Fluorescence micros­ copy, 9, 292 (1954) UNDERWOOD,E.E.:Quantitative shape parameters for mi crostructura I VAN DUIJN,C.:Visibil ity and reso­ features,(Abstract) 23,261(1975); lution, 10, 25 (1954) 24, 49 ( 1976) VAN DUIJN,C.:Fluorescence micros­ UNDERWOOD, E. E.: Stereo logy in copy, 10, 1,29,57 (1954); 10,122, automatic image analysis, (Ab­ 153 ( 1955) stract) 21,256(1973); 22,69(1974) VAN DUIJN,C.: lntromittent organs UNDERWOOD, E.E.: Trends in stere­ of I ive bearing tooth-carps, 11, ology, 24, 45 (1976) 11 ( 1956)

VAN CO I LL IE, R. : The advantages VAN DUIJN, C.: Tuberculosis dis­ of electron-probe microanalysis ease in fishes, 13, 23 (1961) for the study of mineral content in biological tissues, (Abstract) VAN DUIJN, C.: 25th anniversary 21, 243 (1973) letter, 13, 198 ( 1962)

VANDERHOOD,J.: Simple methods for VAN DUIJN, C.: Spontaneous sarco­ the embedding and rep I ication of ma in fish, 11, 133 (1957) textile materials using dental base plate wax, 13, 307 (1963) VAN DUIJN,C.:Visibil ity and reso­ lution of microscopical detail, VAN DUIJN, C.: On the embryology 11, 196,222(1957); 11,254,273,301 of the tooth-carps, 1, 107 (1937) ( 1958); 12, 16, 38 ( 1958); 12,92, 131 (1959); 12, 185, 201, 269,298 VAN DUIJN, C.: A method for cal­ (1960) culating the times of exposure in Photomicrography, 3, 45 (1939) VAUGHAN,H.P.: Photometric record-

Ix ing of single crystal melting WALKER, F. T.: Hai rs of I i I ac bud va I ues and other fusion phenom­ primordia, 6, 130 (1947) ena, 17, 71 (1969) WALLACE, A.: A new approach to VENKATESWARAN, D.: see Hargave, the scanning electron microscope, R.V., 30, 291 (1982) (Abstract) 21, 251 (1973); 22,259 (1974) VERDCOURT, B.: Food of snails, 6, 51 ( 1946) WALTER, F.: Leitz interference microscope for transmitted light, VERDCOURT, B.: Lymanaea peregra, 14, 156 (1964) effect of environment, 6, 259 ( 1947) WALTER, F.: Leitz micro-spectro­ graph for the visible and UV VERDCOURT, B.: Sectioning beet I e range, 14, 185 C 1964) elytra, 6, 305 (1948) WARD, J. J.: Observations on the VERDCOURT,B.: Study of non-marine palisade sawfly, 3, 25 (1939) mol lusca, 6, 189 (1947); 6, 202, 230, 272, 291, 312 (1948) WARD, T. J.: Historical wood sec­ tions, 9, 108 (1952) VERDCOURT,B.: Alterations in nom­ enclature, 7, 25 (1948) WARD, T.J.: Old glycerine mounts, 9, 200 ( 1953) VERDCOURT, B.: The development of the radu I ae of the roman sna i I, WARD, T. J.: Some experiments in 8, 225 ( 1951) mounting starches, 10, 258(1956)

VERDCOURT, B.: A peculiar pol Ian, WARNER, J. F.: Letter to the edi­ 8, 214 (1951) tor, 14, 67 (1963) VERMA, V.: see Sareen, M. L., 18, WARNER, S. B. and J. N. Brown: 143 ( 1970) Semi-automated birefringence mea­ surement, 30, 101 (1982) VINCENT, L.M.: see Hasson,R., 18, 165 ( 1970) WATRASIEWICZ, B. M.: Visual mach effect in microscopy,15,281(1966) VINEY, C.: Ultimate optical re­ so Iv i ng power when conoscop i c WATSON, J.H.L.: Electron micros­ image contains no zero- or even­ copy in medical diagnosis, 17, 63 order maxima, 32, 93 (1984) (1969)

VOIGT, M.: An inverting lens, 10, WATSON, J.H.L.: Electron micros­ 165 ( 1955) copy of human lung disease among industrial workers,(Abstract) 19, WADDINGTON, W. : Some species of 440 ( 1971) diatomaceae, distribution, 5, 147 ( 1943) WATSON, J. H. L., et al.: Ultra­ structure of the lungs of m1n1a­ WADLOW, D. E., et al.: New detec­ ture swine fol lowing inhalation tion systems for the Quantimet of cobalt metal particles, with 720 (Abstract) 19, 432 (1971);20, reference to 11 Hard metal disease" 183 ( 1972) in the human, (Abstract) 21, 245 ( 1973) WAINWRIGHT, E.: Diatom mounting (selected slides), 8, 173 (1951) WATT, I. M.: Activities of the electron microscope techniques WALKER, E.: Letter to the editor, group at SIRA, (Abstract) 19, 425 13, 326 ( 1963) ( 1971)

lxi WATTS, J.T.: Micro-stereology, WEST,P.: Fourier transform optics 18, 35 ( 1970) for micro-gauging, (Abstract) 19, 422 (1971) WATTS,J.T.: Linear analysis using an automatic scanning micropho­ WESTEN, R.: Photomacrography with tometer, (Abstract) 19, 422 the Leitz Aristophot® in colour ( 1971); 20, 91 ( 1972) and monochrome, 21, 215 (1973)

WATTS,J.T.: Technical writing and WESTON,R.:Reflecting microscopes, translating for microscopists, 9 I 120 ( 19 53 ) (Abstract) 21, 259 (1973); 22,213 ( 1974) WESTON, R.: Symposium on photomi­ crography, 9, 147 (1953) WEATHERHEAD,A.V.: Polarized light and fts use for the identifica­ WHITAKER, W.J.: Progress towards the automation of counting tion of minerals in rock sec­ asbes­ tos fibres using a Quantimet tions, 3, 67 (1939) 720, (Abstract) 21, 262 (1973)

WEATHERHEAD, A.V.: Petrographic WHITE, G. W.: The transmission laboratory technique, 5, 112, function of a mi croscop i ca I ob­ 141 (1943); 5, 157, 185, 218, ject I 14, 452 ( 1965) 241 (1944) WHITE,G.W.: The use of photoelec­ WEBB, c. M.: Phase contrast and tric meters for exposure time resolution, 9, 80 (1952); 9, 137 determination in photomicrog­ (1953) raphy, 14, 149 C1964)

WEBB, c. M.: Comments on 11A New WHITE, G.W.: The visual determin­ Method of Light Microscopy", ation of exposure time in photo­ 9, 215 (1953) micrography, 14, 34, 55 (1963)

WEBB, c. M.: The membrane of epi­ WHITE, G. W.: Improving the accu­ thi I ial cells, 8, 273 (1951) racy of vert i ca I measurements under the microscope, 18,51(1970) WEIDNER, J.C.: see Kohlbeck,J.A., (Abstract) 24, 309 (1976); 25,161 WHITE, G. W.: The Bracey-Jackson (1977) tube-length corrector, 29,1(1981)

WELFORD, W. T.: Image formation WHITE,G.W., et al.: The determin­ and quantitative microscopy (Ab­ ation of optimum exposure time in stract) 19, 427 (1971) enlarging, 21, 115 (1973)

WELLS, A.: see Gibbard, D.W., 20, WHITE, G. W.: A magnetic micro­ 37 ( 1972) rheometer,CAbstract) 23,265(1975)

WELLS, B.J.: The electron micros­ WHITE, G.W., et al.: A micromixer copy of radioactive aerosol par­ for sol id-I iquid mixing st4dies, ticulates, 14, 130 (1964) 22, 267 ( 1974)

WELLS, R.A.: see Gibbard D.W., WHITE, G. W.: Micro-Rheology, 3 (Abstract) 19, 427 (1971) see McKiernan, P.V., 28,29(1980) WELSBY, F. W.: Experiments with WHITE, G.W.: Starch granules as Canada Balsam, 8, 255 (1951) elementary lenses, 28, 101 (1980)

WELSBY,F.W.: Bleached Canada Bal­ WHITE, T.L.: Centering objective sam, 9, 276 (1953) •changer, 11, 282 (1958)

lxi i WHITMAN, V. L., et al.: Extended microchemical reagents for iron, use of sq uar i c acid as a reagent copper and cobalt, 29, 87 (1981) in chemical microscopy, (Ab­ stract) 24, 303(1976); 25,1(1977) WILLS, Jr., W.F.: see Whitman, V. L., (Abstract) 24, 303(1976);25,1 WIDDOWSON, R.: Automatic counting (1977) of non-metallic inclusions in steel, 15, 116 ( 1966) WILLS, Jr., W.F.: Detection of various metals using gelatin WIEMANN, Jr., M. R.: see Besic, films sensitized with rubeanic F.C., (Abstract) 20, 293 (1972) acid, 32, 141 (1984)

WIEMANN, Jr., M.R., et al.: Dis­ WILLS, Jr., W. F. and Johnson, R. solution and recrystallization in B.: Filter holder for Nikon Opti­ dental enamel, 21, 81 (1973) phot-Pol microscope, 33, 201 (1985) WILHELMS, E.: see Eins,S., 24, 29 (1976) WILSON, D.S.: Microscopic identi­ fication of pulverized fuel ash, WILKINSON, J. M. et al.: The (Abstract) 21, 258 (1973); 22,159 examination of paint films and (1974) fibres as thin sections, 35, 233 (1987) WILSON, T.R.: Eimeria ~' 11,82 (1957) WILKINSON, M.C., et al.: Evalua­ tion of the use of the Quantimet WILSON, T. R.: Method of moulding 720 in the determination of the paraffin blocks, 11, 73 (1956) size distributions of monodis­ perse latices, 22, 229 (1974) WILSON, T.R.: Temporary method of sealing slides, 11, 75 (1956) WILLES, R.: see Kelly, T., (Ab­ stract) 21, 249 (1973) WISE,F.C.: Angle eyepiece holder, 7, 278 (1949) WILLIAMS,C.B.:Butterf ly migrants, 3, 246 (1939) WISE, F. C.: Early microphotogra­ phers, 7, 278 (1949) WILLIAMS, D.D.: Mounting paraffin WISNOSKY, J.D.: see Brinser,J.W., blocks, 9, 153 (1953) 21, 201 (1973) WILLIAMS, E.G.: How to study nan­ WODEHOUSE,R.P.:A peculiar pollen, noplankton, 12, 42 (1960) 9, 165 ( 1953)

WILLIAMS, E.G.: Objects from a WOESSNER,E.: Conifer needles, 12, 239 ( 1960) microscopist 1 s cabinet, 13, 33, 121 (1961); 13, 150, 225 (1962) WONG, R.: see Jones, F. T., (Ab­ stract) 20,327(1972);20,295(1972) WILLMARTH, T. E.: A microscopical study of the structure of spheri­ WONG, R. Y.: see Jones,F. T., 23, ca I thoria sol-gel beads, 14, 425 1 ( 1975) (1965) WOOD, A. C.: The world in a drop WILLMARTH, T .E.: The examination of water, 1, 111 ( 1937) of praseodymium and europium hy­ droxide sols by electron micros­ WOOD,F.: Was L.S. Beale Mistaken? scopy and electron diffraction, 9' 304 ( 19 54) 15, 441 (78)* (1967) WOOD, H.A.: Correspondence, 4,302 WILLS, Jr., w. F.: A search for ( 1941)

lxi ii WOODARD, G.D.: Calibration of the WRIGHT, R.H.B.: Slide clip, 5,235 Mettler FP2 hot stage, 18,105 (1944) ( 1970) WRIGHT, R.H.B.: Section lifter, WOODARD, G.D.: Identification of 5, 236 (1944) asbestos,CAbstract) 21,262(1973) WULFERT,K.: On the feeding habits WOODING, M.: see Meyer,E.W., (Ab­ of the rotatoria, 10, 309 (1956) stract) 19,327(1971);19,436(1971) WULFERT,K.: Wheel animals as nat­ WRIGHT, H.G.S.: Home-made binocu­ ural art forms, 11, 105 (1957) lar body, 7, 94 (1948) WYLIE, D. C.: Pond life query, 8, WRIGHT, H.G.S.: Aids for the pond 105 ( 1950) I ifer, 7, 186 (1949) YAHL, K. R.: Starch pasting for WRIGHT,H.G.S.: P.H.Gosse 1 s Micro­ industrial applications and some scope, 9, 113 C1952) problems, 32, 123 (1984)

WRIGHT, H.G.S.: H.E.Hurrel 1,9,197 YATSU, L. Y., et al.: Visual iza­ ( 1953) tion of saturated lipid bodies in WRIGHT, H.G.S.: W.H.Dal linger, 9, organ pipe cactus by a novel 253 ( 1953) cytochemical technique, 27, 61 WRIGHT, H.G.S.: David Bryce,9,169 (1979) (1953) YATSU, L. Y.: Plastic embeddment WRIGHT, H.G.S.: Men who invented of dry-processed seed tissue, 32, the aquarium, 9, 225 (1953) 83 (1984)

WRIGHT, H.G.S.: The ringed tube YATSU, L. Y.: Fixation of cotton of Limnias melicerta weisse,10,13 CGossypium HirsutumU hair eel Is (19~ (fibers), 27, 113 (1979)

WRIGHT, H.G.S.: Sidelights on YOS, D.A.: Photomicrography with aquatic microscopic life, 10, 145 the Science and Meehan i cs expo­ ( 1955) sure meter, 17, 119 (1969)

WRIGHT,H.G.S.: The wandering eyes YOUNG, M.R.: Flash-fluorescence of roti fera, 10, 145 C1955) microscopy, 17, 15 (1969)

WRIGHT, H.G.S.: Revolution and YOUNG, R.S.F.: see Jones, F.T., counter revolution, 10,178(1955) 15 480(117)* (1967)

WRIGHT, H.G.S.: Egg capsules of YOUNG,P.R.C.:Excessive apertures, f I atworms and crests of bryozoa, 8, 132 (1951) 10, 200 ( 1955) ZELLER,ROBERT C.: Method for pre­ WRIGHT, H.G.S.: Plates of coleps paring TEM specimens of fine mag­ and collars of choanoflagel lates, netic particles, 29, 141 (1981) 10, 225 ( 1955) ZIELER, H.W.: Instrumentation for WRIGHT, H.G.S.: 11Thr iv i ng under micro-densitom9try and microspec­ difficulties", 10, 253 C1956) trophotometry,Part 1,13,378(1963) Part 11, 14, 25 C1963) WRIGHT,H.G.S.: A rotifera 1 s "fin­ gerprint" and some remarks on ZIELER,H.W.: What resolving power behaviour, 10, 285 (1956) formula do you use? 17,249(1969)

I xiv ZIELER, H.W.: Demonstration with correlative ultramicro analysis, the Abbe diffract ion apparatus, 13, 375 ( 1963) (Abstract} 20, 287 (1972} ZUGIBE, F.T.: A new combination ZEITLER,E.: Quantitative electron stain for elastin and polysaccha­ microscopy, 13, 330 (1963} rides, 14, 250 (1964}

ZIMMERMANN, H.D.: see Bosack, S., ZUGIBE, F.T.: A new histochemical (Abstract} 21, 251 (1973} smear technique for testing poly­ anions, 14, 260 (1964) ZSELYONKA, L.: Stereoscopic ef­ fects, 12, 304 (1960} ZUGIBE, F.T.: Simultaneous insol­ ubi I ization of acid polysaccha­ ZUGIBE,F.T.:A glass cap technique rides and decalcification of for enzyme histochemistry and cartilage and bone, 14, 13 (1963)

NOTE: On I y the first author of each paper is I i sted in the comp I eta reference. Additional authors are I isted with the volume, page and year for each multiple author paper. The* in some of the author references is explained on page vi.

lxv CUMULATIVE SUBJECT INDEX

Volumes 1-35; 1937-1987

Abaca for paper making, 18, 123 Aery 1 i c f i be rs, therma 1 opt i ca 1 (1970) effects in, 14, 209 (1964) Abbe, Ernst, 15, 300 (1967) Actinomycetales, 31, 43 (1983) diffraction apparatus,CAbstract) Actinomycetales, SEM,30,200(1982) 20, 287 ( 1972) Acuity, visual, 11, 305 (1958) relationship with English micro­ Adam's microscopes and microtomes scopists, 18, 147 (1970) 8, 199, 222(1951) theory, 6, 145 (1947) Adapters, plate, 1, 3 (1937) theory of resolution, 16,4(1968) Adelges Insects of Si Iver Firs, Absorption profile studies in book review, 11, 240 (1957) UV-TV microscopy, 14,192(1964) Advanced Methods of Crysta 11 og­ Abstracts of papers, 34, 244- raphy, book review, 14, 457 283( 1986) (1965) Accuracy of vertical measurements Advances in Applied Microbiology 18, 51 (1970) Vol.6,book review,14,489(1965) Acetic acid for relaxing insects, AEI IM-20, recent developments, 5,23, 71, 75(1942); 5, 104,134 (Abstract) 21, 244 (1973) (1943) Aerator for aquaria, 6, 90 (1946) Acetone, purification of, 7, 182 After 100 years, 8, 76 (1950) (1949) assess- Aceto-orcein fast green stain,22, Airborne contamination, 219 (1974) ment and control using the Achnanthes (genus) 12, 320(1961); MC system,CAbstract) 21, 249 13, 15, 37 (1961) (1973) Achromatism, 8,135,152,158(1951); Air bubbles in slides, 8, 298,319 8,301 ( 1952) (1952) Achromatism test for objectives, Air pump, 9, 322 (1954) 13, 121 ( 1961) Air removal from objects, 10, 137 Acid haematein test, 12,316(1961) ( 1955) Acid polysaccharides, insolubili­ Albumen, application to sl ides,7, sation of, 14, 13 (1963) 27 (1949) Acidity of Canada balsam, 11, 68 Alcohol, absolute, 5, 99 (1942) ( 1956) dehydration of, 5, 2 (1942); 10, Acid-leaching of asbestos, 31,165 110 ( 1954) (1983) Algae, 1, 76(1937); 1, 149(1938) Acoustic microscope,CAbstract)20, action of glass on, 9, 134(1953) 299 ( 1972) iron aceto-carmine, 7, 24(1948) Acoustic microscope, 30,202(1982) mountant for, 5, 43(1942) Acridine orange, 33, 115 (1985) mounting, 1, 5 (1937)

I xvii staining and l!K>unting,7,24(1948) Andesine, 30, 17 (1982) Al ite, 29, 127 (1981) Angle eyepiece, 8, 18 (1950) Al Ian, Alfred, 7, 309 (1950) holder, 7, 244, 278(1950);9, 220 Al Ian, Miss Emily Mary, 7, 117 ( 1953) (1949) Animal ecology, Alloy Lattice Images 11, 127 C 1957) and their Animal hairs, Interpretation, ED. Boyues, P. 8,267(1951);31,129, L. Ga1 and A.J. Akarnulis,9,27 145 ( 1983) ;34,341( 1986) ;35, 83 (1979) (1987) Alpha particles, quantitative de­ Animal transparencies for class tection, 22, 129 (1974) use, 9, 238 (1953) Aluminized mirrors, 7, 181(1949); Anisol, 7, 92(1948); 8, 41(1950) 9, 246 (1953); 10, 136 (1955); Anisotropic particles, R.l.deter­ 10, 331 (1956) mination, 13, 363 (1963) Amann's media, 11, 6 (1956) Anomalous polarization colors, Amateur, definition of, 7, 294 31, 252 ( 1983) (1950) Annular wedge interference filter Amateur Entomologist, book re­ 14, 440 ( 1965) view, 8, 155,247 ( 1951) Anodizing, 15, 472 (1967) Amateur's Microscope, book re­ Anomoeoneis, 33, 313 (1985) view, 8, 215 (1951) Antibiotics, 31, 43 (1983) American catalogues of apparatus, Anti-reflective surfaces, 34, 319 5, 235 (1944) (1986) American Microchemical Society, Antiseptics and fluid mounts, 9, 14, 424 ( 1965) 242,243 (1953); 9,299(1954) American microscopes, a short Antiseptic, glycerol as, 9, 242 history, 23, 165 C1975) ( 1953) American Microscopical Society, Antwerp microscopists, 7,31(1948) 15, 70, 162 (1966) Apertures, excessive,8,104(1950); 3-Amino TNT, 35, 273 (1987) 132 ( 1951) American Optical Microstar 110 Appliances for the microscope, 8, review, 33, 317 (1985) 31 (1950) Ammonia, for relaxing insects, 5, Apochromatic objectives, 34, 337 215 (1944) (1986) Ammonium perchlorate,30,255(1982) Apochromats, Zeiss, 10, 160(1955) Amoeba, 7, 183(1949); 9,85(1952); Applied Microscopy and Photomi­ 9, 192 ( 1953) crography, book review, 12,217 giant, 12, 60(1958); 12,13(1960) (1960) large (Chaos chaos), 5,102(1943) Aquarium, invention of, 9, 225 Amoeboid movement, fi Im shown to (1953) British assoc.,11,58(1956) Aquatic insects, whole mounts in Amphiboles, 35, 207 (1987) tubes, 5, 46, 77 (1942) Amosite, 31, 165 (1983); 35, 207 Aqueous mounting media, 34, 211 (1987) (1986) Amphipleura pal lucida, 5,148(1943) Arachnoidiscus, 5, 274 (1945) Amp I itude contrast, 20, 101(1972) Aragonite, 35, 1 (1987) phase contrast, 9, 148,215(1953) Araneae, 1, 141 ( 1938) Amplitude contrast microscope,16, Archeology, 31, 31(1983); 33, 255 211 (1968) ( 1985) Analysis of clay fabrics, (Ab­ Archaeological microscopy, 30,211 stract) 21, 257(1973) (1982) Ana I ys is of composite materials Area sizing and pattern recogn i­ 17, 161 (1969) t ion, 20, 37 (1972) Analysis of smal I particles, 29, Areal analysis, 16,115,151(1966); 153 (1981) 34, 349( 1986) Analytical chemistry,35,325(1987) Argon-ion lasers, 32, 69 (1984) Analytical techniques,17,19(1969) Aristophot, 21, 215(1973) Analytical tools for trace evi- Armstrong, T., 10, 109(1954) dence, 30, 105 (1982) Aroclor, 6, 20(1946); 32, 148,277

Ixviii (1984); 33, 241(1985); 34, 84, Automated birefringence measure­ 195( 1986) ment 30, 101 (1982) 1262, 10, 206 (1955) Automated particle analysis sys­ 5442, 29, 93 (1981) tem, 21, 121 (1973) by Monsanto Chem. Co., 10, 208 Automatic classifying and histo­ ( 1955) gram plotting equipment,18,223 coumarone, 10, 207 (1955) (1970) mounting media, 11, 68(1956) Automatic counting of inclusions, substitutes, 31, 231 (1983) 15, 116, 148 (1966) Arsenious oxide, 9, 244(1953) Automatic focus, Quantimet 720, Art authenticity, 35, 173 (1987) (Abstract) 19, 432 (1971) Art objects, conservation, (Ab- Automatic image analysis, 15, 116 stract) 20, 297(1972) 148(1966); 15, 431(68)*(1967); Arthropods, 15, 96 (1966) 33, 43(1985) Artifacts by SEM, 31, 139(1983) boron in steel, 16, 105 (1968) Asbestos, 21, 262 (1973); 29, 19 computer, metals research 16, 81 (1981); 30, 5,223-228, 259,.267 (1968) (1982); 31, 165, 175, 248, 249 deoxidation products in steel (1983); 33, 273(1985);34,75, 16, 137 ( 1968) 92, 93, 331, 371, 397 (1986); electro-optical system, 19, 205 35, 107, 207, 311(1987) ( 1971) alignment in magnetic field, 20, feature outline correction, (Ab­ 365( 1972) stract) 20, 299 (1972) automatic counting, 23, 93(1975) inclusion classifier, 16, 273 counting, 34, 161,173,331(1986); (1968) 35, 267( 1987) instrument errors, 19, 87(1971) dispersion staining, 18,1(1970); non-metal I ic inclusions, 15, 116 CAbstract)20, 289(1972) (1966); 16, 189 (1968) electron microscopy (Abstract), oxide inclusions, 16, 151(1968) 20, 287(1972) particle measurement with the monitoring, 34, 93(1986) ~MC, 19, 285 C1971) mounting, 34, 173( 1986) pattern recognition concepts, Nuclepore• filter in electron 19, 77 ( 1971) microscopy of (Letter to the pigment dispersions,16,123(1968) Editor), 25, 199(1977) quantitative area analysis, 16, polarized light microscopy, 25, 115 ( 1968) 251 ( 1977) quantitative electron microscopy, Quantimet 720, use of,CAbstract) 16, 181 (1968) 21, 262(1973) steel, boron, 16, 105 (1968) replacement, 29, 117(1981) track counting, CAbstract)19,441 Asphalt, 9, 297 (1954) 443 ( 1971) Ass-Eye bean, 5, 274 (1945) track counting, 20, 127 (1972) Assoc. Scientific Phot., 5, 237 image analysis, 26,15,187(1978) (1944); 5, 266,296,320 (1945); (also see Image Analysis) 6, 55 (1946) Automatic karyotyping, (Abstract) Astigmatism, 11, 227 (1957) 19, 438 (1971) ASTM, committee, 14,278,281(1964) Automatic particle counting, 15, proceedings, 14, 421 C1965) 116, 148, 267 (1966) A.T.C. or A.C.T., Identity wanted Automatic scanning microphotom­ 5, 273 (1945) eter, 20, 91 (1972) Atkinson, Alfred, 7, 309(1950) Automation, 33, 169(1985) Augite, 30, 17 (1982) Automation of routine bi omed i ca I Aulacodiscus, abnormal,9,77(1952) assay measurements, (Abstract) Aurelia aurita, 8, 193 (1951) 20, 301 ( 1972) Authenticity, 35, 173(1987) Automation of counting asbestos Automated Quantimet, 18,85(1970) fibers using a Quantimet 720 (see also Quantimet, 1 IMC, Mi­ (Abstract) 21, 262 (1973) crovideomat, QMS) Automobile paints, 35, 233(1987)

I xix Autoradiography, 11, 49 (1956) Batteries, 31, 235(1983) of biological specimens, (Ab­ Bausch and Lomb, stract) 35, 61(1987) 20, 290(1972) Bausch and Autoradiography, an Lomb, book review, 8, automated mi­ 215(1951) crospectrophotometric system for rapid quantitative cyto­ Bausch and Lomb flat field micro­ f I uor i metry and ref Iectance scopes, 15, 453,(90)*(1967) autoradiography, 21, 11(1973) Bausch and Lomb QMS image analy­ Auxiliary stage, 8, 241,260(1951) 11 sis system, (Abstract) 19, 431 Aviscope 11 microscope,8,315(1952) ( 1971) Axiomat, 21, 167 (1973) B.D.H. Standard Stains, Alyward's "Concentric" book re- turntable, view, 6, 211(1947) 7, 327 (1950) Beam damage CSEM>, 31, 139(1983) Azure series of dyes, 5, 4 (1942) Beauty in nature, 11, 77(1957) Beck fine Bacillus adjustment,11,100(1957) prodigiosus, 1, 96(1937) Becke line, Bacteria, 33, 241(1985) 31, 43(1983) Bee Anatomy, Bacteria, Barophil ic, 12,77(1958) abdomen, 6, 317(1946) Ba cter i a, observation on I iv i ng, abdominal muscles, 9, 29 ( 1952) 7, 266(1948) air sacs, 5, 83(1942) staining, 9, 71(1952); 9,246,249 blood, 8, 8(1950) (1953); 9,303(1954) blood circulation, Bacterial colonies, 7, 269(1948) application brain, 5, 82, 84(1942) of the Quantimet 720P, (Ab­ compound eye, 5, 86(1942) stract) 19, 442(1971) conclusion, 8, 13(1950) Bacterial flagella, 7, 24(1948) diagrams, concerning, Bacterial Physiology,book 5,85(1942) review, digestive tract, 11, 186( 1957) 7, 161(1949) epiphranyx, 5, 60(1942) Bacterial production of crystals, fat eel Is, 8, 29, 71(1981) 9(1950) fat contents Bacteriology, of eel Is, 7, 267 35, 341(1987) ( 1949) pioneers of, 1, 165(1938) furcae, 5, Bacteriostasis, 232(1944) 10, 222(1955) general directions, Badgers in the 6, 18(1946); Woodlands, book 6, 137, 219(1947) review, 11, 186(1957) glands, 5,62,63,64(1942); Baker, c., of Holburn 5,277, Ltd., Amal­ 315(1945); 6,13,14(1946) gamation, 12, 79(1958) preparation of, Ba I kw i II , F. P., 5, 11(1942) 10, 81( 19 54) ; 11, heart, 6, 269(1947) 69(1956); 11, 96(1957);11, 269 honey stomach, (1958) 6, 321(1948) malpighian Bal I-bearings, tubules, 7,8,97(1948) 9, 161 ( 1953) 6, 319(1948) Balsam bottle, simple,9,212(1953) mandibular gland Balsam, Canada, and muscles, 5, effect on stains, 62( 1942) 5, 139, 153(1943) mouth parts, multi-object internal,5,58(1942) technique, 5, 181 muscles, ( 1944) 6,61(1946); 6,137(1947) mushroom bodies, of Tolu, 5, 276(1945) 5, 87(1942) nassanoff 1 Bariff's s glands, 8, 9(1950) Boroglyceride, 5, 44, 75 nerves, (1942) 7, 164(1949) nervous system, 7, 161(1949) Barophilic bacteria, 12,77(1958) ovaries, 8, 11(1950) Barring the door with the head, petiole, 6, 11, 245(1958) 217,245,269(1947) pharyngeal glands, Barton microscope, 5, 63(1942) 12, 104(1959); plate, 5, 61(1942) 162( 1960) phragma, 5, Basic fuchsins, 233(1944) 5, 5(1942) postcerebral Basic microscopy glands, 5, 64(1942) laboratory, 34, rectum, 7, 9, 11(1986) 98(1948) smal Bathophenanthrol I intestine, 7, 9(1948) ine Creagent),29, stomach, 7, 7, 87(1981) 98(1948) stomach mouth, 7, 97(1948)

lxx tentorium, 5, 19(1942) ''Wenham" 1,48(1949); 7,120(1949) thorax, 5, 196,231(194~>; 5, 315 Binocular Microscope,book review, (1945); 6, 134(1947) 8, 188( 1951) tracheae, 5,277(1945);6,15(1946} Bi nocu Iar Microscope, Greenough, wax glands, 8, 9(1950) 13, 85, 116( 1961}; 13,297( 1963) wings, 6, 67(1946); 6, 133(1947) Binocular prism, P. and L., high Bee, cytogenetics, of, 9,93(1952) power, 9, 159(1953) Bee, honey, maturation of oocyte, Binocular, stereoscopic micro­ 10, 38( 1954) scope, 9, 218(1953) Bee sex determination, 7, 175,209 Binocular prism, for close up, 9, 237,259(1949); 7,303,329(1950) 154( 1953) 8,7,63(1950); 8,129(1951) Biochemistry of industrial micro­ Bees, spermathecas, 10, 282, 318 organisms, 14, 199(1964) Cl956} Biohazard legislation, its impl i­ Beekeeping for Profit and PI ea­ cations for microscopy, (Ab­ sure, book review, 6,54(1946) stract) 21, 261(1973) Beer sediments,CAbstract} 24,311, Biological assay with the Quanti­ (1976) met 720P, (Abstract) 19, 442 Beetles, book review,13,222(1962) ( 1971) Beginner's hints to, 7, 282-318 Biological assay with Quantimet (1950) 720, 20, 165, 301(1972) Beginner, needs of, 8, 23, 52, 81 Biological specimens for quanti­ (1950) tative autoradiography, (Ab­ Belita, 29, 127(1981) stract) 20, 290(1972) Be I i tes, opt i ca I microscopy of Biological Staining Methods, book in commercial clinker, 25, 191 review, 7, 305 (1950); 11, 156 (1977) ( 1957) Bel I Animalcule, 1, 27,111(1937) Biological Stains, Chemicals and Belstead House, microscopy course Reagents, book review, 11, 156 10, 230 (1955); 10, 325(1956); ( 1957) 11,75(1956); 11,157,221(1957); Biological applications of a uni­ 11,309( 1958); 12, 26,83( 1958); fied stereological system, 24, 12, 250,294(1960); 13, 45, 105 151( 1976) (1961); 13, 287(1963); 14, 292 Biological science, automatic im­ (1964); 14, 350(1965) age analysis, 22, 59(1974) Bentham, R.H., 10, 139(1955) Biological specimens with partic­ Benzene, as clearing agent, 1, 47 u I ar reference to env i ronmen­ (1937) ta I pol lution,CAbstract} 21,264 Benzene hexach I or i de Cinsect i­ ( 1973) c i de, 5, 297,311(1945) Biological tissues,electron-probe Benzyl benzoate, 11, 267(1958) microanalysis for the study of Bergsman mi crohardness tester, mineral content,(Abstract} 21, operational characteristics of 243( 1973) an automated, 14, 64(1963) Biology, quantitative image anal­ Bible, 34, 380(1986) ysis, 19, 41(1971) Bibliography (Microscopy}, 34, 11 Biolux microscope, 8, 161(1951) (1986) Biomedical assay measurements, Bibi iography on automatic image (Abstract) 20, 301(1972) analysis, 22, 89(1974) Biomyxa, 8, 309(1952) Binocular body, homemade, 7, 94 Biosynthesis of Vitamins and Re­ (1948) lated Compounds, book review,14, Binocular eyepiece, 7, 274(1949) 369( 1965) Binocular magnifier, 12,223(1960) Birefringence, 31, 187,250(1983); Binocular microscope, 1,48(1937); 32, 11( 1984) 1,147(1938); 8, 1(1950); 8,159 Birefringence in fibers, 23, 35 ( 1951) ( 1975) eyepiece for, 12,178(1960) Birefringence measurement, Auto­ "Lawton" 6, 307(1948) mated, 30, 101(1982)

lxxi Birmingham Microscopical and Nat­ 219,247,273 (1951); 8, 303,321 ural ist 1 s Society, 7, 311, 330 (1952); 9, 25, 55(1952);9, 81, (1950); 8, 26, 55,136,191,219, 111,139,195,279(1953); 247(1951); 9, 305, 9, 27,55,81,(1952); 326( 1954) 9, 139, 165, 195, 251 (1953) ;9, Bradford Nat. Hist. & Mic. 307, 326(1954) Soc., 6, 168,280( 1947) Black Paint, t, 4(1937) Brandstatter, Kuhnert- M., 14,215 Black powder, 33, 1(1985) ( 1964) Blood and bloodstains, identifi­ Brass corrosion, 29, 147(1981) cation of, 9, 99(1952); 9, 122 Brass-coated steel wire, 30, 213 (1953) (1982) Blood Circulation, 15, 414 (51)* Branan, Rev. S.A., 7, ( 1967) 309(1950) Brighton and Hove Natural History Blood counting microscope, 10,144 Society, 5, 319 (1945); ( 1955) 6, 27, 56,84(1946); 6,140,168,196,252 Blood grouping, 31, 120,121(1983) (1947); 7, 56,112(1948); Blood identification,30,210(1982) 7,195 279(1949); 8, 54,109(1950); 8, Blood staining, use of methyl al- 163,275(1951); cohol, 9, 83(1952); 9, 5, 6(1942); 5,217(1944) 271,279( 1953) B Iood vesse I s, demonstration of, Brine fly, 5, 238(1944) 10, 85(1954) Bristles for Mounting, 6,44(1946) Blow fly, 1, 16(1937) Bristol Microsopical Society, 6, BI ue bottfI e I y, t, 16 ( 193 7) 328(1948); 7, 84,112(1948); 7, Bolton, Thomas, 9, 19 (1952); 10, 140,251,330(1949); 8, 26,54,83 189( 1955) 110(1950); 8,136,163,191(1951) Bonding study, acoustic micros­ 9, 55,83(1952); 9, 139, copy, 30, 165, 195 202(1982) ( 19 53 ) ; 11 , 2 51 , 317 Bone, decalcification,14,13(1969) ( 19 58 ) British Broadcasting Corporation erythrocytes from normal human, 7, 141,148,223(1949) 17, 149( 1969) British Industries Fair, 6, 223 Book of Flowering Trees & Shrubs, (1947) book review, 11, 215(1957) British Insects, Simplified Key Book on microscopy, 10, 241(1955) to Orders, book review, 12, 91 Bookseller, microscopical, 13,374 (1959) ( 1963) British Instrument I ndustries 1 Bore-hole inspect ion microscope, Exhibition, 9, 195( 1953) 20, 51( 1972) British Pyralid and Plume Moths, 11 Boroglyceride, 11 6, 50(1946) book review, 10, 110(1954) Boroglyceride, 1 Bariff s, 5, 44,75 Brucite, 30, 263(1982) ( 1942) Brucke Lens, 6, 108(1946) Boron in steel, 16, 105(1968) Brushes, care of, t, 56(1937) Botanical ident., 30, 287(1982) removal of cement from,11, 3 Botanical microscopy, 32,23(1984) ( 1956) Botanical preparations, 12, 290 Brushmaking Materials, book re- (1960);12,309(1961);13,1(1961) view, 11, 215(1957) Botany and the microscope, t, 75 Bryce, David, 9, 169,251(1953) (1937) Bryozoa, crests of, Bovine 10, 200(1955) optic nerve, 30, 171(1982) Bui Id your own Box electron micro- for microscope optics, 12,161 scope, 14, 371,421(1965) ( 1959) Bui Id i ng Mater i a Is, Boxboard,clay asbestos, in coated,16,289(1968) 29, 39( 1981) Bracey-Jackson tubelength correc­ Bui lard's method of orienting, 8, tor, 29, 1<1981) 211(1951) Brachionus urceolaris, 9,77(1952) Bui let comparison, Bradbury, (Abstract) 20, J.G. (Obituary), 6, 142 288( 1972) ( 1947) Bumps vs holes, 30, 68(1982) Bradford Microscopical Society,8, Busk's rubber cement, 5, 38(1942) 54,83,109(1950); 8,136,191,189 Butterflies and Moths found in

lxxi i the Counties of Cheshire,etc., by, 10,21 ( 1954); 10, 189( 1955) book review, 7, 194(1949) Carp (tooth), embryology, 1, 107 Button Gal Is, 1, 65(1937) ( 1937) Case histories, 30, 1(1982) Gaddis worms,mounting,5,272(1945) Casting refractories, initial re­ Cadmium-109, x-ray analyzer, 30, actions, CAbstract)24,322C1976) 198( 1982) Castle, J.E., 11, 96(1957) Calcite, 35, 133(1987) Catalogues and pamphlets reviewed Calcite crystal refractometer,15, Amateur Ent. Soc., 8, 108(1950) 309( 1967) Bausch and Lomb Optical Co., 8, Calcium chloride, 282( 1952) as mountant, 12, 51,78(1958) Flatters and Garnett Ltd., 8,136 stable solution, 9, 319(1954) ( 1951) Calibrating a fine adjustment,10, Gurr, Edward, 8, 108(1950) 24(1954) Gurr, George T. Ltd., 8, 107,282 Calibration (reticles), 35, 267 (1952) (1987) W. Watson and Sons, 8, 107, 282 Caloneis, 33, 309-312(1985) ( 1952) Camera, Cauchy equation, 29,93(1981); 33, attachment, 1, 164(1938) 241( 1985) for living organisms,8,252(1951) Ce qu 1 il faut Savoir du Monda Mi­ for photomicrography, simple, 5, croscopique, book review,6,195 78( 1942) ( 1947) lucida, Wol laston, 12, 27(1958) Cedarwood o i I , substitutes for, 11 Mi crof I ex", to, 103( 1954) 7, 85,91(1948) Campbel I, Rev. J.A., 10,239(1955) Gel I biology, use of image analy­ Camphine, 5, 271,318(1945) sis, 24, 39(1976) lamp, 6, 24(1946); 6, 194(1947) Gel I movement, surface contact Camphor in fluid mounts, 9, 300 microscope, 11, 162(1957) (1954) Gel I for orthogonal ii lumination, Canada Balsam, see Balsam, 8, 255 14, 301(1965) 273,(1951); 1'1, 95(1957); Gel I Growth and Cel I Division, 33, 241(1985) book review, 14, 116(1963) acidity of, 11, 68(1956) Gel losolve, 5, 1 (1942);5,272(1945) bleached, 10, 81 (1954); 10, 220 Gel I wa I ls, 32, 83( 1984) ( 1955) Gel Is, 1, 56(1937) bleaching, 9, 219,251,276(1953) blotting paper, 11, 94(1957) bottle for, 9, 212(1953) eel luloid, 5, 77,81(1942) darkening of, 11, 72(1956) determination of dry mass,20,153 substitutes, 34, 187(1986) (1972) Cap ii laries, rectangular, 32, 60 glass, 11, 217(1957) ( 1984) large, 8, 20(1950) Capturing insects, 1, 88(1937) Microstructure, book review, 14, Carbon bisulphide, 11, 67(1956) 420( 1965) sulfur in, 6, 21(1946) pressurized, 17, 287(1969) Carbon fibers, 34, 347(1986) Cel Is for mounting, 12, 212(1960) Cardboard eel Is, 5, 38(1942) cardboard, 5, 38(1942) Card index, 6, 46(1946) eel luloid, 5, 77,81 ( 1942) Cargil le index liquids, 29, 93 deep, 5, 81(1942) (1981); 34, 341(1986) Duratuf s., 5, 39(1942) Cargille liquids, 26, 167(1978) glass, 5, 193(1944) Cargil le, PCB-free refractive in­ jig for cutting, 5, 40(1942) dex I iquids, 27, 87(1979) synthetic, 5, 39(1942) Carl Zeiss, 15, 56,145(1966); 15, Gel lular Basis and Aetiology of 300( 1967) Late Somatic Effects of I on i­ Carp, gil I parasite of, 14, 165 s i ng Radiation, book review, (1964) 14, 59 ( 1963) Carpenter and Westly, microscope Gel lulose fibrils, staining, 20,

lxxi ii 161 (1972) dence,CAbstract) 30,93,101,151 Cellulose propionate for eel Is, 163( 1982) 12, 212( 1960) Characterization of wood, 31, Cellulose fibri Is, electron mi- (1983) croscopy, 23, 139(1975) Chart for mounting, 6, 46(1946) Cellulose nitrate, 26, 155(1978) Chemical dehydration of tissue, Celodal, 12, 164( 1960) 29, 137( 1981) Cement, 32, 265(1984) Chemical microscopy,32,141(1984); action of glycerol on,5,76(1942) 33, 1, 37, 73, 115, 121(1985); Busk's rubber cement, 5,38(1942) 35, 159 ( 1987) Cement clinker, 29, 127(1981);30, chemical experiments,13,201(1et- 229,291(1982); 31, 37(1983) ter)(1962); 13, 326(1963) Cement, she I lac, 9, 302( 1954); 11, complex formation, 16, 12(1968) 294( 1958) crystals, chemical, 8, 294(1952) Cement types, use of petrographic fusion techniques, 16, 37, 257 microscope, (Abstract) 23, 267 ( 1968) ( 1975) qualitative inorganic analysis, Cements (see Mounting) 15, 485(1967) Centrifuges, 5, 271(1945) tests for complex substances, for smal I aquatic animals,10,275 ( 1956) (Abstract) 24, 304(1976) for use in studies of nanoplank­ use of squaric acid, (Abstract) ton, 12, 142( 1960) 22, 162(1974); 24, 303(1976) Centering the objective, 11, 103 video techniques, 16, 305(1968) ( 1957) Chick embryo, explanting, 19, 127 Centering turntable, 9,117(1953) ( 1971> 11 Century Microscope", 10,68( 1954) Chicken, in vivo study of early Ceramic microscopy and the hard- microvascular damage, 21, 73 ness microprobe,(Abstract) 24, ( 1973) 312( 1976) Chinese ink, 10, 331 (1956) thinning, 11, 95(1957) Ceramic petrological sections, Chironomous larvae,mounting,5,134 ultrathin,preparation by semi­ ( 1943) automatic methods,14,200(1964) Chlamydomonas, 1, 149(1938) Cerv i ca I cyto Iogy, mi croscop i ca I Chlorates, 33, 73(1985) scanning, (Abstract) 19, 327, Chlorocresol, 9, 244(1953) 436( 1971) Chlorophyl I, preserving, 12, 164 Quantimet cytoscreen, (Abstract) ( 1960) 19, 433( 1971) Choanoflagel lates, 10, 228(1955) simple parameter scanning with Choosing a microscope, 1,56(1937) Quantimet cytoscreen, Abstract Choroid plexus of chick, fixation 19, 435( 1971) 14, 458( 1965) smear measurement, computer TV Chromatic aberration,11,256(1958) image analysis system,(Ab­ Chrome-osmium fixatives, 13, 29 stract) 19, 435( 1971) ( 1961) smears, 16, 44,227(1968) Chromosome Atlas of Cultivated Cetyl-trimethyl-ammonium bromide, Plants,book review,6,26(1946) 9, 301 ( 1954) Chromosomes, 15, 431(68)*(1967) chaetoceros, Ehr., 5, 147(1943) in two species of Indian lizard, Chambered microscope slide, 12,57 17, 213(1969) ( 1958) preparation of, 11, 43(1956) Changer for objectives,centering, reptilian, 16, 355(1968) 11, 282 ( 19 58) Chrysotile, 31, 165(1983);35,107, Characterization of hair, 31, 15 207( 1987) ( 1983) Chrysotile, dyes for identifica­ Characterization of part i c Ies by tion, 30, 267(1982) PLM (Part 111 ), 31, 187(1983) Chrysotile identification, 29, 19 Characterization of trace evi- ( 1981)

I xx iv Cigarette smoke, 35, 135(1987) particles, 15, 106(1966) Ciliate, unidentified, 8, 82, 105 Coal, 15, 385 (22)* (1967) (1950); 8,134,158(1951); 8,298 section of, 13, 33(1961) 318(1952) Coated lenses, 10, 218(1955) Cine imaging system for Quantimet Coated papers, 18, 73(1970) 720, (Abstract) 19, 432(1971) Coating of lenses, 7, 181(1949) Cine lenses, 1, 113(1937) Coating problems, 30, 208(1982) Cinematography, 31, 75(1983) Cobalt microchemical test, 29, 87 Cinemicrographic techniques, 16, (1981) 235( 1968) Coherence of ii lumination, 11,223 Cinemicrography, 14,319(1965>;15, ( 19 57); 11, 279 ( 19 58) 414( 51)*(1967) Cold stage, thermoelectric,14,395 Cinemicroscope, 14, 276(1964) ( 1965) Cinephotomicrography, 10,182,211, Cole, Arthur Charles,5,273(1945); 231(1955) 7, 309(1950); 15, 10(1965) abstracts, 5, 266,296(1945) Coleopterist1 s Handbook, book re­ f i I ms at Sri stol, 10, 247( 1955) view, 10, 69(1954) Cintel flying spot microscopy,15, Coleps, 10, 225(1955) 121(1966) Collecting, Circulation of blood, 15,414(51)* apparatus for pond I ife, 12,7,29 ( 1967) ( 1958); 12, 144( 1959) Clarite,Clarite X,5,102,150(1943) Butterflies and Moths, book re­ Clathration, evidence for in pyr­ view, 8, 55(1950) vin ium pamoate, 18, 287(1970) Collecting net, Clay-coated boxboard,16,289(1968) making, 6, 88 (1946); 6, 166,194 Clay fabric, image analysis by (1947) Quantimet, (Abstract) 19, 445; history, 6, 121(1947) 19, 327(1971) Co I Iect i ng Psocoptera, book re­ Clay fabrics, image analysis,(Ab­ view, 8, 155( 1951) stract) 21, 257(1973) Col lodion, 33, 246(1985) Clean crystal surface, 13, 260 Colloidal silica gradients,30,147 (1963) (1982) Clean room microscopy,17,77(1969) Color, 1, 36(1937) Cleaning, cinemicrography, 15, 414 (51)* brushes, 11, 3(1956) (1967) eyepieces, 9, 161(1953) film reproduction fidelity,17,97 freshwater material, 6,277(1947) (1969) glass, 10, 332(1956) filter, yel low-green,9,158(1953) glassware, 1, 15,56(1937) filters,a holder for,1,125(1938) lenses, 10, 218 (1955>; 10, 330 metallography, 15, 472(1967) (1956); 33, 246(1985) photography, 1, 7(1937) slides and glassware,6,45(1946); Photomicrograph with a 35mm Cam- 6, 145( 1947) era, book review, 13,168(1962) slips, 1, 15,56(1937);7, 117(1949) photomicrography, 12, 155, 225 Clearing agent, ( 1960); 15, 127( 1966) benzene, 1, 47(1937) reagent for molybdenum, 22, 317 clove oi I, 1, 46(1937) (1974) Clearing in paraffin oil, 10, 109 screens, 1, 35(1937) ( 1954) Color & pleochroism, 30,317(1982) Clearing, methyl benzoate, 5, 42 Coma, 11, 254( 1958) ( 1942) Comber, Thomas, 11, 294(1958) Clinical applications of -nMC, Commensalism, 10, 253(1956) (Abstract) 19,436(1971);20,111 Commensal relationships, 5, 151 C1972);see also Cytology, Cer­ (1943>; see also Symbiotic vical Cytology partnership Clip for slides, 5, 235(1944) Commercial and Industrial Photo­ Clove oil, 1, 46(1937) graphy,book review,12,81(1958) Coagu I at ion of s i Iver aeroso I Common objects of the microscope,

lxxv 9, 188( 1953) pharmaceutical industry, (Ab­ Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy, stract) 21, 259(1973); 22, 209 book review, 5, 156(1943) (1974) Comparison microscope, 15, 511 Contrast, (1967); 32, 29(1984) in electron microscopy, Composites, 15, 380 25, 161(1977); 34,347 (17)* (1969) (1986) image, 11, 197( 1957); 11,279,281 Composite materials,16,115(1968); ( 1958) 17,161(1969);CAbstract) 19,444 microscopy, 34, 93(1986) (1971) photographic, 8, 180(1951) Computer analysis of images (see of photographic materials, 1, 38 Automatic Image Analysis) (1937) Computer analysis of phytoplank­ in photomicrography, 1,40(1937) ton eel I images, 24, 181C1976) Wilska's method, 9,148,215(1953) Computer control led scanning opt­ Contraste de Phase, book review, ica I microscope, 22, 247(1974) 8, 114( 1951) Computer image processing, focus Con tr i but ions to The Microscope, optimization criteria, 24, 163 8, 305( 1952) (1976) Control led atmosphere Computer microscopy, interfacing the electron 14, 152(1963); 31, microprobe, 235 (1983) 17, 169(1969) Cooke, M.C., 11, 5(1956) Condenser Cs), Cooking, 32, 123(1984) aperture stops of, 12,315(1961) Cool Ii ght ,8,292( 1952); 9,43( 1952) design of oil immersion, 11, 179 9, 213(1953) (1957) Copper microchemical test, 29, 87 immersion, 8, 121(1951) (1981) NA, 12, 214(1960) Copying diagrams, 1, 153( 1938) objectives as, 7, 25(1948) Corethron, 33, 309(1985); 34, 51 Condenser less ii lumination, 7,200 (1986) (1949) Cormack's siding, Conferences, N.Z.,6,53(1946) Csee Micro-, I NTER/ Corn starch, 32, 123(1984) MICRO-) Correcting lenses, 8, 115(1951) Conifer needles, sections, 12,239 Correction of tubelength, 29, (1960) ( 1981) Conoscopy of polymer films, (Ab­ Corrosion, 29, 147(1981) stract), 24, 307(1976) Corrosion deposits, Conservation high pressure of paintings and impregnator, 14, 354(1965) other works of art, ap p I i ca­ Corrosion research, 35,19(1987) tions of the polarizing micro­ Corrosion of steel, 15, 301(1967) scope, 21, 101C1973) Cosmarium, movement of, 7,77, 101 Conservation of works of art, (1948) (Abstract) 20, 297(1972) Cottam, Arthur, 6, 68(1946) Constant temperature device for Cotton, 18, 193( 1970) the Kofler hot stage, 17, 137 dust, 30, 223(1982) (1969) fabrics, thermoplastic Consultant's polymers, quiz, 35,217,221,325 21 , 161( 19 73) ( 1987) fiber surfaces, 20, 143(1972) Contact angle observations with fibers, 15, 71(1966) the SEM,CAbstract)20,300C1972) red, 5, 3C 1942) Cont am i nat ion, Counting eel I, 30, 7(1982) analysis, 35, 11 159(1987)· Country Solicitor", 11, 178( 1957) fiber, 30, 2(1982) Course adjustment, by Ladd, 10,19 metal cans, 30, 211(1982) ( 1954) surfaces, 31, 175(1983) Courses in microscopy,31,89(1983) Contamination assessment and con­ Court, Thomas Henry (Obituary), trol using the I IMC system, 8, 224( 1951) (Abstract) 21, 249(1973) Coumarone resin for mounting, 9, Contamination control in the 39,63( 1952)

lxxvi Cover Cs), micro-organisms, 29, 71(1981) deteriorated, 9, 275(1953) rol Ii ng, 31, 195( 1983) for microscopes, 6, 47(1946); 9, rotation apparatus, 35, 13(1987) 318,325(1954); 10, 241(1955) some interesting, 24, 261(1976) glass holder,9,118,218,251(1953) surfaces, clean, 13, 260(1963) glass thickness, 7, 122(1949) violet, 5, 5(1942) glasses, corroded, 7, 148(1949) Crystal line materials by electron oddly shaped, 9, 302(1954) microscope, 15, 32(1965) paper for slides, 10, 272(1956) Crystallization, 33, 1, 73(1985) plastic, 5, 74 (1942); 6, 87 Crystal I ization of, (1946) 1,3,5-triamino-2,4,6-trinitroben- removal of, 9, 20,81(1952) zene 14, 27(1963) Coverslips, round (Letter to the acetyl acetonate, 13, 295(1963) Editor), 25, 145(1977) explosives, 20, 233(1972) Coverslip thickness, 33, 179, 231 ferric ammonium sulfate trihy- ( 1985) drate, 15, 480(1967) Crack path in micros tructure re- gentisic acid, 15, 63(1966) 1at i onsh i p observations in ti­ mannitol, 18, 279(1970) tanium alloys, 23, 133(1975) mounts, 5, 275(1945) 18, 203(1970) 49(1937) polyglycolic acid, Crane fly, 1, polynitroalkane esters, 19, 151 Crichton Drum-microscope, 8, 283, ( 1971) 319( 1952) strontium dipicol inate, CAb­ Criminalistics, 15,511,528(1967); siraci) 20, 295(1972); 20, 327 17, 111 (1969); 31, 1, 15, 115 (1972) (1983);32,1, 29, 64, 65(1984); sucrose, calcium chloride tetra­ 33, 1 ( 1985); 35, 83, 249, 261 hydrate, 13, 346(1964) ( 1987) thallium nitrate I 1,13,291(1964) Critical angle, nomogram for, 5, Crystallography, 35, 1, 13(1987) 285( 1945) ammonium perch Iorate with po I y­ Critical ii lumination, 34,45,119 urethane binder, (Abstract) ( 1986) 24, 309(1976) Critical microscopy, 10, 293, 314 biologically important organic (1956); 11, 21(1956) bases, (Abstract) 24,306(1976) Critical Miniature Photomicrog- chalcomycin I, 23, 15(1975) raphy, (Abstract) 5, 195(1944) cyclotetramethylene-tetranitra­ Cross, M.I., 9, 134(1953) mine, 22, 169(1974) Crossections, 35, 233(1987) dispersion of optical indicatrix Crosswires for optical instru- (Abstract) 21, 253(1973) ments, 9, 47(1952) flufenamic acid, (Abstract) 24, Crustacea, haemoglobin in, 12,54 306( 1976) ( 1958) m-nitrobenzoic acid, 23, 1(1975) Cryostat-cut,freeze-dried tissues optic axial angle, 13, 346(1963) for microscopical investiga­ optical, 14,60(1963); 14,299,366 tions, 19, 271( 1971) (1965); 15, 63,480(1967);33,23 Cryptomonadina, 5, 249(1945) (1985) Crysta I Cs), organic compounds,CAbstract) 23, and the Polarizing Microscope, 267(1975); 24, 261(1976) book review, 8, 245 (1951); 8, rare earth minerals, 21,39(1973) 291 ( 1952) silicon nitride, 22, 279(1974) chemical, 8, 294(1952) tests for complex substances, growth, 33, 1(1985) (Abstract) 24, 304(1976) in ice, 18, 299( 1970) Crystal lometry, book review, 13, in human tissue, identification 28:4( 1963) of, 14, 411(1965) Ctenophora, preservation, 6, 88 in tissue, 15, 230(1966) (1946) morphology, 33, 1(1985) Cuckoo-spit insect,1,77,104(1937) optics, 31, 187, 250, 260(1983); Culture media for diatoms, 8, 279 33, 121 ( 1985) ( 1952)

lxxvi i Cup, eyepiece, 12, 222,247(1960) Davis diaphragm, 7, 293(1950) Cushman, Dr. J. A., 7, 328(1950); D.D.T.,Some Properties and Appl i­ 11, 237(1957) cations of, book review, 6 , 83 Cyanine-borate dyes, 33, 23(1985) (1946) Cyanine-oxonol dyes, 33, 23(1985) Dead Sea, 33, 255(1985) Cycloal Ii in hydrochloride monohy- Deal, section of, 13, 121(1961) drates, 14, 379( 1965) Debes' fixative, 14, 148(1964) Cyclotetramethylene-tetranitra­ De Brog I ie, L., 30, 11(1982) mine, 22, 169(1974) Decalcification of cartilage and Cymbe I Ia, 1 , 33 ( 193 7) bone, 14, 13(1963) Cytochem i ca I studies of deve Iop­ Decapod sperm, 16, 365(1968) ing oocytes of the gastropod, Deep eel Is, 5, 81(1942) 18, 109( 1970) de Fonbrune micromanipulator, 14, Cytochemistry, 17, 133(1969) 216( 1964) Cytogenetics of honey-bee, 9, 93 Dehydration, 32, 83(1984) ( 1952) of a I coho I, 10, 110( 1954) Cytology, see sex determination tissue, 29, 137(1981) in honey-bee Degradation of wood, 15, 367 (4)* and microchemistry,6,58,92(1946) ( 1967) of honey-bee, 8, 7(1950) Del lebarre microscope by Cheval- microscopical scanning, (Ab- 1 ier, 9, 201C1953) stract) 19, 436( 1971); 19, 387 Demasking technique, 13,279(1963) ( 1971) Densitometer, se I f ca I i brat i ng Vickers, screening apparatus,16, for image analysis, (Abstract) 227( 1968) 24, 317(1976) Cyto-microchemistry, 6, 197(1947); Densitometry, (Abstract) 20, 303 6, 287(1948); 7, 57(1948) (1972) Cytofluorimetry and reflectance with the Quantimet autoradiography, 21, 11(1973) 7200, (Ab­ Czapski, s., 13, 297(1963) stract) 19, 440(1971); 20, 203 ( 1972) Dactylogyrus, a gil I parasite of Density gradient, 30, 147(1982) common carp, 14, 165(1964) Dental enamel,dissolution and re­ Dal linger, W.H., 9, 253(1953); 9, crystal I ization, 21, 81(1973) 304(1954) Depth measurements, Hal len method Dal I inger, Rev., W.H., 11,4(1956) 11, 153 ( 19 57) Dal finger's The Microscope,10,292 De rebus metal lis, 5, 307(1945) ( 1956) Descriptive Catalogue of Simple Dalton, H., 10, 107(1954); 11,176 Microscopes, book review,10,71 (1957); 11, 314(1958) (1954) Dammer, 5, 106(1943) Design and Construction of the Dancer and Davis diaphragm, 8,186 Microscope, book review, 10,71 214(1951) (1954) Dancer, J.B., negatives by, 12,234 Design, tendencies in microscope, 282( 1960) 5, 209(1944) Daphnia, 1, 32(1937);35,133(1987) Desm id Genus Euastrum, book re­ pu lex, 9, 13( 1952) view, 6, 139(1947) Darkfield illumin., 14, 17(1963); Desmids, granules in, 7,108(1948) 31, 17 5 (1983) j 33, 121( 198 5) movement of, 7, 107(1948) Darkground ii lumination, 1,4, 109, Destructive and Usefu I Insects, 130, 148 ( 1938) book review, 8, 245(1951) Darkground microscopy of moving Detection systems incorporating particles, 10, 42(1954) feati.Jre out Ii ne correct ion, Darlaston, H.W.H.,8, 152(1951);11, (Abstract) 20, 299(1972) 6 7 (19 56) j 11 , 1 5 5 (19 57 ) Developer(photographic) 1,9(1937) Darlaston and Nevil le, 8,52(1950) Developers for photomicrography, Darvon, 29, 161(1981) 9, 16( 1952) DAT, 35, 273(1987) Development, photographic, 8, 180 Davies, Thomas, 11, 269(1958) (1951)

lxxvi ii Device for holding objects under growing in culture, 8, 279(1952) the microscope, 15, 146(1966) hand I ing for study, 8, 249(1951) Diacetone-alcohol, 5, 2(1942) importance of records,6,70(1946) Diagnosis of iatrogenic foreign Loch no Cui le, 13, 74(1961) body granulomas, CAbstract)20, Melosira, 6, 72(1946) 287( 1972) methods of study,13,61,86(1961); Diagrams, copying, 1, 153(1938) 13, 212( 1962) 3,5-diamino TNT, 35, 273(1987) mounters of,5,102,103,130(1943); Diamond weevils, mounting, 5, 43, 5, 234(1944); 5, 273(1945) 97( 1942) mounting, 8, 173 (1951 ); 13, 212 Diamond writing, to mount, 1, 153 ( 1962) (1938) Mourne, from, 11, 233(1957) Diaphane, 5, 75(1942) movements and growth,7,260(1949) Diatom microscopy, 33, 235, 309 Navicula, 12, 283(1960) ( 1985) Navicula bicapitata, 6, 71(1946) is it a diatom~, 35, 303(1987) Navicula fol I is, 5, 148(1943) laboratoire d'Etude des Dia­ Navicula hasta, 6, 71(1946) tomees, 34, 47(1986) Navicula incerta, 5, 147(1943) some prelim- mounting media - is, 6, 72(1946) inary comments, 34, 285(1986) Navicula oval references, 34, 121(1986) Navicula peregrina, 5, 148(1943) reprint review, 35, 93(1987) Nitzschia firthii, 5, 131(1943) resting spores, 35, 197(1987) Oamaru, 7, 249 (1949); 12, 3 white-dot,black dot,34,361(1986) ( 1958); 12, 111( 1959); 13, 141, Diatoms,13,225C1962);32,151C1984) 169( 1962) 33,65,157,235,241,309(1985) picked slides, 13, 337,350(1963) Achnanthes, 12, 320(1961);13,15, Pleurosigma angulatum, 5,128, 132 37(1961) (1943); 5,272(1945);6,24(1946) Amphipleura pel lucida, 5, 148 Pleurosigma balticum,5,148(1943) (1943); 8, 23(1950) Pleurosigma compactum, 5, 148 Amphipleura pet lucida, resolu­ (1943) tion, 7, 45,82,83(1948); 7,139 Pleurosigma oceanicum, 5,148 167, 193(1949) (1943) Arachnoidisculs, 5, 274(1945) Pleurosigma smithianum, 5, 148 arranged mounts, 11, 128 (1957); ( 1943) 11, 295(1958) Pleurosigma thuringicum, 9, 243 Asteromphalns senectus, 7, 53 ( 1953) (1948) Porpeia, 8,272(1951);8,301(1952) Auliscus ellipticus,8,135(1951) ~Rutilaria monile, 9, 24 Biddulphia dissipata,8,300(1952) ( 1952) British forms, unusual, 13, 156, pure cultures, 6, 73(1946) 231( 1962) remounting slides, 6, 110(1946) catalogue of, 9, 321(1954) Rhizosolemia, Ehr., 5, 147(1943) Ceratoneis arcus, 6, 70,71(1946) Rhoicosigma oceanicum, 5, 148 Chaetocerox, Ehr., 5, 147(1943) ( 1943) cleaning, 1, 11:'"43(1937);12, 170 sale of material, 8, 217(1951) (1960) Santa Monica diatoms,7,194(1949) Cleaning diatoms, 7, 132,149,272 8, 25( 1950) (1949) Schmidt's "Atlas",6,53(1946); 6, cleaning, marine, 1, 23(1937) 166(1947) mounting, 1, 43(1937); soil form, 6, 72(1946) cleaning, some species, distribution,5,147 1, 151(1938) ( 1943) Cormack's siding, excavations, split hairs for mounting, 9, 162 6, 53( 1946) ( 1953) Cymbel la parva, 6, 71(1946) spread slides, 1, 43(1937) fixing fluids, 8, 249(1951) spread slides, selecting, 1, 84 Geminatum, 6, 71(1946) (1937); 1, 151(1938) Gomphonema, 6, 170(1947); 12,255 spurious resolutions, 7, 139,167 (1960) 193( 1949)

lxxix staining, 8, 251(1951) cieties, book review, 7, 109 Syndetoneis amplectans, 8, 300 ( 1949); 8, 16,83( 1950) (1952); 9, 24(1952) Disappointed microscopist, 8, 152 Synedra undulata,5, 154,180(1944) ( 1951> Triceratium sculptum, 5,24(1942) Disc of confusion, 11, 222(1957) Ulverston and District, 8, 303 Discovery of the Uses of Colour­ (1952) ing Agents in Biological Mi­ Diatomeenf lora van Nederland, 12, crotechnique (Abstract) 5, 195 55, 80(1958); 12, 217(1959) (1944); (Monograph)5,248(1945) Dibromo-naphthylphenylketone,8,93 Diseases of Fishes, book review, (1950) 11, 16( 1956) DIC, 31, 223(1983); 35, 279(1987) Dispenser for sl ides,11,183(1957) Dictionary of Chemistry and Chem­ Dispersed phases, orientation and i ca I Tech no I ogy, book review, distribution,CAbstract) 19,444 13, 328( 1963) ( 1971) Dictyostelium discoideum, 7, 270 Dispersibi lity of pigment in ( 1949); 8, 185( 1951) plastic,CAbstract)16,123C1968) Diethylene glycol bori-borate, 7, 19, 337, 445(1971) 117(1949) Dispersion, 33, 159, 241(1985) Diethylene glycol, mountant for equations, 33, 241(1985) algae, 5, 43(1942) Dispersion of index, 29, 93(1981) Differential i 1 lumination, 1, 109 Dispersion of optical indicatrix (1937); 1, 148(1938) as a key identifying charac- Different i aI interference con­ teristic for smal I particles, trast, 31, 223C1983); 32, 63C1984) CAbstract)21, 253(1973);22,181 Differential screw fine adjust­ (1974) ment, 10, 239( 1955) Dispersion of particles, 29, 141 Diffraction grating, 11,316(1958) (1981) 13, 238(1962); 32, 93(1984) Dispersion (of refractive index) Diffraction I ines; 32, 11(1984) Dr. Herapath 1 s amazing extin­ Dispersion and refractive index guishing crystals,35,319(1987) determination,14,440,497(1965) noble metal microscopes - and Dispersion staining, 13,311(1963) other extravagances, 35, 217 14, 39(1963); (1987) 14,422(1965);29, 121(1981); sights and sounds at 250X, 34,63 30, 1, 17, 210, 323 (1986) (1982); 31, 248, 253, 260, 263 religio microscopisti, 34, 375 (1983); 33, 119, 121, 159,247, (1986) 273(1985); 34, 29(1986) ta Ies on ta -i aI s th insect ion asbestos, CAbstract)20,289(1972) of history, 35, 119(1987) comparative, 15, 511(1967) tattoo microscopy, 34, 145(1986) contrast control, 14, 422(1965) the microscopist as colorist,34, data tabulation, 31, 263(1983) 299( 1986) fibers, 19, 243(1971) Diffraction ultrasonic micro­ macroscopic, 14, 498(1965) scope, 18, 163(1970) objective, 34, 335(1986) Dig i ta I image processing for the tables, 17, 29(1969) SEM, (Abstract) 23, 263(1975) Dispersion staining, an alterna­ Diglycerol, 10, 80(1954) tive technique, 25, 215(1977) DIN standards, 34, 335(1986) Dispersion staining colors,26,109 3,5-dichloro TNT, 35, 273(1987) ( 1978) Dioxolane, 10, 221(1955) Dispersion Staining (Fiber Optics 2,2-Dimethoxypropane, 29, 137 111 umi nation for use in), 28, (1981) 51(1980) Diphenyl silanediol, 16, 65(1968) Dispersion Staining in the IR Diploneis, 33, 313(1985) and UV, 27, 75(1979) Diptera, 16, 363(1968) Dispersion staining, a new ii lum­ Directory of Natural History So- inator, 24, 291(1976)

lxxx a new objective, 23, 221(1975) surface, 31, 175(1983) refractive index measurement,23, Dyes, 213( 1975) cyanine-borate, 33, 23(1985) Dissecting instruments,1,84(1937) cyanine-oxonol, 33, 23(1985) Dissecting microscopes, 6, 146, fluorescent, 33, 115(1985) hex- 267(1947) (phenylazophenyl) palladium 33, 23 Dissecting stands, 1, 129(1937) afluoroacetylacetonate, Dissolution and recrystallization (1985) identification, in dental enamel, 21, 81(1973) for chrysotile Dithio-oxamide, 32, 141(1984) 30, 267( 1982) Divergent and correcting I enses, Dye-pads, 9,249(1953);9,303(1954) 8, 115(1951) Dynaphot, 30,206(1982);34,1(1986) image presenta- Division of Labor in Cel Is, book Dynascopic aerial optical review, 13, 286(1963) tion, a new concept in Dodgson, Rev., C.L., 10, 136, 137 image display,CAbstract)21,243 ( 1955) (1973) Doi lond and 1'Dol land 11 ,9,244C1953) Domestic duck, Sertoli eel Is, 17, Earthworm, 133( 1969) giant, 7, 47(1948) 5, 74 Don 1 ts for beginners,8,233(1951); giant CMicrochaeta rappi), 8, 317(1952) (1942) is), Double-base powders, 33,187(1985) giant CMegascoloides austral Double stained hand-cut sections, 5, 138( 1943) 13, ( 1 1961) minute CEnchytraeus parvulus), Drag-nets for ponds, 9, 289(1954) 5, 138(1943) 125(1961) E.T., 9,242(1953); 10,330 seminal smear, 13, Draper, Ebbage, H.E., 11, 235( 1957) ( 1956) EC slide, 35, 291(1987) Drawing apparatus, 1, 25, 48, 124 Ecclesiastics, eminent,as micros- ( 1937) copists, 9, 46(1952) Drawing attachment, 8, 82(1950) Edinburgh microscope,34,395(1986) Drawing rotifera, 6, 3(1946) Editorials in The Microscope, exh161f1on 1961, Drawtube, 7, 285,319(1950) lab apparatus 1, 119 13, 57( 1961) photomicrographic camera, Who invented "Greenough", 13, 85 ( 1937) ( 1961) Ori 11 ing glass, 11, 217(1957) Twenty-fifth anniversary, 13,197 Drinking water contamination by ( 1962) asbestos, 34, 371(1986) New series announcements, 13,253 1963) Drugs, 33, 37(1985) . 341( 14, 37(1963) Drum-microscopes, 8,283,319(1952) Zeiss history, 14, 295(1965) Drying apparatus and liquids, 10, Amateurs, to professional,15,third 110( 1954); 10, 332( 1956) Amateur (1967) Dry-mass of living eel ls, (Ab­ quarter of microscopy, 15, stract) 19, 425(1971); 20, 153 Sorry state quarter (1967) (1972) fourth and The Microscope, 16, Dry-rot, 1, 140(1937) Amateurs first quarter (1968) DSC, 35, 273(1987) image analysis,16,sec­ OTA, 35, 273(1987) Automatic quarter (1968) hot-stage microscopy(Abstract) ond 16,third quarter 20, 292( 1972) New S.I. units, DTA-1 ight photometer polarizing (1968) in microscopy, 16, microscope system for hotstage Revolution quarter (1968) microscopy, 21, 29(1973) fourth 17, first quarter Duckweed, 1, 84(1937) Page charges, S for eel I making, 5, 39 (1969) Duratuf and courses ( 1942) Part-time microscopy second quarter (1969) Dust, 1, 114(1937) 17, of The Microscope, 17, analysis, 33, 247(1985) Growth (1969) examination, 34, 397(1986) third quarter

lxxxi Speakers and authors, 17, fourth Microscopical terminology, 25, quarter ( 1969) third quarter (1977) Optimism and microscopy,18,first Oppenheimer Goldberg, 25, fourth quarter ( 1970) quarter ( 1977) Young people and microscopy, 18, Training in microscopy,26,first second quarter (1970) quarter ( 1978) Microscopical literature, 18, Forensic microscopy, 26,sec­ third quarter (1970; 20, third ond quarter (1978) quarter ( 1972) McCrone Research Inst. Microscopes Courses, for young people, 26, third quarter 18, (1978) fourth quarter (1970) Selling microscopy, Automatic 26, fourth image analysis, 19, quarter ( 1978) first quarter (1971) Quality of papers in microscopy, Choice of analytical tool, 19, 27, first quarter (1979) second quarter (1971) Knowing microscopists,27, second American Laboratory pol I, 19, quarter ( 1979) third quarter (1971) Subscription rates, 27,third and Test for a microscopist, 19, fourth quartersC1979) fourth quarter (1971) Particle identification 28,f irst Nobel prizes for microscopists, quarter ( 1980) 20, first quarter (1972) Publish or Perish, 28, second Number of subscribers, 20,second quarter ( 1972) quarter ( 1980) Thirty - fifth anniversary, 20, Microscopical molecular analysis fourth quarter (1972) 28, third/fourth quarter(1980) Microscope courses, 21, first Image intrepretation, 29, first quarter ( 1973) quarter ( 1981) Revolution in microscopy,21,sec­ Twenty - fifth anniversary, ond quarter 29, (1973) second quarter (1981) Axiomat, 21, third quarter(1973) Publication problems, Microscope 29, third/ manufacturers, 21, fourth quarters fourth (1981) quarter (1973) On-line brain,30,first Automatic quar­ image analysis, 22, ter ( 1982) first quarter (1974) Microscopy courses, Asbestos,22,second 30, second quarter(1974) quarter ( 1982) History of microscopy, 22, third INTER/MICR0-82, 30,third quarter quarter ( 1974) ( 1982) Teaching microscopy, 22, fourth Lord Kelvin, 30, fourth quarter quarter ( 1974) (1982) Microscopical I iterature, 23, 'rurin Shroud, 31, first quarter first quarter (1975) (1983) Microscope course content, 23, Research in light microscopy, second quarter 31, (1975) second quarter (1983) (?) vs American words, 23, Training of microscopists, 31, third quarter (1975) third quarter (1983) Microscopical journals,23,fourth Microscope journal history, quarter ( 1975) 31, fourth quarter (1983) Automatic image analysis, 24, University training first in micros­ quarter (1976) copy, Shakespeare, 32, first quarter(1984) 24,second quar­ Self-promotion ter (1976) of microscopy,32, second quarter (1984) List of projects, 24, third Microscopy at Corne! quarter C1976) I University 32, third quarter (1984) Increased use of microscopy, 24, Microscopist vs microscope-user, fourth quarter (1976) 32, fourth quarter (1984) Publication of the Journal, 25, McCrone Research Inst. courses, first quarter (1977) 33, first quarter (1985) Microscopical acronyms, 25,sec­ Kohler illumination and diffus­ ond quarter (1977) ers, 33, second quarter (1985)

lxxxi i staining, 8, 251(1951) cieties, book review, 7, 109 Syndetoneis amplectans, 8, 300 (1949); 8, 16,83(1950) ( 1952); 9, 24( 1952) Disappointed microscopist, 8, 152 Synedra undulata,5, 154,180(1944) ( 1951) Triceratium sculptum, 5,24(1942) Disc of confusion, 11, 222(1957) Ulverston and District, 8, 303 Discovery of the Uses of Colour­ (1952) ing Agents in Biological Mi­ Diatomeenf lora van Nederland, 12, crotechnique (Abstract) 5, 195 55, 80(1958); 12, 217(1959) C1944); (Monograph) 5, 248 C194 5) Dibromo-naphthylphenylketone,8,93 Diseases of Fishes, book review, (1950) 11, 16(1956) DIC, 31, 223(1983); 35, 279(1987) Dispenser for sl ides,11,183(1957) Dictionary of Chemistry and Chem­ Dispersed phases, orientation and i ca I Tech no I ogy, book review, distribution,CAbstract) 19,444 13, 328( 1963) ( 1971) Dictyostel ium discoideum, 7, 270 Dispersibility of pigment in (1949); 8, 185(1951) plastic,CAbstract)16,123C1968) Diethylene glycol bori-borate, 7, 19, 337, 445(1971) 117(1949) Dispersion, 33, 159, 241(1985) Diethylene glycol, mountant for equations, 33, 241(1985) algae, 5, 43(1942) Dispersion of index, 29, 93(1981) Differential i 1 lumination, 1, 109 Dispersion of optical indicatrix (1937); 1, 148(1938) as a key identifying charac- Different i a I interference con­ teristic for smal I particles, trast ,31, 223C1983) ;32, 63C1984) CAbstract)21, 253(1973);22,181 Differential screw fine adjust­ (1974) ment, 10, 239(1955) Dispersion of particles, 29, 141 Diffraction grating, 11,316(1958) ( 1981) 13, 238(1962); 32, 93(1984) Dispersion Cof refractive index) Diffraction lines; 32, 11 ( 1984) Dr. 1 Herapath s amazing extin­ Dispersion and refractive index guishing crystals,35,319(1987) determination,14,440,497(1965) noble metal microscopes - and Dispersion staining, 13,311(1963) other extravagances, 35, 217 14, 39(1963); 14,422(1965);29, (1987) 121(1981); sights and sounds at 250X, 34,63 30, 1, 17, 210, 323 (1986) (1982); 31, 248, 253, 260, 263 religio microscopisti, 34, 375 (1983); 33, 119, 121, 159,247, (1986) 273(1985); 34, 29(1986) ta I es on ta i Is - a th insect ion asbestos, (Abstract)20,289(1972) of history, 35, 119(1987) comparative, 15, 511(1967) tattoo microscopy, 34, 145(1986) contrast control, 14, 422(1965) the microscopist as colorist,34, data tabulation, 31, 263(1983) 299( 1986) fibers, 19, 243(1971) Diffraction ultrasonic micro­ macroscopic, 14, 498(1965) scope, 18, 163(1970) objective, 34, 335(1986) Dig i ta I image processing for the tables, 17, 29(1969) SEM, (Abstract) 23, 263(1975) Dispersion staining, an alterna­ Diglycerol, 10, 80(1954) tive technique, 25, 215(1977) DIN standards, 34, 335(1986) Dispersion staining colors,26,109 3,5-dichloro TNT, 35, 273(1987) (1978) Dioxolane, 10, 221(1955) Dispersion Staining (Fiber Optics 2,2-Dimethoxypropane, 29, 137 I 11 umi nation for use in), 28, ( 1981) 51(1980) Diphenyl silanediol, 16, 65(1968) Dispersion Staining in the IR Diploneis, 33, 313(1985) and UV, 27, 75(1979) Diptera, 16, 363(1968) Dispersion staining, a new ii lum­ Directory of Natural History So- inator, 24, 291(1976)

lxxx Device tor ho Id i ng objects under growing in culture, 8, 279(1952) the microscope, 15, 146(1966) handling for study, 8, 249(1951> Diacetone-alcohol, 5, 2(1942) importance of records,6,70(1946) Diagnosis of iatrogenic foreign Loch no Cuilc, 13, 74(1961) body granulomas, (Abstract)20, Melosira, 6, 72(1946) 287( 1972) methods of study,13,61,86(1961); Diagrams, copying, 1, 153(1938) 13, 212( 1962) 3,5-diamino TNT, 35, 273(1987) mounters of,5,102,103,130(1943); Diamond weevils, mounting, 5, 43, 5, 234(1944); 5, 273(1945) 97( 1942) mounting, 8, 173 (1951); 13, 212 Diamond writing, to mount, 1, 153 ( 1962) ( 1938) Mourne, from, 11, 233(1957) Diaphane, 5, 75(1942) movements and growth,7,260(1949) Diatom microscopy, 33, 235, 309 Navicula, 12, 283(1960) (1985) Navicula bicapitata, 6, 71(1946) is it a diatom?, 35, 303(1987) Navicula fol I is, 5, 148(1943) laboratoire d 1 Etude des Dia­ Navicula hasta, 6, 71(1946) tomees, 34, 47(1986) Navicula incerta, 5, 147(1943) - some prelim- mounting media Navicula oval is, 6, 72(1946) inary comments, 34, 285(1986) references, 34, 121(1986) Navicula peregrina, 5, 148(1943) reprint review, 35, 93(1987) Nitzschia firthii, 5, 131(1943) resting spores, 35, 197(1987) Oamaru, 7, 249 (1949); 12, 3 white-dot,black dot,34,361(1986) (1958); 12, 111(1959); 13,141, Diatoms,13,225(1962);32,151(1984) 169( 1962) 33,65,157,235,241,309(1985) picked slides, 13, 337,350(1963) Achnanthes, 12, 320(1961);13,15, Pleurosigma angulatum, 5,128,132 37( 1961) ( 1943); 5,272( 1945) ;6,24( 1946) Amphipleura pel lucida, 5, 148 Pleurosigma balticum,5,148(1943) (1943); 8, 23(1950) Pleurosigma compactum, 5, 148 Amphipleura pel lucida, resolu­ (1943) tion, 7, 45,82,83(1948); 7,139 Pleurosigma oceanicum, 5,148 167, 193( 1949) ( 1943) Arachnoidisculs, 5, 274(1945) Pleurosigma smithianum, 5, 148 arranged mounts, 11, 128 (1957); ( 1943) 11, 295(1958) Pleurosigma thuringicum, 9, 243 Asteromphalns senectus, 7, 53 ( 1953) ( 1948) Porpeia, 8,272(1951);8,301(1952) Auliscus el lipticus,8,135(1951) ~utilaria monile, 9, 24 Biddulphia dissipata,8,300(1952) ( 1952) British forms, unusual, 13, 156, pure cultures, 6, 73(1946) 231( 1962) remounting slides, 6, 110(1946) catalogue of, 9, 321(1954) Rhizosolemia, Ehr., 5, 147(1943) Ceratoneis arcus, 6, 70,71(1946) Rhoicosigma oceanicum, 5, 148 Chaetocerox, Ehr., 5, 147(1943) ( 1943) cleaning, 1, l'l,"43(1937);12, 170 sale of material, 8, 217(1951) (1960) Santa Monica diatoms,7,194(1949) Cleaning diatoms, 7, 132,149,272 8, 25( 1950) (1949) Schmidt's "Atlas",6,53(1946); 6, cleaning, marine, 1, 23(1937) 166(1947) 1, 43(1937); soil form, 6, 72(1946) cleaning, mounting, some species, distribution,5,147 1, 151(1938) ( 1943) Cormack's siding, excavations, split hairs for mounting, 9, 162 6, 53( 1946) ( 1953) Cymbel la parva, 6, 71 ( 1946) spread slides, 1, 43(1937) fixing fluids, 8, 249(1951) spread slides, selecting, 1, 84 Geminatum, 6, 71(1946) (1937); 1, 151(1938) Gomphonema, 6, 170(1947); 12,255 spurious resolutions, 7, 139,167 (1960) 193( 1949)

I xx ix Microscopy at Corne! I University Electron diffraction, 15,441(78)* 33, third quarter (1985) (1967); 31, 63(1983); 35, 107, Microscope sophistication, 33, 165, 168, 169, 207( 1987) fourth quarter (1985) EI ectron et facts in ion genera­ Zeiss "Pyramids", 34,first quar­ tion in the ion microprobe, ter ( 1986) (Abstract) 21, 248(1973) Microscopy vs hi-tech instrumen­ Electron holography, image of gas tation, 34, second quarter atoms, (Abstract) 24,315(1976) (1986) Electron metallography, 15, 249 Chemical microscopy over the (1966); 15, 314,441(78)*(1967) years, 34, third quarterC1986) Electron micrography,11,269(1958) McCrone Research Inst. courses, Electron microprobe, see also 34, fourth quarter (1986) EMMA, Light microscopy "down-under" analysis, 16, 311(1968) 35, first quarter (1987) analysis for the study of min­ Asbestos bulk analysis, 35, sec­ eral content in biological ond quarter (1987) tissue,CAbstract) 21,243(1973) Chem i ca I microscopy over the analyzer, 15, 389 (26)* (1967) years, 35, third quarter(1987) common sources of error, (Ab­ Training of I ight microscopists, stract) 21, 252(1973) 35, fourth quarter (1987) computer interfacing, 17, 169 Education Film Strips on British (1969) Insects, book review, 7, 277 errors in subnanogram x-ray an­ (1949) a I ys is 22, 221(1974) EDX, 32, 265(1984) new simplified instrument, (Ab­ Efficient manipulation of the mi­ stract) 19, 434(1971) croscope, 8, 31, 121(1950); 8, Electron microscope, (see also 227(1951) EI ectron microscopy and Scan­ Eggs of insects, mounting, 5, 272 ning electron microscopy) 5,29 ( 1945) (1942); 5,132(1943); 30,11,247 Eikonometer, 11, 317(1958) (1982); 33, 154(1985) Eimeria gadi, 11, 82(1957) build your own, 14,371,421(1965) Eisenia foetida, 18, 143(1970) grid supports, 15, 209(1966) Elastin and polysaccharides, new high voltage, (Abstract) 21, 263 combination stain,14,250(1964) (1973) Elcock, Charles, 6, 20(1946) imaging system for Quantimet 720 Electrically-coated slide, 32, (Abstract) 19, 432(1971) 100(1984); 34, 77(1986);35,291 improving contrast,(Abstract)21, ( 1987) 264( 1973) Electrochemistry, 15, 43(1966) Phi I ip 1 s, 7, 174( 1949) Electron beam damage(SEM), 31,139 Quantimet linkage, (Abstract)19, (1983) 427( 1971) quantitative scanning,CAbstract) 21, 244(1973) review, Gabor, 6, 138(1947) review, 13, 166( 1962) Russian, 14, 419(1965) sections for, 8, 94(1950) scanning, a new approach, (Ab- stract) 21, 251(1973) scanning, I imits of resolution, (Abstract) 21, 247(1973) Siemens,rol I film camera attach­ ment, 14, 68(1963) techniques group, (Abstract) 19, 425( 1971) television scanning, (Abstract) Severely beam damaged wool fiber. 21, 247(1973)

lxxxi ii Electron microscope microanalysis scanning,quantitative topograph­ applied in pathological con­ ic data,CAbstract)24,322C1976) ditions for particle identifi­ specimen supports, 15, 209(1966) cation, (Abstract) 23, 263 textile fiber staining, 19, 255 (1975) (1971) Electron microscopical study of thin sections, tissue,14,7(1963) cotton fiber surfaces, 20, 143 virological applications, 17,179 (1972) (1969) Electron microscopy, 15,380 (17)* x-ray ana I ys is on Cori nth TEM, 15, 441 (78)* (1967); 34, 324 (Abstract) 23, 270 (1975) (1986); 35,168, 169, 207(1987) Electron optical shadow method,8, applications, 22, 129(1974) 236( 1951) and optical microscopy, 12, 197 Electron optical system for quan­ (1960) titative automatic image anal­ asbestos,CAbstract) 20,287(1972) ysis, 19, 205(1971) biological materials,15,380(17)* Electron Optics, book review,5,71 ( 1967); 16, 335( 1968) ( 1942) clay - coated boxboard, 16, 289 Electronic flash, in photomicrog­ (1968) raphy, 11, 312 (1958); 12, 113 crystal line materials, 15, 32 (1959) ( 1965) Elizabeth, Her Majesty, the Queen high voltage, 14, 339(1965); 22, Mother, 14, 115(1963) 129( 1974) El I iptical turntable, 9,302(1954) Histological Techniques for,book Elytra of beetles, sectioning, 6, review, 13, 194( 1962) 305( 1948) human lungCAbstract)19,440C1971) Embedding, immuno, microbiological applica­ brittle wood, 9, 249(1953) tions, (Abstract) 24,305(1976) in synthetic resin, 9, 80(1952) industrial applications, 15,314, paraffin, 9, 25(1952); 9,131,275 331( 1967) (1953); 32, 83(1984) International Conference of, 7, Embedding bath, wax, 8, 24(1950) 229, 256(1949) Embedding boxes, 10, 41(1954) introduction, book review, 13, Embedding oven, 10, 65(1954); 10, 250( 1962) 307( 1956) living cells, 15, 201(1966) Embedding resins, medical diagnosis, 17, 63(1966) for coated papers, 18, 73(1970) metallography, 15, 249, 314, 331 for treated cotton, 18,193(1970) (1967) Embedding textiles, 13, 307(1963) microanatomy, 19, 281(1971) Embedment of particles, 15, 385 of eel lulose fibrils, 23, 139 (22)* (1967) (1975) Embryology of Insects and Myria­ particle size and shape, 15, 136 pods, book review, 5, 71(1942) (1966) Embryology of the Tooth-Carps, 1, particulates, 13, 270(1963) 107( 1937) Pleurosigma angulatum, 15, 177 EMMA, (1966) metallurgical applications, (Ab­ Quantimet, 13, 330(1963); 16,181 stract) 21, 263(1973) (1968) the instrument and its use, (Ab­ radioactive aerosol particulates stract) 21, 248(1973) 14, 130( 1964) Empty magnification, 9,25, 51 ( 1952) rare earth oxide sols, 15, 441 Empusa muscae, 5, 98( 1942); 8,42 (78)* ( 1967) ( 1950) redwood, 18, 61(1970) Encyclopedia of microscopic stains scanning, pigment dispersion in book review, 13, 80(1961) paint films, (Abstract) 24,312 Endoscope, Optec Reactors Ltd., (1976) 14, 129(1964) scanning, a new approach, 22,259 Energy-dispersive x-ray analysis, (1974) 32, 265(1984)

lxxxiv English Objective Co.10,330(1956) Ex-Government opt i ca I equipment, Enlarging the field of view, 9,57 use of, 9, 91(1952) (1952); 9, 193(1953) Examination of trace evidence, Enock, F., fairy fly mounts by, 30, 93,101,151,163(1982) 9, 247( 1953) Excal ibr, 30, 250(1982) fluid nounts of insects by,9,282 Exchanges of material, 8, 209,213 (1954) ( 1951) Enock's method, 7, 248(1949) Exhibitions, for mymaridae, 12, 85(1959) British Instrument lndustries,7, Entomological photomicrography, 29 (1948); 8;189 (1951); 9,195 7,291,313(1950); 8,36,98(1950) (1953) 8, 176(1951) I aboratory apparatus and mater- Entomostraca, preparations of, 5, i a Is, 13, 53,57(1961) 20( 1942) 11Micro-5811 , 12, 24(1958) Environment, effect on Lymnaea of Microscopy 1957, 11,103(1957) peregra, 6, 259(1947) new Zeiss instruments, 12, 102 Env i ronmenta I pol I ut ion, x-ray (1959) microanalysis of thin biologi­ Physical Society, 7, 1(1948); 9, cal specimens, (Abstract) 21, 184(1953); 12, 78(1959);12,169 264 ( 1973) (1960); 13, 263(1963) Enzyme damaged wheat starch, (Ab­ W.Watson and sons, 9, 52, 62, 98 stract) 20, 333, 294(1972) (1952) Enzyme kinetics, histochemical Expansion method for sectioning, studies of, (Abstract) 19, 437 8, 94( 1950) (1971) Experiments with a Microscope, Eosins, 5, 5(1942) book review, 12, 27(1958) Epimakroskop, 30, 55(1982) Explanting the 3-day chick embryo Epi-objectives, 33, 37(1985) 19, 127( 1971) Epiphanes, 7, 169(1949) Explosives, 17,151(1969); 20, 233 eel I membrane, 8, 273 (1972); 30, 216 (1982); 33, 1, Epithelial 273(1987) 8, 301(1952) 73, 187(1985); 35, (1951); Export market for microscopes, 6, Epoxy mounting, 35, 19(1987) 325(1948) Erecting glass, 10, 332(1956) Exposure, 1, 4(1937) prism, 10, 292(1956) data, recording, 6, 263(1947) Erector eyepieces, 11, 118(1957) measurement in photomicrography, Ernst Abbe, 15, 300(1967) 14, 286(1964) Erythrocytes, meter, home-built, 13, 281(1963) from normal human blood, 17, 149 meter, for photomicrography, 5, (1969) 69( 1942) retention within the in vitro photomicrographic, 8, 178(1951) coagulum by submicroscopic fi­ Exposure control, photomicrog­ brils, 17, 271(1969) raphy, 30, 208(1982) Erythrosins, 5, 5(1942) Exposure time, Escher, 30, 72(1982) determination using photoelec­ Etch rates, cement phases, 30,229 tric meters, 14, 149(1964) (1982) in photomicrography, vi sua I de­ Etched nuclear tracks, 34, 319 termination of, 14,34,55(1963) (1986) measurement in enlarging, 21,115 nitrate,26,155 Etching, eel lulose (1973) ( 1978) Ethyl acetate for relaxing, 5,273 Extruded high impact polystyrene (1945) sheet, high gloss of, 14, 106 Euchlanis dilatata, 7, 65(1948) (1963) Euglena, 7,183(1949); book review Extension course, University of 10, 111(1954) London, 9, 2(1952) Euparal, 5, 139(1943); 5, 214,265 Extension, for given magnifica­ (1945); 34, 161,173,397(1986) tion, 1, 114( 1937) Europium hydroxide sol, 15, 441 Eye, (78)* ( 1967) optical properties, 11,301(1958)

lxxxv resolving power, 11, 302(1958) birefringence measurement, 23,35 response to different colors, 1, (1975) 36(1937) characterization, 30, 141(1982) Eyepiece(s), counting CTEM), 34, 373(1986) angle, 8, 18(1950) dispersion staining,19,243(1971) for binocular microscopes,12,178 examination (forensic), 31, 15, (1960) 117,119,123,124,129,145(1983) cleaning, 9, 161(1953) interference microscopy, 16, 201 constants, 8, 67(1950) (1968) cup, 12, 222,247(1960) magnetic field alignment, 20,365 and photomicrography, 10, 173 (1972) (1955) metal-shaded, 17, 168(1969) reflecting, 10, 218(1955) paint brushes, judging, 9, 287 and stage graticules(trade leaf­ (1954) let), 11, 187(1957) rotating device, 18, 275(1970) schl ieren, 23, 89(1975) staining eel lulose, 20, 161 (1972) testing, 6, 143(1947) staining for EM, 19, 255(1971) Eyes, insect, 1, 19,51,94(1937) stressing device, 15, 71(1966) Eyesight, 8, 227(1951) thermal optical effect in acryl- and optical instruments, 9, 160 ics, 14, 209(1964) (1953) wool, 8, 266(1951) Fibre reinforced epoxy laminates, Fact or artifact? 10, 281(1956) (Abstract) 24, 309(1976) Failure analysis, 30, 1-2(1982) Fibre optics, Kohler ii lumination Fairy flies, 7, 193(1949) (Abstract) 24, 310 (1976); 26, by Enock, 9, 247(1953) 69( 1978) Enock's method, 12, 85(1959) Fibrous structures, optical dif­ Falg interaction in histology,12, fraction, (Abstract) 24, 321 307(1960) (1976) False-Twist Textured Nylon 66 Field glasses, reflecting, 7, 181 ( 1949) (Transverse Anisotropy ..!.!!L and Field of view, enlarging, 9, 57 its Characterisation with the (1952); 9, 193(1953) Urifversa I stage), Rochow, T.'G.';" Field microscope, 34, 383(1986) 28, 129( 1980) 50 years ago,35,158,260,341(1987) Farrant's medium, a poison?,9,243 50 Years' Service to Microscopy, (1953) FAS-11, 26, 187(1978) book review, 8, 317(1952) Fasoldt rulings, 25, 89(1977);29, Filamentous algae, mounting, 1, 5 77( 1981) (1937) Fast Green F.C.F., 5, 5(1942); 5, Fi Im for photomicrography, (Ab­ 105, 133, 150(1943) stract) 20, 305(1972) Fast green stained botanical Film library, Royal Microscopi­ mounts, 12, 309(1961) cal Society, 7, 251(1949) Fatigue fractures, 30, 139(1982) Films (polymer), 31, 75(1983) Feature classification with the Fi Im thickness, method for mea­ Quantimet 720 (Abstract)20,304 suring, 24, 253(1976) (1972) Filter holder, 33, 201(1985) Feature outline correction (Ab­ Filtering optical images, 32, 119 stract) 20, 299(1972) (1984) Feces, unidentified object in,10, Filters, 34, 9(1986) 333( 1956) heat,9,43(1952); 9,213(1953) Felted Beech Coccus, book review, interference, 8, 153(1951) 11, 15(1956) in visual microscopy, 17, 193 Ferric ammonium sulfate trihy­ (1969) drate, 15, 480(1967) light, mounting, 11, 95(1957) Ferromagnetism, 8, 236(1951) membrane, 15, 136(1969) Fiber(s),; 31,15,117,119,123-125, monochromatic, 9, 18(1952) 129,139,145,165,175(1983); 32, photomicrographic, 8, 176(1951) 11(1984); 35, 233(1987) yellow-green, 9, 158(1953)

lxxxvi Fine adjustment, Flies of the British Isles, book by Beck, 11, 100(1957) review, 8, 244(1951) calibration, 10, 24(1954) Float glass, 35, 151(1987) designs, 10, 62(1954) Flosculariaringen, 9, 276(1953) measuring, 9, 315(1954) Flufenamic acid, crystallographic Fine adjustments, 8, 79(1950);10, properties of, 25, 31(1977) 24,62(1954); 10, 191, 223, 239 Fluid mounting, see mounting (1955); 10, 272, 304, 306, 333 Fluorescence, 35, 151(1987) (1956) Fluorescence dichroism, 15, 71 Fine grain developer, 1, 9(1937) (1966) Fluorescence microscope, 9, 292 Finlay colour process, 1, 9(1937) (1954); 10, 1,29,57(1954); 10, Firn snow, 8, 126(1951) 122,153(1955); 15, 7(1965);15, Firth, w.A., 5, 102,130(1943>; 5, 367(4)*, 522(1967) 234 (1944); 10, 107(1954); 11, application of reliability meth­ 127( 1957) ods and probability analysis, Fish, 17, 277( 1969) embryos,preparations,7,136(1949) flash photomicrography, 17, 15 protozoan parasites of, 9, 126, (1969) 149, 185, 227( 1953) Fluorescence microscopy, 31, 175, sarcoma,spontaneous,11,133(1957) 213(1983); 33,37,115,241(1985) scales, study and interpretation 35, 135, 145( 1987) 9, 32( 1952) Fluorescent antibodies, 15, 522 Fixation of Cotton (Gossypium ( 159)* ( 1967) Hi rsutum L.) Hair Ce I Is CF i - ii luminator, Watson, 14,71(1963) bers) L.Y.Yatsu and r.J.Jacks, microspectrophotometric analysis 27, 113( 1979) (Abstract) 19, 439(1971) Fixative, Fluorescent dyes, 33, 115(1985) botanical material, FAA, 12, 290 FI uoreszenzm i kroskop i e, book re­ (1960);12,309(1961);13,1(1961) view, 13, 78(1964) chrome-osmium, 13, 29(1961) Fluorocarbons, 8, 17(1950) Debes, 14, 148( 1964) refractive index, 8, 316(1952) shrinkage of tissues, 7,24(1948) Fluorochromes,15,522,(159)*(1967) solutions, 1, 30,137(1937) Flying spot microscope, 15, 116, Fixing by freezing, 9, 319(1954) 121, 148 (1966); 15, 431 (68)* Fixing diatoms, 8, 249(1951) (1967) Fixing insects in position, 5,211 Foam polymers, 35, 33(1987) ( 1944) Focal length formulae,1,157(1938) Flagel la, Bacterial, 7, 24(1948) measuring 10, 174( 1955); 10, 291 Flagel la(?) in bacteria, 8,320,321 ( 1956) ( 1952) of microscope, 6, 267(1947) Flagel la of bacteria, staining, Focal plane, determination, 9, 49 9, 71 (1954) ( 1952) Flagel la, "resolution" of, 8,187, Focus, automatic with Quantimet 213,235,269(1951); 8,317(1952) 720, (Abstract) 19, 432( 1971 J Flagel la, (Tubercle baci I lus) 12, Focus optimization criteria for 212(1960) computer image processing, 24, Flare, 11, 276(1958) 163( 1976) Flare spots, 8, 81(1950) Focusing, Flash device for photomicrography adjustments, 7, 320(1950) 22, 361 ( 1974) controls, simultaneous, 11, 127 Flash photomicrography, 12, 113 ( 1957) ( 1959) for projection, 8, 101(1950) Flatfield microscopes,15,453(90)* objectives, 33, 42(1985) (1967) safe, 11, 128(1957) Flatters and Garnett Ltd., 15, 30 screens, a query, 11, 318(1958) ( 1965) screens,grainless, 12,2,83(1958) Fleas, 9, 217(1953) stage for low powers,9,155(1953) Flies, book review, 8, 155(1951) the microscope, 8, 229(1951)

lxxxvi i Food, French microscopes, 10, 161(1955) emulsions, 32, 133(1984) French Microscopical Society, 7, microscopy, 32, 133(1984) 102(1948); 7, 271(1949) processing, 32, 123(1984) Freshwater Bacil liariales (Dia­ product morphology, histochemi- toms) of Ulverston and Dis­ cal methods, CAbstract>23, 265 trict, book review,8,303(1952) (1975) Freshwater Bio I ogy, book review, Foraminifera, 1, 67(1937); 12, 53 12, 215(1960) (1958); 13, 225(1962) Freshwater Microscopy, book re­ amateur investigations of, with v iew, 10, 69 ( 19 54 ) the stereomicroscope, 14, 117 Frog-hopper, The, 1, 77,104(1937) ( 1963); 14, 123( 1964) From my notebook, 6, 20,48,68,87 book review, 7, 241(1949) (1946); 6, 119,143,200,227,266 cleaning,Ca warning)ll,154(1957) (1947); 6, 294,314(1948);7,11, identity of mounter wanted,5,273 47,102 (1948); 7, 115,144,180, (1945) 244,270(1949); 7,308,327(1950) Forceps, 6, 44(1946) 8, 17,41,67,90 (1950); 8, 150, stage, 9, 42( 1952) 184,210,239,269 (1951); 8, 290 Forensic microscopy, 15,511(148)* (1952); 9, 18,46,77,105(1952); 528, (165)* (1967); 30, 93,105 9, 131, 158, 188, 217,242, 274 151, 163,210, 215-217, 229,281 ( 1953); 9, 319,297( 1954); 10, (1982); 31, 1, 15,115,117,119, 19, 52,80, 105( 1954); 10, 135, 158 123,126,129,145,213,234(1983); 189,218,238(1955); 10, 271,291 32, 29 (1984); 33, 1, 138, 241 330(1956); 11, 3,66(1956); 11, (1985); 34, 29,207,341 (1986); 94,125,153,176,212,233 (1957); 35, 83,249,261(1987) 11, 267,294,314(1958);12,51,77 Forensic science, 17, 111(1969) (1958); 12, 103(1959); 12,162, Forest Products Lab, 31, 5(1983) 212(1960); 12, 313 (1961); 14, Forgery Detection: a Practical 393(1965); 15,10(1965); 15,201 Guide,book review,14,300(1965) (1966) Fossil diatoms, treatment, 1, 45 FTIR,microscopical ly,30,205(1982) (1937) 35, 242( plant sections (trade notice), 1987) 11, 170(1957) Fuchsins, basic, 5, 5(1942) Fossil wood, 32, 23(1984) Fundamental limitations of the Fossils, pyritic, 14, 403(1965) replica method, 21, 183(1973) Forest Products Lab, 31, 5(1983) Fungi, 1, 137(1937) Forgan, William, 10,273(1956);11, Penicil lium notatum, 5,205(1944) 67( 1956) Pythium de B~, 5,257(1945) Formalin in fluid mounts, 9, 300 on lenses, 6, 266(1947); 7, 308 ( 1954) (1950) Foster, F.G., 14, 369(1965) Fur hairs, 34, 341(1986) Fourier transform optics for mi­ Fusion methods, (see also hot­ crogaug ing, (Abstract) 19, 422 stage methods); 33, 73 (1985); ( 1971) 35, 273, 291(1987) Foyle's Technical Book Catalogue, application of, 14, 264(1964) book review, 5, 96(1942) Kofler hot stage, 17, 137(1969) Fractography, 30,139(1982);32,219 photometric recording of data, (1984) 17, 71(1969) Fracture propagation,30, 141(1982) Fusion techniques,16,37,257(1968) Fraunhofer diffraction for the 11 F11 value and NA, 1, 114(1937) resolution of unknown biologi­ cal structures, Gage, Simon H., 6, 21(1946) (Abstract) 21, Ga I I Midges of Economic I mpor­ 251( 1973) tance, book reviews vols,I and Freeze-dried tissues for micro­ 11, 6, 111(1946); vol. 111, 7, scopica I investigations,19,271 111(1948); vol.IV, 7,194(1949) ( 1971) vol. VI, 7, 277(1949) Freeze-fixing, 9, 319(1954) Gal Is, oak spangle and button, 1, Frei, Max, 30, 163(1982) 65( 1937)

lxxxvi ii 1'Gamma" of photographic p I ates, 1, for mounting, 10,158(1955)(see 38( 1937) also Mounting and Mountants) Gammexane, 5, 297(1945) action on cements, 5, 76(1942) Gautier, Rev.Vincent,11,316(1958) as antiseptic, 8,17(1950); 9,242 Gelatinol mountant, 12, 314(1960) (1953) General Zoological Microtech- evaporation, 8, 212(1951); 10,52 (1954) n iques, book review, 13, 222 gelatine, 10, 169(1955) (1962) jelly, 9, 105(1952) Gentisic acid, 15, 63(1966) jelly for mounting Rotifers, 9, Geological applications of a uni­ 137(1952) fied stereological system, 24, mounts, 10, 21,52(1954) 151 (1976) stable, 10, 219(1955) Geological microscopy, the origin Gnat's head, mounting, 5,23(1942) of, 25, 245(1977) Goedaert,Johannes,6,148,176(1947) Geology, 33,255(1985);35, 1(1987) Gola size, 6, 315(1948) Geometrical optics, new construc­ Go I der ''Mi crof I ex" camera, 10, 103 tion, 5, 94(1942) (1954) Geometrical optics, 8, 19(1950) Gomphonema, (genus), 12,255(1960) Geometrical optics, book on, 10, Goring, C.R. 25, 68(1977) 53( 1954) Gosse, P.H., 9, 113,225(1953);10, Gewacinblau, 8, 271(1951) 273( 1956) Giant Amoeba, 12, 60(1958) Gossypimine, 5, 2,3(1942) Gibson, w., 9, 46 (1952); 10, 108 Grainless photography, 7,51(1948) (1954) Grain size classifier, 20, 1, 21 Giemsa 1 s Azur, 5, 4(1942) (1972) Glare, tl,277(1958); 7,233(1949); Grain size in steel, 16, 50(1968) 7, 324(1950) Granite, section of, 13,150(1962) vertical ii lumination, 7, 235 Granulocytes, 16, 277(1968) (1949); 7, 310,326(1950) Granulomas, foreign body, (Ab- Glass, 33,241(1985); 35,151(1987) stract) 20, 287(1972) action on algae, 9, 134(1953) Graphite fiber reinforced epoxy cap techniques,13,375(1963) laminates, (Abstract) 24, 309 cutting by light, 9, 162(1953) (1976) identification, 33, 241(1985) Graphite fiber reinforced lamin­ optics, 33, 179(1985) ates, 25, 161 (1977) particles, 33, 159, 169(1985) Graticule. Clamp), 12, 279(1960) spheres, 30, 1(1982) Graticules,7,115(1949);8,19(1950) surface topography, 32, 1(1984) MaXta process, 12, 27(1960) troughs and eel Is, making,5,174, Gratings, 32, 93(1984) 193( 1944) Gravity perception in plants,CAb- writing on, 8, 17(1950) stract) 20, 295(1972) Glass Polishing, book review, 13, Grayson, H.J., 9, 136(1953) 140( 1961) Grayson, H.J., 11, 123(1957) Glasses, optical, 1, 70(1937); 10, Grayson's rulings, 29, 77(1981) 326( 1956) Greenough binocular microscope, Glassware, to clean,1,15,56(1937) 13, 85(1961); 13,299(1963) Glassware, cleaning, 6, 45(1946); Grenz Radiography, 7, 295(1950) 6, 145( 1947) Grid supports in electron micros­ Glass-working, simple equipment, copy, 15, 209(1966) 11, 189,217(1957) Groom, J.B., 11, 213(1957) Glass-writing pencil,6,224(1947); Group Resistance of Planaria, 8, Glazing prints, 1, 160(1938) 185( 1951) Glaucophane, 35, 1(1987) Gum chloral, 5, 122(1942) Glove-box, 31, 235(1983) Gum-potassium acetate medium, 8, Glycerine mounts, old,9,200(1953) 270( 1950) Glycerol, action on calcium car- Gum thus, 5, 106(1942) bonate, 6, 314(1948) Gurr•s Commentary, book review,8, Glycerol and glycerol mixtures 107( 1950)

lxxxix Gyrosigma, 33, 313(1985) Heurck, Henri Ferdinand van, 13, 113(1961); 13, 176(1962) Haematology, effects of mountants Hexametaohosphate Pretreatment of 5, 139(1943) I nsu lat ion Samples for Micro­ Haemoglobin in crustacea, 12, 54 scop ical Identification of Fi­ ( 1958) brous Constituents, Taylor, D. Hailes, mounter of forminifera, H., 28, 47(1980) 11, 317(1957) High explosives, 35, 273(1987) Hair, 35, 83, 249, 261(1987) High NA dispersion staining, 29, animal,8,267(1952); 31, 129, 121( 1981) 145( 1983) High pressure impregnator for characterisation by light mi­ corrosion deposits, 14, 354 croscopy, (Abstract) 24, 304 (1965) (1976); 25, 15(1977) High refractive index media,9,109 examination,30,151,218,219(1982) ( 1952); 9, 164,242( 1953) human, 31, 15, 119, 123, 125, 129 High Raso I ut ion Photomacrography (1983); 32, 29, 65 (1984); 33, closing the gap betwe~n the 230( 1985) Macro and Micro_ Range, W.E. human, a simple scheme for indi- Gumperts, 27, 107(1979) vidualisation, 17, 221(1969) High temperature hot stage, a Ii lac bud, 6, 130( 1947) simple, 14, 302(1965) microscopy, 34, 341(1986) High voltage electron microscopy, plant, 1,76(1937); 6,40,74(1946) 14, 339(1965); 22, 129(1974) 6, 130( 1947) High vo I tage e I ectron microscopy scale patterns, 35, 83(1987) in various branches of science Halifax Microscopical Circle, 8, (Abstract) 21, 263(1973) 187(1951); 8, 323(1952) Histochemical methods in food Ha I I, Chester Moor, 8, 135, 152, 158 product morphology, (Abstract) (1951); 8, 301(1952) 23, 265(1975) Ha I Ien method of measuring ax i a I Histochemical smear technique,14, depth, 11, 153(1957) 260( 1964) Hal loysite, 34, 373(1986) studies of enzyme kinetics, (Ab­ Halteria, 8, 14(1950) stract) 19, 437(1971) Handbook of Chemical Microscopy, Histochemistry of the. Skin-Psori­ book review, 12, 248( 1960) asis, book review,14,368(1965) Hand I ing of Chromosomes, book re- Histogram plotting equipment, 18, view, 5,72(1942); 12,216(1960) 223( 1970) Hardman, w., 11, 178(1957) Histological staining, 16, 267 Hardness measurement,20,341(1972) (1968) Hardwicke, Robert, 11, 5(1956) Histological Techniques for Elec­ Haslemere field courses, 8, 278 tron microscopy, book review, ( 1952) 13, 194(1962) H. D. apparatus reviewed, 11, 174 Histology, 32, 259(1984) ( 1957) plant, 1, 76(1937) Heat-absorbing, softening retractory mater i a Is, filters, 9, 43(1952);9,213(1953) 24, 237(1976) glass, book review, 6, 167(1947) Histopathology, image analysis, media, 8, 292(1952) (Abstract) 19, 321 (1971); 19, solutions, 5, 43(1942) 437( 1962) Heat filters, 9, 43(1952); 9, 213 Histopathology, microspectropho­ ( 1953) tometry, 20, 267(1972) Heinrich, E.O., 30, 281(1982) Historical (Microscopy in 1700), Hel isoma duryi eudiscus, 18, 109, 5, 48( 1942) 139(1970) History, 35, 61,119,217,319(1987) He-Ne lasers, 32, 69(1984) History, hundred years ago,14,235 Herapathite, 8,151(1951); 35, 319 ( 1964); 14, 297( 1965) ( 1987) History of the American micro­ Hercules magnamite®, 34,347(1986) scope, 23, 165(1975)

xc Hi story of the microscope during further notes on the temperature the last 100 years, 10,113,149 gradient of transition temper­ ( 1955) atures, 24, 217(1976) History of science, 32, 23(1984) House flies, 1, 15(1937) HMX, 15, 13( 1965); 30, 249( 1982) How to Use a Microscope, book re­ Hoffman modulation contrast, 35, view, 14, 300(1965) 279( 1987) Howard, J.B., 11, 268 (1958); 12, Hoffmann 1 s violet, 5, 5(1942) 314( 1961) Holding specimens, 9, 42(1952) Human hair, a simple scheme for Hole inspection microscope, (Ab- individualisation,17,221(1969) stract) 19, 434 (1971); 20, 51 characterisation by light mi­ ( 1972) croscopy, (Abstract) 24, 304 "Holey-polar", 32, 61, 63(1984) (1976) Holograms, quantitative assess­ Human lung disease, CAbstract)19, ment of aerosols, (Abstract) 440( 1971) 23, 266( 1975) Human Microanatomy, book review, Holographic attachment for I ight 13, 250(1962) microscope, 25, 55(1977) Human motor end plate, quantita­ Holographic microscopy, 16, 349 tive analysis,CAbstract)19,441 (1968); 19, 137(1971) (1971) Holographic microscopy, a reas­ Hurrel I, H.E., 9, 197(1953) sessment, 22, 361(1974) Huygens, Christian, 5, 70(1942) Holographic technique for sizing Hydra, 1, 111(1937) particles in moving aerosols, food of, 8, 144( 1951) (Abstract) 19,424(1971);20,375 fusca, an observation, 9, 4, 51 ( 1972) (1952) Home-built exposure meter, 13, 281 mounting, 8, 144(1951) (1963) Hydracarina, 8, 57,105(1950) Home laboratories, 35, 217(1987) further notes, 11, 259,285(1958) Horse hoof, 8, 293(1952) Hydromedusae, 9, 172(1953) Hotstage,6,139(1947);10,76(1954); Hydrometeors, fragmentation, (Ab­ 32,100(1984); 33,169(1985);341 stract) 20, 297(1972) 77( 1986) Hydrometeors in the laboratory, calibration, 35, 291(1987) photomicroscopical investiga­ calibration of Mettler FP2, 18, tion of the fragmentation, 21, 105( 1970) 149 ( 1973) for gas-sol id reactions, 18, 165 Hypersthene, 30, 17(1982) (1970) Hyrax, forerunner of,5,6,45(1942) high temperature, 14, 302(1965) 34, 195( 1986) methods for identification of organic compounds,14,239(1964) Iatrogenic foreign body gr a nu Io- microscopy,16,257(1968); 35,273, mas, (Abstract) 20, 287(1972) 291 ( 1987) Ice, 8, 126(1951) microscopy, DTACAbstract) 20,292 Ice crystals, 18, 299(1970) (1972) Identification of particles,32,1, temperature control,17,137(1969) 148( 1984) Hotstage microscopy, decomposi­ Identification of soil minerals, tion of nitrocel lulose,22,341, 30, 17(1982) 349( 1974) 11 luminants and 11 lumination for DTA-1 ight photometer polarizing Microscopical Work, book re­ microscope system, 21,29(1973) view, 6, 323(1948) plastisols, 21, 210(1973) I I lumination and ii luminants,5,67 Hotstage microscopy of pyrotech­ 91,(1942); 5, 109,118,120,126, nic systems, 23, 227(1975) i 52( 1943) j 5, 166( 1944) j 5,271 Hotstage, pressure eel I, (Ab­ 283, 296, 318(1945); 8, 29, 81 stract) 23, 265 C1975) (1950); 34, 45(1986) Hot-wire stage, 29, 117(1981) coherent, 16, 231(1968) applications, 23, 177(1975) colour screens, 8, 103(1950)

xci condenserless, 7, 200(1949) characterisation of particles by darkfield, 14, 17(1963) size and shape, (Abstract) 23, darkground, 1, 130(1937) 272( 1975) differential, 1,109(1937); 1,148 color scanning and image proces­ (1938) sing in eel I biology, 24, 39 flare spots, 8, 81(1950) ( 1976) heat absorption, 8, 292(1952) equipment performance er i ter i a, McCartney lamp, 8, 295(1952) 20, 275( 1972) of large specimens, 1, 48(1937) equipment, Quantimet 720 (Ab­ opaque objects, 7, 75(1948) stract) 20, 301(1972) orthogonal, 14, 301(1963) histopathology,CAbstract) 19,321 photomicrographic, 7, 313(1950) 437( 1971) plastic light conductors, 7, 87 Indian artifacts, 31, 31(1983) ( 1948) information sources (Abstract) polarisation microscopy, 13, 255 19, 426(1971) (1963) information sources, 22,81(1974) polarized Light, 8, 53, 81, 104, in the life sciences, (Abstract) 105,(1950);8,133,134,150(1950) 21, 256(1973) reducing intensity, 7, 274(1949) in the materi a I sciences, (Ab­ Regulite Lamp, 8, 108(1950) stract) 21, 255(1973) instrumentation, 22, 5(1974);24, Rheinberg, 10, 162,245(1955) 7( 1976) stroboscopic, 15, 414(51)*(1967) instrument for on-I ine sewage top I ight, 8, 71(1950) water analysis, (Abstract) 21, vert i ca I i 11 umi nat ion,8, 81C1950) 246( 1973) Wenham binocular, 11, 129(1957) materials science, 22, 39(1974); I I luminators, 1882, 30, 182(1982) 24, 25( 1976) I I I um i nators from Perspex mater­ measurement of reaction rates in i a I, 6, 109(1946) a fast reactor by track count­ I I luminators, smal I, 9, 157(1953) ing, (Abstract) 23, 261(1975) Image analysing computer, 16, 81 measurement of soil microstruc­ (1968) ture, 22, 323(1974) Image analysis, (see also Auto­ medical and biological sciences, matic image analysis and ln­ 22, 59( 1974) strumentation)11MC,20, 111C1972) microstructural analysis, (Ab­ 30, 46(1982); 33, 43(1985) stract) 24, 316(1976) applications to radioisotopic microvideomat, (Abstract) 20,289 heat source programs, (Ab­ (1972) stract) 20, 305(1972); 20, 341 multi-color scanning and image (1972) processing in eel I biology,24, assessment of preparative volume 39( 1976) changes in centra I nervous new medical applications, (Ab­ tissue, 24, 29(1976) stract) 23, 273(1975) automatic,(Abstract)21,254C1973) new multi-disciplinary analyser, 22, 1(1974); 24, 1(1976) (Abstract) 23, 274((1975) automatic image analysis of the new techniques for describing bone biopsy; variations in rib features, (Abstract) 23, 271 architecture, 26, 15(1978) ( 1975) automatic pattern recognition, nonmetal lie inclusion assessment (Abstract) 21, 255(1973) 16, 189( 1968) automatic scanning of irregular of clay fabrics,(Abstract)21,257 areas, 24, 275(1976) ( 1973) bibliography, 22, 89 (1974); 24, Omnicon pattern analysis system, 65( 1976) 23, 239(1975) biological, 24, 29,39(1976) Omnicon system, (Abstract)21,246 biological sciences, 22,59(1974) ( 1973) calibrating densitometer, (Ab- operator interactive I ight pen stract) 24, 317(1976) system for editing images,(Ab­ eel I biology, 24, 39(1976) stract) 23, 273(1975)

xci i pattern recognition, 22,27(1974) Image analyzer control by pro­ PDS-200 inspection system, (Ab­ grammable read only memories, stract) 24, 314(1976) 25, 47( 1977) performance criteria, (Abstract) Image digitisation and analysis 19, 435(1971) by conventional computers,(Ab­ porosity measurement, (Abstract) stract) 20, 300 (1972); 20,353 20, 293( 1972) (1972) porosity measurement in nuc Iear Image Enhancement Device for J!!_­ fuel, 21, 23(1973) c i dent Light Microscopy, W.H. practical aspects of asbestos Love, 27, 25(1979) fiber counting, 23, 93(1975) Image formation, 1, 155(1938) qua I ity control,(Abstract) 19,431 Image formation, an extended (1971) theory,CAbstract) 24,315(1976) quality control of steel, 20, 83 Image formation and quantitative (1972) microscopy, (Abstract) 19, 427 Quantification of microstructure ( 1971) in materials,CAbstract) 23,271 Image processing, focusing cri­ ( 1975) teria for computer, 24, 163 Quantimet 720 in the determina­ (1976) tion of the size distributions Image qua I ity, 8, 121C1951) of monodisperse latices,22,229 Image reconstitution, 30,76(1982) (1974) Image splitting eyepiece, 14, 217 Quantimet 7205,CAbstract) 19,428 (1964) ( 1971) Image structure analysis, 21, 131 quantitative, (Abstract) 24, 316 ( 1973) (1976) Image structure measurements on quantitative detection of a I pha phase contrast images, (Ab­ particles, 22, 129(1974) stract) 23, 270(1975) quantitative microscopy system Imaging systems for Quantimet 720 for a bio-medical institute, (Abstract) 19, 432( 1971) (Abstract) 23, 272(1975) I manco systems for picture pro­ review,22, 1 (1974); 24,1 (1976) cess i ng by conventional com­ shape parameters for microstruc­ puters, (Abstract) 19,431(1971) tura I features, 24, 49(1976) Immersion darkground from Wen­ soil microstructure,22,323(1974) ham1s paraboloid, 13, 354(1963) stereology, (Abstract) 21, 256 Immersion media, methyl benzoate, (1973);22,69(1974);24,45(1976) 5, 42( 1942) stereology of leucocytes, (Ab­ water-soluble, 5, 275(1945) stract) 23, 274(1975) Immersion Medium, methylbenzoate, stereometry, (Abstract) 23, 271 6, 108 ( 1946) (1975) Immersion method, 33, 169(1985) system for qua I ity control in Immersion oils, 15, 6 (1965); 33, the steel industry, (Abstract) 241 ( 1985) 20, 302(1972) Immersion oil, application of, 7, system in pollution control, Om­ 182(1949); 15, 6(1965) nicon, (Abstract) 21,246(1973) substitutes for, 7, 85,91(1948) technology, 24, 25(1976) Implements, 1, 84(1937) technology, automatic (Abstract) Impossible triangle, 30, 69(1982) 21, 245(1973) Incident lighting unit, 11, 209 track counting, 20, 127(1972) ( 1957) two-dimensional image amendment, Inclusion analyser, Quantimet 360 (Abstract) 23, 272(1975) (Abstract) 19,429(1971);19,430 vo I ume changes in centra I ner­ ( 1971) vous tissue, 24, 29(1976) Inclusion and Grain size classi­ x-ray microanalysis (Abstract) fier, 20, 1,21(1972) 20, 298( 1972) a new method for identification Image analyser, automatic, (Ab­ of inclusions, 18, 11(1970) stract) 21, 254(1973) manganese sulphide, (Abstract)

xci ii 19,430(1971); 19,403(1971) mation Exhibition,11,298(1958) nonmetal lie in Steel, (Abstract) Instrument errors in quantitative 19, 428(1971); 20, 57(1972) image analysis, 19, 87(1971) oxide, 16, 151C1968) Instrumentation in automatic im­ steel, 15, 116(1966) age analysis, 22, 5(1974) Indian artifacts, 31, 31(1983) Insulation, 33, 273(1985) Inert atmospheres, 31, 235(1983) Insulation analysis, 30,5,223,259 Infiltration by paraffin, 9, 25 267( 1982) ( 19 58 ) ; 9, 131( 19 53) Integrated circuits, 18, 25(1970) Infiltration, use of ligroin,5,42 Intelligent Use of the Microscope (1942) book review, 7, 28(1948);8,318 Infinity corrected microscope,14, (1952) 482(1965) Interference contrast,35,19(1987) Information sources in automatic Interference filter, 14,440(1965) image analysis, 22, 81(1974) Interference fringes,16,231(1968) lnfra-red,bacteria in,12,77(1958) Interference fringes with a Tol- Infrared absorption, microscopi­ ansky microinterferometer,(Ab­ cally, 30, 205,209(1982) stract) 19, 426(1971); 20, 217 Infrared absorption of optical (1972) i somers, 29, 161 C1981 ) Interference, Jamin-Lebedeff sys­ lnk,Chinese,thinning, 11,95(1957) tem, 32, 58(1984) Inorganic compounds, fusion meth­ Interference microscope, 18, 11 ods, 16, 257( 1968) (1970); 14, 156(1964); 15, 406 Inorganic explosives, 33, 1, 73 (43)*(1967); 18,303(1970); 20, (1985) 153(1972); 16, 201(1968) Insect Legion, book review, 10,70 Interference microscope, Baker,9, ( 1954) 193(1953); 10, 6(1954) Insect mount,curious,10,240(1955) Interference microscopy, 15, 406 Insect muscles, 6, 297(1948) (43)*(1967); 16, 201(1968);18, Insect Pests in Stored Products, 303(1970); 20, 153(1972);32,1, book review, 5, 72(1942) 58, 69(1984); 35, 67,279(1987) Insects as Micro SI ides, 1, 117 f i Im shown to British Associa­ (1937) tion, 11, 58(1956) collecting and preparing, 1, 87, Interference objective, 14, 174 115 ( 1937) (1964); 32, 1 (1984) killings, 1, 88(1937) thin-film method for the identi­ relaxing, 1, 89(1937) fication of inclusions, 18, 11 setting, 1, 115(1937) (1970) Insects, mounting methods, lnterference~transmission micros­ acetic acid, 5, 23, 71, 75, 104 copy, 16, 201(1968) (1942); 5, 134(1943) Interferometer for opt i ca I sur­ ammonia for relaxing,5,215(1944) f aces, 8, 286(1952) bee dissections, see Bee Anatomy Interferometer, Tolansky, (Ab­ caddis worms, 5, 272(1945) stract) 19, 426(1971); 20, 217 chironomus larva, 5, 134(1943) (1972) eggs, 5, 272(1945) Interferometric testing of objec­ ethyl acetate for relaxing,5,273 tives, 9, 37(1952) ( 1945) Interferometry in polymer micros­ fixing in position, 5, 211(1944) copy, (Abstract) 23, 270(1975) gnat's head, 5, 23(1942) lnter/Micro-77, Emily J.B. Chris­ mosquito larvae, 5, 264(1945) tian, 25, 273(1977) lnter/Micro-78, John M. Blaisdel I wetting agent for larvae, 5, 215 26, 197(1978) ( 1944) lnter/Micro-79, McCrone, W.C.,27, whole mounts in tubes, 5, 46, 77 117( 1979) (1942) lnter/Micro-80, McCrone, W.C.,28, Inspection microscope,20,51(1972) 153( 1980) Instant film, 35, 53(1987) lnter/Micro-81, Cambridge, 29,169 lnstruments,Electronics and Auto- ( 1981)

xciv lnter/Micro-82, McCrone, W.C.,30, Iron aceto-carmine for algae,7,24 197(1982) (1948) lnter/Micro-84, Mccrone, W.C.,32, Iron microchemical test, 29, 87 163( 1984) (1981) I nter /Mi cro-8 5, McCrone, W.C.,33, 230( 1985) Iron whiskers, interference study lnter/Micro-86, Mccrone, W.C.,34, 13, 355(1963) 243( 1986) Irradiated chicken, in vivo study International Microscopical Soci­ of early microvascular damage, ety, 14, 238(1964) 21, 73(1973) International Scientific Film As­ Isolated particles, 11, 273(1958) sociation, 11, 243(1957) I somorph ism, study of, by micro­ International Symposium on Micro­ chem i ca I methods, 14,223(1964) chemical Techniques, 14, 24, I sophotometry with an opt i ca I 114( 1963) scanning microscope,(Abstract) International University of Cali­ 20, 291( 1972) fornia Materials Conference, lsopropyl alcohol, 10, 110(1954) 13, 56(1961) "Ivory tower" microscope, 15, 132 Interocular distance,35,267(1987) (1966) Interpretation of Ultrastructure, book review, 13, 328(1963) Jadeite, 35, 1(1987) Intestine wal I, 15, 12(1965) Jarman, c., 14, 135(1964) Introduction of Electron Micros­ 11 J.B.G. 11 , 11, 270(1956) copy, book review,13,250(1962) Jelley refractometer, 9, 18(1952) Introduction to Bacterial Physi­ Jelley glycerol for mounting Ro- ology,book review,11,186(1957) tifers, 9, 137(1953) Introduction to the Electron Mi­ Jellyfish, common, 8, 193(1951) croscope, book review, 6, 112 Jenaer Rundschau, book review,11, Introduction to Medical Labora­ 214( 1957) tory Technique, book review, Jig for cutting eel Is, 5,40(1942) 10,246(1955); 11,296(1958) Johnson, w. and Sons,11,315(1958) Introduction to Microbiology, 12, 26( 1958) book review, 10, 70(1954) Jones, Thorold (obituary) 15, 540 Introduction to the Bacteria, (1967) book review, 12, 217(1960) Jordon, 33, 255(1985) Introduction to the Study of Al­ Journa I of UI trastructure Re­ gae, book review, 5, 72(1942) search, book review, 11, 241 lntromittent organs of tooth (1957) carps, 11, 11(1956) Junior Naturalist's Association, Inversion, photographic, 35, 53 11 , 11 0 ( 19 57) (1987) Inverting lens, 10, 165(1955) Kinematomicrography, 7, 273(1949) p-iodoquinine sulfate, 35, 319 8, 154(1951) ( 1987) King and Coombs, Microscope by,6, Ionizing Radiation Effect on 327(1948) Cel ls,book review,14,59(1963) King's Cement, 8, 210, 270(1951) Ion Microprobe, 29, 153(1981) Kings College, University of Lon­ applications, (Abstract) 23, 269 don, 14, 115(1963) (1975) Kirkpatrick, Alan F. (obituary), electron effects in ion genera­ 15, 176(1966) tion, (Abstract) 21, 248(1973) Knife sharpener, (apparatus re­ some unusual problems solved, view), 11, 59(1956) (Abstract) 21, 253(1973) Knol I, M., 30, 13, 247(1982) Ion microscope, scanning trans­ Knowledge, 10, 189( 1955); 11, 213 mission instrument, (Abstract) (1957) 24, 315(1976) Koehler, Arthur, 31, 1(1983) Ion probe,(Abstract) 19,425(1971) Kofler hotstage, constant temp­ Ion probe analysis of smal I par­ erature, 17, 137(1969) ticles,(Abstract) 20,291(1972) Kohler ii lumination, 33, 42(1985)

xcv Kofler glass powders,33,159(1985) interferometer, (Abstract) 19, 34, 84(1986) 425(1971); 20, 153(1972) Kohler I I lumination; Goldberg,O., Laser I ight, 14, 249( 1964) 28, 15(1980) Laser microprobe, 14, 481(1965) Kohler illumination,30,186(1982); Laser microscope for mi crosamp 1- 31, 89(1983); 33, 42(1985) i ng, 19, 157(1971) Kohler lighting arrangement, 9,48 Laser Raman microprobe, spectro­ ( 1952) scop ic identification, (Ab­ Kohler's method, anticipated, 10, stract) 24, 319 C1976) 105( 1954) Lateral Inclination, Magny, 8,201 Komai 1 s modification of Carnoy­ ( 1951) Lebrun fixer, 9, 223(1953) Latham, Dr. Vida A., 5, 73(1942); 6, 268(1947); 8, 185(1951);10, Labels for slides, 6, 124 (1947); 54(1954); 11, 235(1957) 10, 271 ( 1956) Law of probabil ity(forensic), 31, for paper, 9, 275(1954) 115, 126( 1983) Laboratory apparatus and materi - Lawsonite, 35, 1(1987) a Is exhibit ion, 13, 53, 57( 1961) "Lawton" Binocular Microscope, 6, Laboratory and Workshop Notes, 9, 307( 1948) 47(1952) LEAA, 30, 105(1982) Laboratory Diagnosis of Honey Bee Lead Iodide-nucleated ice crys- Diseases, book review, 7, 222 tals, 18, 299(1970) (1949) Lead white, 35, 173(1987) Laboratory hints, 7, 62(1948) Leaf Fal I, 1, 110(1937) Laboratory Instruments, book re- Leaf Structure, 1, 131 (1937); 1, view, 12, 220(1960) 161 (1938) Labradorite, 30, 17(1982) Learning to use the microscope, Lacquering, 7, 52(1948) 18, 231( 1970) Lacto-Phenol, 1, 5, 137(1937) Lecture notes on the Use of the Ladd,W., coarse adjustment,10, 19 Microscope, (notice) 11, 212 (1954) (1957) Lady microscopists, 11, 234(1957) Lee, Arthur Bolles, 8, 292(1952) Laemophloeus ferrugineus, schizo­ Leeds University, post-graduate gregarines, infesting, 10, 73, microscopy course,13,374(1963) 92( 1954); 10, 129( 1955) 14, 337( 1965) Lamina

xcvi Leucocytes, stereology,(Abstract) book review, 5, 72(1942) 23, 274 ( 1975) Liver fluke, 1, 85(1937); 13, 91, L'evolution de la Partie Optique 130( 1961); 13, 180( 1962) du Microscope au Cours du Liverpool Microscopical Society, Cours du Dixneuvieme S iecle, 6, 168( 194 7) book review, 10, 72(1954) Naturalists• Field Club, 6, 196, Lieberkuhns, 9, 244(1953) 224,280( 1947) i I I umi nation, 31, 175( 1983) Photomicrographic Society,11,236 Library, 34, 11(1986) (1957) Life of the Shore and Sha I low Living eel I preparations, 15, 346 Seas, book review, 8,245(1951) (1967) Light conductors, plastic, 7, 87 Living eel Is with the electron ( 1948) microscope, 15, 201(1966) Light filters in visual micros­ Living materials, photomicrog­ copy, 17, 193( 1969);34,9(1986) raphy of, 12, 113(1959) Light green s. F. yellowish• 5, 5 Living organisms, photographing, (1942) 8, 252 ( 1951) Light microscopy, 32,23, 93, 123, Living specimens, photomicrog­ 133, 141, 151, 219, 259,277(1984); raphy, (Abstract) 5, 184(1944) 35, 159(1987) Llandudno and District Microscop­ Lighting arrangement, Kohler,9,48 ical Society, 9, 139,165(1953) (1952) 9, 327(1954) Light-scanning photography,30,206 Lloyd, Wm. A., 9, 225(1953) (1982) Loch na Cuilc (diatoms), 13, 74 Light-scanning photomacrography, ( 1961) 29, 13( 1981) Long, J.A., 10, 291(1956) Light tent for photomicrography, Lpng working-di stance, attach­ 14, 253( 1964) ment, 8, 50(1950) Ligroin for infiltration, 5, 42 stage for, 8, 260(1950) (1942) "Louis, s. 11 , 11, 126(1957) Lilac Bud Hairs, 6, 130(1947) Low vo I tage e I ectron microscopy, Limits of resolution in the sur­ 15, 380 (17)* (1967) face scanning electron micro­ Lower powers, auxiliary stages scope, (Abstract) 21,247(1973) for, 8, 260(1951) Limn i as me I i certa, 10, 13( 1954) Low-power microscopy, 5, 7(1942) Linear analysis using an auto­ Low power photomicrography, 1,113 matic scanning microphotometer (1937) (Abstract) 19, 422 (1971); 20, stereoscopic, 1, 57(1937) 91 (1972) work apparatus, 5, 116(1943) Lindbergh case, 31, 1(1983) Lubrication of instruments,13,211 Lintin, P., 11, 236(1957) 247(1962); 5,127,149,150(1943) Lipids, neutral, 13, 29(1961);32, of sliding bearings, 9,247(1953) 133( 1984) Lucite 44 and 46, 10, 209(1954) Liquid crystals, 32, 58(1984) Lung, human,disease of,CAbstract) smectic, (Abstract) 23,266(1975) 19, 440( 1971) structures and microscopic tex­ Lung microtomy, 33, 37(1985) tures, 24, 117(1976) Lungs of miniature swine fol low­ system, (Abstrac+) 19, 424(1971) ing inhalation of cobalt metal Liquid paraffin as mountant, 5, 3 particles, (Abstract) 21, 245 (1942) ( 1973) evaporation, 10, 52( 1954) Luton Microscopical Society,8,298 Liquid refractive index measure­ (1952); 9, 27,83(1952); 9,111, ment, 18, 267(1970) 139,165(1953); 9,307,327(1954) Liquid sodium refractive index of 11, 238 ( 19 57) 14, 362( 1965) Lymnaea peregra, effect of envi­ Lithium/metal sulfide batteries, ronment, 6, 259(1947) 31, 23 5 (1983) Lyotropic mesophases, 32,58(1984) Littoral Fauna of Great Britain,

xcvi i McArthur, J., 14, 5,71(1963) Manet paintings, 35, 173(1987) microscope, 7, 11 (1948); 7, 308 Manganese su I phi des in free-cut­ (1950); 34, 383(1986) t i ng steel, (Abstract) 19, 430 microscopy, 18, 60(1970) (1971); 19, 403(1971) McCartney microscope lamp, 8, 295 Manila hemp for paper making, 18, ( 1952) 123(1970) McClung's Handbook of Microscopi­ Manipulation apparatus, 13, 243 cal Technique, book review, 8, (1962) 239( 1951) McCrone Associates, microscopy Manipulation of the microscope,7, courses, 12, 251(1960); 13, 56 282,318( 1950) (1961); 13, 287,327(1963); 14, Mannitot, 18, 279(1970) 504( 1965) Manual of Microbiological Methods MPD-1 Russian microscope, 34, 333 book review, 11, 296(1958) (1986) Marine, Mach effect, 15, 216,281(1966) diatoms, 1, 23(1937) Mach-Zehnder interferometer, 32, invertebrates, narcotizing, 5,74 69( 1984) (1942); 5, 138(1943) Macro photography attachment, 9, Marker for slides, 10, 164( 1955) 324 ( 1954) Marking the object, 8, 41(1950) Macroscopic di spars ion staining, Martin, J.H., 5, 39(1942) 14, 498( 1965) Marton, L., 30, 11(1982) Magdaia red, 5, 4,6(1942) Mason, R.G., 10, 273(1956) Magic tape, 33, 247(1985);34, 397 Mastogloia, 33, 310(1985) (1986) Materials research, sonic micros- Magiscan-2, 30, 46(1982) copy, (Abstract) 24, 313(1976) Magnamite9 fibers, 34, 347(1986) Materials science, automatic im­ Magnesium chlorite as narcotic,5, age analysis, 22, 39(1974) 74( 1942) Materials sciences, image anaty­ Magnesium sulphate as narcotic,5, s is, (Abstract) 21, 255(1973) 138( 1943) Materials science and technology, Magnetic alignment, 30, 5(1982) image analysis, 24, 25(1976) Magnetic field alignment of fi­ Mathematical models, 16, 95(1968) bers, 20, 265(1972) Max Frei, 30, 163(1982) Magnetic pigments, 29, 141(1981) Maxine miranda in minimis,7,51,74 Magnetic rheometer, CAbstract)23, (1948) ---- 265( 1975) McCrone Research Institute Mi­ Magnetic tapes, TEM, 30,200(1982) croscopist1s Corner, 25, 289 Magnetite, 30, 17(1982) (1977) Magnification, 11, 197(1957) Meakin, S.H., 12, 313(1961) empty, 9, 25, 51C1952) Measurement, 32,11,58,63,69(1984) and foca I Iength of microscope, by diffraction grating, 13, 238 6, 267(1958) (1962) formula, 5, 319(1942) of axial depth, Hal ten method, photographic, 1, 114(1937) 11, 153(1957) useful, 5, 26(1942) of hardness impressions, 26, 93 Magnifier, binocular,12,223(1960) (1978) Magnifying power, initial, 8, 70 of refractive index, 11,3(1956) (1950) of smal I distances, 11, 128, 129 Magny, instruments by,8,199(1951) ( 1957) Malaria, 33, 43(1985) Measuring the Invisible World, Mat inol mountant, 12, 314(1961) book review, 12, 306(1960) Mal lock, H.R., 10, 238(1955) Mechanical finger, 5,132(1943)10, refractometer by, 9, 20(1952) 80,104(1954); 10,137(1955);11, test rulings by, 10, 238 (1955); 230(1957); 13, 87(1961) 10, 292( 1956) Mechanical stage, 33, 186(1985) Maltwood finder, 5, 268,286(1945) Mechanism of Glass Polishing, Manchester Micro,Soc.,6,168(1947) book review, 13, 140(1961) 9, 27,55(1952) Medical and biological sciences,

xcvi ii automatic image analysis,22,59 Metal lographic inert atmosphere ( 1974) facility, 31, 235(1983) Medical diagnosis, 17, 63C1969) Metamorphosis of insects, 8, 186 Medi ca I Microscopy (An ~ ( 1951) course),Nuttal I, R.,28,1(1980) Metals, Medicine, quantitative image an­ De Rebus metal lis, 5, 307(1945) alysis, 19, 41(1971) etching, 5, 228(1944) Megastigmus Flies Attacking Con­ examination, 5, 225(1944) ifer Seeds, book review,11,157 preparation, 5, 227(1944) (1957) preserving, 5, 228(1944) Mel icerta CFloscularia) ringens, Metal-shaded fibers, 17,168(1969) 9, 276( 1953) Methods of Ana I yt i ca I Hi sto I ogy Meltmounts, 34, 341(1986);35, 83, and Histochemistry, book re­ 261( 1987) view, 12, 164(1960) Membrane filters, 15, 136(1966) Methyl alcohol for blood staining Men who invented the aquarium, 9, 5, 6,217(1942) 225( 1953) Methyl benzoate, 6, 108(1946) Mendesia farinel la (Thunberg), 7, for immersion, 7, 92(1948) 299( 1950) Methyl sal icylate for immersion, Mercuric iodide crystals, film 7, 93( 1948) shown to British Association, alpha-Methyl styrene, 6, 20, 51 11, 59(1956) (1946) Mercury, Methyl violet, 5, 5(1942) angle of contact on glass, 11,96 Methylene blue, 5, 4(1942) ( 1957) Mettler FP2 hot stage, 18, 105 drop, shape of, 9, 160(1953) (1970) lamps, 35, 151(1987) Mica films, 8, 20(1950) Metal I ic materials, quantitative Michelson, A.A., 6, 278(1947); 6, image analysis, 19, 31(1971) 308( 1948) Metallography (see also Steel), Micrarium (Buxton), 32, 57(1984) 15, 127,249(1966); 15, 301,314 Micro- 331,351,472,492(1967); 29, 147 1958 (notice), 11, 250(1958) (1981); 31, 235(1983); 32, 219 1958 (exhibition), 12, 24(1958) (1984); 35, 19(1987) 1963, 13, 224(1962); 13, 287 application of Quantimet,16,163, (1963) 171 ( 1968) 1964, 14, 236(1964) boron in steel, 16, 105(1968) 1965, 14, 470( 1965) color, 15, 472(1967) 1966, 15, 245(1966) deoxidation products in steel, Microanatomy, 16, 137( 1968) of embryo, a scanning electron electron microscope, 15, 249,314 microscope technique, 19, 281 331(1967) ( 1971) electron probe microanalysis,16, Human, book review, 13,250(1962) 311 (1968) Microbiological applications of high alloy steel, 16, 50(1968) direct immuno-electron micros­ laboratory safety, 14, 180(1964) copy, (Abstract) 24, 305(1976) molybdenum, 16, 329(1968) Microbiology, book review, 11,296 nonmetal I ic inclusion, 17, 145 (1958) ( 1969) Microchemical, nonmetal lie inclusions in steel, reagents, 29, 87(1981) 16, 189( 1968) tests, 19, 235(1971); 29, 19, 87 oxide inclusions, 16, 151(1968) (1981); 31, 200(1983); 34, 107 Vickers automatic inclusion ( 1986) classifier, 16, 273, 276(1968) tests for complex substancesCAb­ Metallurgical applications of stract) 24, 304(1976) EMMA, (Abstract) 21, 263(1973) tests for Hg. 29, 19(1981) Metallurgical specimens, mounting Microchemistry, 15, 485 (122)* 1, 41(1937) ( 1967); 32, 141( 1984)

xcix Microchirurgy, 15, 12(1965) Micromorphology, Mi croc 13,342(1963);20, i rcu Iat ion in the neutron­ 243( 1972) i rrad i ated ROuse, (Abstract) Micron, 1,56,84(1937);1,153(1938) 21,259( 1973) 3, 129,155,208,262,269(1939) Microcirculatory changes in the Micro-organisms, irradiated ROuse pinna, (Ab­ and crystal production, 29, 71 stract) 20, 296(1972) ( 1981) Microdensitometer, 30, 43(1982) book review, 14, Microdensitometry, 199(1964) 13, 378(1963) in the control of pol and microspectrophotometry, lution,CAb­ in- stract) 21, 261(1973) strumentation for, 14,25(1963) Structure and Ultrastructure, scanning, 20, 303(1972) book review, 14, 59(1963) Mi crod i ssect ion, chambered s I i de Micropedology, book review, 5,131 tor, 12, 57(1958) · (1943) Microdynamometer, 31, 75(1983) Microphotograph, by w. H., 9, 251 Microelectronic failures, (Ab­ (1953) stract) 20, 290(1972) Microphotographers, 7, 250, 278 Microelectronic failures caused (1949) by chlorine compounds, 21, 107 (1973) Microphotographs, 6, 47(1946);34, Micro-fishing, apparatus for,12, 380( 1986) 7, 29( 1958) Microphotography, 7,103(1948);10, Micro-fungi, preparations of, 1, 313( 1956); 35, 119(1987) 137( 1937) more about, 6, 85(1946) Microgauging, (Abstract), 19, 422 review,11,184(1957);11,315(1958) ( 1971) and scales, 6, 57(1946) Microgram or photomicrograph, 5, Mi crophotometer, 192( automatic sea n­ 1944) n ing, (Abstract) Micrographia, 19,422(1971); book review, 13,251 20,91 (1972) (1962) Microphotometry, 15, 85(1966) Micrographic reagent coloring Micro-Polariscope, objects molybdenum grains for,8, according to 265(1951); 8, 293,307(1952) their crystal orientation,CAb­ Microprobe (see also electron and stract) 21, 260(1973) ion), Micrographic 15, 389(26)* C1967); 26, study of the nuclea­ 55(1978) tion process in the copper ion, 29, 153(1981) fluorine reaction, (Abstract) laser, 14, 481(1965) 19, 307, 423(1971) Mi crop robes, image Microhardness ana I ys is with measurement in min­ Quantimet 720S, eral (Abstract) 19, identification,CAbstract) 428( 1971) 23, 262 ( 1975) Micro - Projection in Science Microinterferometer, (Abstract) Teaching, book review, 8, 155 19, 425(1971); 20, 153(1972) ( 1951) Micromanipulation, simplified, 9, Microradiography, 19, 305( 1954) 347(1971) Micro-Rheology, White, G.W., 28,3 Micromanipulator(s), 26, 35(1978) ( 1980) De Fonbrune, 14, 216(1964) Micro-rheometer,(Abstract) 23,265 device for holding specimen, 15, (1975) 146( 1966) Microsampl ing with home-made, a laser micro­ 14, 101(1963) scope, 19, 157(1971) various, 10, 49,80,104(1954);10, Microscope ~ John 137( 1955) Benjamin Dan­ cer of Manchester Micrometer(s), (An Early>, Nutall, R.H., 28, 93(1980) errors in, 8, 19(1950) Microscope(s), slide and cover, 13, 118( 1961) amateur constructed, 10, stage, 11, 260,298 4(1956) ( 1 956) ; 11, 71 Micrometry, ( 19 56) 32, 83(1984) and its revelations, Micromixing, 10, 292 solid-I iquid studies (1956) 22, 267( 1974) and postage stamps, 9, 51, 109

c Swift MP3500, 34, 61(1986) (1952); 9, 309(1954) James CHA-POL 34, 78(1986) blood counting, 10, 144( 1955) Olympus classroom, 10,257(1956) Leitz CM POL, 34, 131(1986) built-in 293(1986) choosing a second-hand, 1, 56 Leitz "Minor-POL", 34, ( 1937) Swift FM-31 field, 34, 383(1986) 169 design standardization, 25, Zeiss Stereomicroscope base for (1977) mini-binoculars, 35, 124(1987) design tendencies, 5, 209(1944) Microscopes, Hints on the selec­ diagnostic, 7, 113(1948) tion and use of a second-hand during last one hundred years, instrument, book revies, 5,183 10, 113, 149( 1955) (1944) on Postage Stamps", electron, 33, 154(1985) "Microscopes 24, p. 279, correction French, 10, 161(1955) Vol. (letter to the Editor), 25,198 hole inspection, (Abstract) 19, 1971) (1977) 434( identification of ii lumination, 34, 45,119(1986) Microscopic pulverized fuel ash,(Abstract) images, pattern recognition,(Ab- 258( 1973) stract) 20, 302(1972) 21, Microscopic lament, 5, 270(1948) inverted, 11, 95(1947) Microscopic objects, visibi I ity, McArthur, 7, 11,308(1950) 11, 315(1958) (Abstract) 24, 321(1976) McArthur portable, Techniques, stamps, 24,279(1976); Microscopic Staining on postage 155, 108( 1950) 26, 97(1978) book review, 8, 25,198(1977); textures of smectic pocket, 11, 8(1956) Microscopic crystals, 24, 117(1976> counter, 10, 68(1954) liquid point Characters of Arti­ reflecting, 7, 180(1949) Microscopical ficial Inorganic Sol id Sub­ set up, permanent, 12, 265(1960) stances, book review, 14, 367 Sir Ronald Ross', 7, 113(1949) ( 1965) stand, choice of, 7, 284 (1950); Mi croscop i ca I combustion studies 34, 395( 1986) Iose th i n f i I ms 33, 273(1985) of n itroce I I u stereobinocular, cap ii lary tubes contact, 11, 162(1957) in pressurized surface 21, 229, 260( 1973) finish, 11, 163(1957) (Abstract) surface evidence in crimi- Swedish, 10, 161(1955) Microscopical nal cases, 17, 111(1969) terminology, 25, 115(1977) of 11 Microscopical identification the 11Century , 10, 68( 1954) pulverised fuel fly ash,22,159 ultra-violet, new, 12, 200(1960) (1974) Universal CR. and T. Beck Ltd.), Microscopical methods, time sav­ 7, 109 ( 1948) (Abstract)21, 7, 81(1948) ing application, Uruguay, 1973) portable, 10, 192(1955) 258( Wi Id scanning and its and Its Use, book re­ Microscopical Microscope to cervical cytol­ 144(1949) application view, 7, 19, 436(1971); and Practical Princi­ ogy, (Abstract) Microscope 327(1971) ples of Observation, book re­ 19, Societies and Clubs 6, 323(1948) Microscopical view, 167(1953) Design and Construc­ I ist, 9, Microscope study of the ro I e review,10,271(1956) Mi croscop i ca I tion, book processes in et Applications of free rad i ca I Microscope-Emploi decomposition of 8, 154(1951) the thermal book revies, 24, 227(1976) It's Theory and Ap­ nitrocellulose, Microscope, measurable param­ plications, book review, 6,324 Microscopically eter for po I ymer i c f i Im char­ (1948) 23, 157(1975) review, Unitron ME- acterisation, Microscope book review, 11,155 POL/BIO-POL, 33, 69(1985) Microscopium, ( 1957) Olympus POS, 33, 162(1985) Microscopy, 24, 295(1976) Olympus CHA-POL, 33, 237(1985) and Television, 7, 141, 148, 223 American Optical Microstar, 33, (1949) 110, 317( 1985)

ci archeological, 31, 31(1983) mentation for, 14, 25(1963) chemical, 33, 1, 37, 73, 115, 121 in histopathology, ( 20, 267(1972) 1985); 35, 159( 1987) in the UV,CAbstract)20,288(1972) courses, Belstead Housr, 12, 26, 14, 192 ( 1964 ) 83( 1958); 12,294(1960); 13,45, UV Television 105(1961) microscopy and, 14, 141( 1964) courses, Leeds University,13,374 Microspectroscope, 15, (1963); 14, 143(1966) 337(1965) Microstereology, 18, 35(1970) courses, McCrone Associates, 12, Microstructure 251(1960); of Cel Is, book re- 13, 56(1961); 13,287 view, 14, 420(1965) 327(1963); 14, 504(1965) Microstructural courses, analysis by Morley College, 12, 250 photometric and (1960) TV image anal­ ysis, (Abstract) 24, 316(1976) electron, 35, 168,169,207(1987) Microstructural features, shape fluorescence, 31, 175,213(1983); parameters, 33,37,115,241(1985);35,135 (Abstract) 23, 261 (1975); 24, 49(1976) (1987) Microstructure forensic, of Metallurgical 33, 1, 138, 241(1985); Coke (Some Aspects 35, 83,249,261(1987) of), J .w. Patrick, 27, 139(197~ hotstage, 35, 273, 291(1987) Microsystem-70, 15, 57(1966) in 1700, 5, 48(1942) Microthermal microscopy, 30, 212 interference, 35, 67,279(1987) (1982) laboratory, clean room, 17, 77 Microtome(s), (1969) adjustable stage for,9,273(1953) laboratory, evolution, 17, 125 blades, construction of hand,11, ( 1969) 96(1957) Lieber:-kuhn darkfield, 31, 175 blades, sharpening, (1983) 11,154(1957) blades, screw for, 11, 131(1957) I ight, 33, 1,73,115, 121,169,179, improvised, 187,241,247(1985);35,159(1987) 9, 316(1954) knives, 17, 55(1969) polarized light, 33, 73, 121,273 of George Adams, 8, 222(1951) (1985); 35, 279,319(1987) Mi crotom i sts' Vada Mecum, book SEM, 33, 91, 187( 1985) review,8,156(1951);8,291(1952) stage of Ceditorial,3rd quarter) Microtomy, 11, 59,73(1956); 26, ( 1978) 11,96 (1957); 35, 233(1987) teaching, 30, 131, 214(1982) blade holder, Microscopist, 10, 22(1954) 34, 375(1986) embedding boxes, Minister 10, 41(1954) microscopists, 34, 375 embedding oven, (1986) 10, 65(1954) lung, 33, 37(1985) Microskopion, Wild publication, glass knife, 10, 330(1956) 14, 100( 1963) sharpening razor Microspectrofluorimetry, blades, 12, 104 30, 210, (1959); 12, 227(1960) 215(1982); 31, 213(1983) Microvascular Microspectrograph damage in the for visible and chicken,CAbstract)19,423(1971) UV range, Leitz, 14, 185(1964) Microvascular Microspectrophotometer damage in the irra­ system, diated chicken, 21, 73(1973) Nanospec/10, (Abstract) 24,317 Microvideomat, (Abstract) 20, 289 (1976) (1972) Microspectrophotometric analysis Microwereld, 8, 41 (1950); 8, 290 of skin scars,CAbstract)19,439 (1952) ( 1971) Mikrokator, Microspectrophotometric 11, 128(1957) system Mi 11 ipede, 16, 359(1968) for rapid quantitative cyto­ Minerals, 26, 55(1978) f I uor i metry and ref Iectance Mineral control in biological autoradiography, 21, 11(1973) tissues, Microspectrophotometry, electron microprobe 30, 213 analysis, (Abstract) 21, 243 (1982); 32, 11(1984) ( 1973) and microdensitometry, instru- Mineral identification, reflec-

ci i tance and microhardness mea­ Morley College Microscopy Courses surement, (Abstract) 23, 262 12, 250(1960) ( 1975) Mosquito larvae, mounting, 5, 134 Mineral Treament Processes (Min­ (1943); 5, 264(1945) eralogical Factors in the De­ Mosquitoes in Cheshire, book re­ sign and Assessment of), view, 6, 139(1947) Jones, M.P., 28, 57(1980) Mosquitoes, studying, 6, 212, 234 Mineralogy, 33, 255(1985);35,1,13 (1947); 6, 298(1948) ( 1987) Motor driven rotating stage, 13, Minibinoculars, 35, 124(1987) 265( 1963) Miocene arthropods, 15, 96(1966) Motorized rotating polarizer, 33, Mirror(s), 8, 31(1950); 8,153,241 119(1985) 271( 1951) Mounting media, new,30,204(1982); aluminum, 10, 331 (1956) 31,231(1983); 32, 133, 259,277 aluminumed, 7, 181(1949); 9, 246 (1984); 33, 241(1985); 34, 181 (1953); 10, 331(1956) (1986) a new type, 14, 332(1965) Mounting and Mountants,1,82(1937) electrically deposited metal, 7, 5, 1, 38, 73, 101, 129, 213,269 117( 1949) (1937);9,299(1954);11,78(1957) silvered, 9, 246(1953) 12, 51, 71, 78( 1958); 12, 111 ( 1959) single reflecting, 6,113,146,200 12, 162,164(1960); 15,11(1965) 225(1947) 17, 205( 1969) Mites, 30, 176(1982) air, 10, 137(1955) Mites mounting method wanted, 5, air bubbles, 8, 298, 319(1952) 39( 1942) albumen, application to slides, Mitosis, a review, 9, 141(1953) 7, 27( 1948) Modern Methods of Microscopy, a I coho I, 10, 110( 1954) book review, 11, 185(1957) alcohol, dehydration of, 7, 138 Modulation contrast microscope, (1949) (Abstract) 23, 274(1975) algae, 1, 5(1937) Molds, 31, 43(1983) algae, iron aceto-carmine, 7, 24 MOLE, 30, 203(1982) (1948) Molecular structure determination alpha-Methyl-styrene, 6, 20, 51 33, 23( 1985) (1946) Mollusca, Amann's media, 11, 6 (1956) freshwater, (see lymnae peregra; antiseptics, 9, 242, 243 (1953); Radulae; Snai Is) 9, 299( 1954) radulae of, 6, 35(1946); 6, 125, Aroclors, 6,20(1946); 10,206,208 189,202,230,272(1947); 6, 291, (1955); 11, 68(1956) 312 (1948); 7, 19, 34, 69, 104 bakel ite resin R10852/2, 7, 81 ( 1948); 7, 118, 188, 219, 242 (1948); 7, 153(1949) ( 1949) balsam, Canada, (see Canada bal­ Molybdenum, l6, )2<;( 1968) sam in this category) alpha-Monobromonaphthalene, 5, bee anatomy, 6, 18(1946); 6, 137 136(1943); 10, 204(1955) 219(1947); 7, 10(1948); 7, 265 Molybdenum, a color reagent, 22, (1949); 8,8(1950) 317(1974) benzyl benzoate, 11, 267(1958) Molybdenum grains according to blades, sharpening, 11,154(1957) their crystal orientation, im­ blotting paper eel ls,11,94(1957) provement of the micrographic boroglyceride, 6, 50(1946) reagent coloring, (Abstract) botanical material, 12, 290, 309 21, 260(1973) (1960); 13, 1(1961) Molybdenum Sheet (The Effect of bottle for, 9, 212( 1953) Introducing the Optical Micro­ bristles for, 6, 44(1946) scope for Qua I ity Assurance in brushes, removal of cement from, the Manufacture of Pure),Salt, 11, 3(1956) P.J., 28, 141(1980) Bui lard's method of orientating, Monochromatic, 34, 9(1986) 8, 211( 1951)

ci ii Canada Balsam, 6,49(1946);8, 255 dust detection 273(1951); 9,219,251,276(1953) by polarized I ight, 7, 10, 216(1949) 81( 1954); 10,220( 1955) dust particles, 11, 9 5 (19 57) 6, 267(1947) early mounters, 7, 54(1948) acidity of, 11, 68(1956) Easter wax, 11, 143(1957) darkening of, 11, 72(1956) embedding boxes, calcium chloride, 10, 41(1954) stable solu- embedding oven, tion, 9, 10,65(1954); 10, 319(1954); 12, 51, 78 307( 1956) ( 1958) Enock's Mountant, carbon bisulphide,sealing 6, 201(1947) mounts Euparal, 7, 310(1950) in, 11, 67(1956) Farrant 1 s eel ls, blotting medium, 9, 243(1953) paper,11,94(1957) Feulgen preparations,11,43(1956) eel Is for, 12, 164(1960) filters, gelatine, Celodal, 12, cementing,11, 164(1960) 95( 1957) cement, shellac, 11, 294(1958) fish embryos, preparations of,7, cementing light filters, 11, 95 (1957) 136(1949) chart for, 6, 46(1946) flattening whole mounts, 11, 297 chemical crystals, 8, 294(1952) ( 1958) chromosome preparation, 11, 43 fluid mounting, note on, 11, 238 (1956) ( 1958) clearing, paraffin oil, 10, 109 fluid (1954) mounts, 7, 47,50,83(1948); 7, 145, 154(1949); conifer needles, 9, 137,200, 12, 239(1960) 221,242,243(1953); corroded covers, 9, 282,298, 7, 148(1949) 299(1954); Coumarone 12, 51, 71, 78(1958); resins, 9, 39,63(1952) 12,111(1959);12,162,164(1960); cover glasses, odd shapes, 9,302 34, (1954) 215(1986) fluid mounts,apparatus cover placing, for ring­ 9, 118, 218, 251 ing, 11, (1953) 78(1957) fluid mounts, crystal voilet heat sealing, 6, preparations, 11, 227( 1947) 44 ( 1956) fluid mounts, dammar, permanence, 6, 48 6, 49(1946) ( 1946) desk for mounting, 6, 102(1946) fluid deteriorated, mounts, soft paraffin, 6, 9, 275(1953) 315(1948) deterioration of mounted objects fluid 7, mounts, supportless, 6, 68 48(1948) (1946) de- and tri-glycerol, 7,50(1948) foraminifera, diatoms, 1,43(1937); 1, 67(1937) 1,151(1938) gal Is, 1, 8, 173(1951) 66(1937) gentian diatoms,notes violet preparations, 11, on arranged mounts 44( 1956) 11, 295( 1958) glycerol, 9, diatom spread 200, 242(1953>; 10, sl ides,7,151(1949) 52(1954); diatoms, 10, 158, 169,219(1955) use of split hairs, 9, glycerol 162( 1953) as antiseptic, 8, 17 (1950) dibromo-naphthyl-phenyl-ketone, glycerol 8, 93( evaporation,8,212(1951) 1950) glycerol di-ethylene media, 6, 201(1947); 6, glycol bori-borate, 314( 1948) 7, 117( 1949) glycerol-gelatine, difficulties 10, 169(1955) experienced, 9, 77 gold (1952) size, 6, 315(1947) gum-potassium diglycerol, acetate, 8, 270 10, 80(1954) ( 1951) dioxolane, 10, 221(1955) hairs, dispenser 8, 267(1951) for slides, 11, 183 high ( 1957) refractive index, 9, 109 (1952); 9, 164,242(1953) drying liquids, 10,110(1954);10, horse hoof, 8, 332( 1956) 293(1952) hydra, 8, 144( 1951) drying oven for slides, 11, 310 insects, by Enock, (1958) 9, 282(1954) insects, 1, 15,117(1937)

civ 254, 263( 1951) ;8, insect muscles, 6, 297(1948) 8, 139, 172, 9, 1 (1952); 9, 275 iron aceto-carmine for algae, 7, 282(1952); 66 (1954); 10, 141 24( 1948) (1953); 10, isopropyl alcohol, 10, 110(1954) ( 1955) solution, 11, ivory nut preparations, 7, 41 potassium acetate (1948) 6, 47( 1956) and mounting of mi - King's cement, 8, 210,270(1951) preparation objects,9,242(1953); labels for slides, 10, 271(1956) croscopic liquid paraffin, evaporation,10, 9, 319(1954) chlorophyl I, 12, 52( 1954) preservation of liquid paraffin, mounting in, 7, 164 ( 1960) mounters, 6, 268 50( 1948) professional 296(1948) M.A.C., 8, 282(1952) (1947); 6, embryos, 6, 152(1947) mechanical finger, 11, 230(1957) pulmonate index measurements, metallurgical and rocks, 1, 41 refractive 11, 269(1958) ( 1937) 11, 3(1956); cement from brushes, methyl-chloro-silanes, 7, 146 removal of (1949) 11, 3(1956) covers by freez- microfungi, 1, 137(1937) removing broken 20, 81(1952) monobromonaphthalene, 10, 204 ing, 9, 110(1946) (1955) remounting, 6, to st ides, 11, 314(1958) moulding paraffin blocks, 11, repairs ringing, apparatus for, 11, 78 73( 1956) ( 1957) mounter's error, 11, 155(1957) Rotifera, 7, 154 (1949); 8, 106 Nadi type stain for yeast, 11, (1950); 8, 134, 273(1951) 101 (1957) Rotifers,9,137(1953);9,298(1954) naphrax, 6, 143, 222(1947) sandarac medium, 9, 221(1953) mountant, 11, 15 naphthyl-phenyl-ketone, 6, 50 Schurrhof f's (1946); 6, 120(1947) (1956) spines, 12, 160, 243 narcotics, 9, 223(1953) sea urchin narcotizing and mounting roti­ (1960) fers, 7, 154( 1949) sealing, 6, 68(1946) in carbon bi sul­ new mounting media,7,12,81(1948) sealing mounts 153( 1949) phide, 11, 67(1956) 7, 11, 75(1956) nitro alkydal varnish, 12, 163 sealing, temporary, 9,302(1954); 11, (1960) shellac cement, old eel Is, 8, 290(1952) 294( 1958) 804, 7,147(1949); 8, osmium tetroxide, 11, 159, 187 silicone DC i 11, 268 ( 1958) ( 1957) 92, 185( 1950) film sections, 8,187(1951) Siloxane, 6, 294(1948) paint 183(1957) pulp, 8, 267(1951> st ide dispenser, 11, paper 7, 57(1948) blocks, 9, 153(1953) smear preparations, paraffin solution, paraffin blocks, moulding, 11,73 sodium hydrargiodide (1956) 11, 67(1956) mountant, 11, 15 permanence of, 6, 48, 49(1946) sodium silicate 9, 221(1953) ( 1956) permanent, 7, 102(1948) permeability of paint, 8, 142 soft paraffin, 12, 159(1960) ( 1951) sponge spicules, 11, 44(1956) phase specimens, 10, 10(1954) stain-fixative, bacteria on slides, 9, phenol-chloralhydrate,11,6(1956) staining materials, slides 249(1953); 9, 303(1954) photographic 9, 71(1952) of, 11, 111, 139, 173(1956) staining flagella, tubercule bacil Ii, 9, picric acid,removing,9,221(1953) staining Pleurax, 7, 182(1949) 246( 1953) objects, 8,265(1951) starches, 10, 258( 1956) polariscope 10, 204(1955) 8, 293,307(1952) synthetic resins, sealing of slides, 11, pot ten, 1, 127(1937) temporary 1956) polyvinyl alcohol, 8, 17 (1950); 75(

CV tertiarybutyl alcohol, 11, 66 9, 223( 1953) ( 19 56) j 11, 158 ( 19 57) triglycerol, Narcotic for marine invertebrates 10, 80(1954) 5, turntable, 74(1942); 5, 138(1943) 9, 117, 156(1953); 9, Narcotization 302(1954) and mounting, 7,154 (1949) waterglass, 6, 326(1948); 7, National 26, 49(1948) Asbestos Testing Labora­ tory Accrediting SchemeCNAT­ whole specimen in resin, 9, 80 LAS), 34, 75(1986) (1952); 9, 238(1953) Nature Adrift, wood specimens, book review,13,251 brittle, 9, 249, ( 1962) 275( 1953) Nature and camera, wool, 8, 266(1951) 5, 156(1944) Nature and xylene, elimination, My Cine Camera, book 9,207(1953) review, Mounting 6, 236(1947) medium, ideal wanted, 8, Nature 206( 1951) Interlude, book review, 8, 155(1951) Mourne diatoms, 11, 233(1957) Navicula Mouse pinna, (genus>, 12, 283 (1960); circulatory changes, (see (Abstract) Diatoms); 33, 313(1985) 20, 296(1972) Needles, Mouse, procedure tungsten,12,91,117(1959) for duration of Neidium, I ife observation 33, 310-312(1985) of the micro­ Nelson, circulation, E.M., 10, 240( 1955) CAbstract) 21, 259 on stereoscopic (1973) images, 6, 21 (1946) Movies, 15, 414 (51)*(1967) Nematodes, Multi-color 1, 73(1937) scanning and image Neocuprine processing (reagent), 29,87(1981) in eel I biology,24, Nervous tissue, 39( 1976) assessment of volume changes Multiple beam using image an­ interferometry in alysis, polymer microscopy, 24, 29(1976) (Abstract) Net for collecting, 23, 270( 1975) 6, 88 (1946); 6, 194 ( 194 7) Muscidae, 1, 16(1937) for sweeping, Muscles of insects, 6, 166(1947) 6, 297(1948) history "Musical of, 6, 121(1947) sand", 15,288(1966); 15, Neutral 345( 1967) I ipids, 13, 29(1961) Nevil le and Darlaston, Mycoplasm, 17, 149(1969) 8,52(1950) Nevil le, J.W., Mymaridae, 9, 247(1953) 7, 328(1950) "New lamps for old", Mymaridae, 1 5, 166(1944) Enock s method, 12, 85 Newman, ( 1959) A.S., (Memorial Plaque), 6, 2(1946) Newman, NA and A. s., (Obituary), 5, 172 "f" Value, 1, 114(1937) (1944) NATLAS, 34, 75(1986) Memorial lecture, NDIC, 31, 223(1983) 5, 282(1945) "New method of I ight Nadi stain for yeast,11,101(1957) microscopy", 9, 148 Nanogram microscopy, ( 1953) 34,107(1986) New pink, Nanoplankton, 5, 4(1942) how to study,12,142 New (1960) Techniques for Mounting Fungi book review, 8, 90(1950) Nanospec, 30, 213(1982) News for Naturalists, Nanospec/10, computerised book re­ micro­ view, 12, 211(1960) spectrophotometer system, (Ab­ Newt,protozoan parasites stract) 24, 317(1976) on warty 9, 183( 1953) "Naphrax", 6, 143, 222( 1947); 10, New York 161 ( 1955) Microscopical Society, 14, Naphthalene 115(1963); 14, 337(1965) pink, 5, 4(1942) Nickel red, acetate for preserving 5, 4( 1942) chlorophyl Naphrax,33,241(1985);34,197(1986) I, 12, 164(1960) Nicotine, Naphthylamine 35, 135(1987) pink, 5, 4(1942) Nigerian Naphthyl-phenyl cement,29,127(1981); 32, ketone,6,50(1946) 265( 1984) 6, 120(1947) Nile Blue B.B., 7, 27(1948) Narcosis of smal I marine animals, Nineteenth century American Mi-

cvi croscopy, 14, 464, 471(1965) Nucleation phenomenon in the cop­ Nitrates, 33, 73(1985) perf I uorine reaction(Abstract) Nitro alkydal varnish, 12, 163 19, 423(1971); 19, 30(1971) (1960) Numerical aperture, measurement Nitrocellulose, 33, 187(1985) of, 6, 253(1947) 24, effect of iodide, (Abstract) condenser, 12, 214 305( 1976) of substage thermal decomposition, 24, 227 (1960) (1976) Nylon film, 35, 67(1987) thermal studies,22,341,349(1974) thin films in pressurized cap­ Oak Leaf Roi ler Moth, book review ii lary tubes, 21, 229 (1973); 11, 15(1956) (Abstract) 21, 260(1973) Oak moth, 10, 240(1955) Nitroglycerine, 33, 187(1985) Oamaru diatomite, 12,3,111(1950), Nitroguani dine, 33, 187( 1985) (see also diatoms) Nitroso-R-salt (reagent), 29, 87 deposits, 13, 141, 169(1962) (1981) Object ive(s), Nitzschia firthii, 5, 131(1943) as condensers, 7, 25(1948) Nitzschia porous plates, 14, centring, 11, 103(1957) (1963) changer, centring, 11, 282(1958) Nobert 1 s Rulings,6,250,278(1947); guard, 12, 326(1961) 29, 77( 1981) mounts, design of, 9, 324(1954) test plates, 11, 35(1956) of long working distance, 7, 183 Noble metal microscopes, 35, 217 (1948) ( 1987) reflecting, 9, 78(1952); 9, 120, Nomarsky DIC, 31, 223(1983);32,63 266( 1953) (1984); 35, 279(1987) substitute for 4-inch;7,54(1948) Nomenclature, 7, 25(1948); 7,225, testing by interferometry, 9, 37 253(1949); 7, 310(1950) ( 1952) alterations in, 7, 25(1948) water immersion, 11, 315(1958) of the Rotatoria, 11, 60(1956) Objective marker, 8,41(1950); 10, proposals for brevity, 6, 266 164( 1955) (1947) Objects, Rotifera, 7, 225, 253 (1949); 7, exchange of, etc. 8, 209(1951) 310(1950); 8, 22(1950) from a microscopist 1 s cabinet, rules of, 6, 328(1948) 13, 33, 121(1961); 13, 150,225 Nonmetal I ic inclusions, 15, 116, (1962) (1966); 17, 145(1969);(Ab­ Obi ique light controversy, 7,167, stract) 19, 428 (1971); 20, 57 193( 1949) (1972) Observer's Book of Freshwater Norman, J.T., 11, 237(1957) Fish of the British Isles, Notes on Histology, book review, book review, 5, 96(1942) 8, 189( 1951) Observer's Book of Pond Life,book Notes on the microscope, 14, 257 review, 11, 16(1956) (1964); 14, 351 (1965); 15, 37 0 1Connor, R., 10, 220(1955) (1965) 0 i I immersion condenser, design Notes on Microscopical Technique for, 11, 179(1957) for Zoologists, book review,6, Old eel Is, 8, 290(1952) 83( 1946) Old Fourlegs, book review, 12, 80 Nuclear fuel by image analysis, (1958) porosity measurement, 21, 23 Oldham Microscopical Society, 7, (1973) 167(1949) Nuclear fuel Porosity measurement Old timers, 5, 48(1942) (Abstract) 20, 293(1972) Olympus CHA-POL review, 33, 162 Nuclear materials, quantitative ( 1985) image analysis, 19, 65(1971) Olympus POS review, 33, 162(1985) Nuclear track, 34, 319(1986) Omnicon image analysis system in Nuclear track counting,(Abstract) pollution control, (Abstract) 19,442(1971); 20,127,175(1972) 21, 246(1973)

cvi i Omni con pattern ana I ys is system, Optical properties of explosives, 23, 239( 1975) 20, 233( 1972) On a postage stamp, 8, 306(1952) Optical scanning microscopy, 100 Years Ago, 30, 182(1982); 31, computer control led,22,247(1974) 88,186,331(1983); 32,82(1984); OTF enhancement scheme,CAb­ 33, 111,199,285(1985); 34, 45, stract) 21, 264(1973) 119,357(1986);35,196,216(1987) Optical, SEM and TEM Study of 150 years ago, 35, 118(1987) Transformed Steel Structures, Oocytes, S.L. Mailey, 27, 41(1979) of the gastropod of the earth- Opt i ca I studies of the e I evated worm, 18, 143(1970) temperature behavior of foam­ of the millipede, 16, 359(1948) able vinyl plastisols, 21, 201 Opaque illuminator, 7, 75(1948) (1973) Optec Reactors Ltd., new endo­ Optical Workshop Principles, book review scope, 14, 129(1964) 5, 183(1944) Optics, fiber, 26, 69(1978) Opthalmic instruments, Zeiss, 13, Optics, geometrical, books on,10, 219(1962) 53( 1954) Optic nerve, bovine, 30,171(1982) Organic compounds,hot stage meth­ Optical and crystallographic ods for identification of, 14, properties, of mannitol, 18, 239( 1964) 279( 1970) 110rganic" glass, 1, 71(1937) Optical and crystallographic Orientation of uniaxial crystal propert4es of m-nitrobenzoic plates, 14, 15(1963) acid, 2~, 1(1977) OSHA regulations, 26, 183(1975) Optical and electron microscopy, Osmic "Acid", a substitute for,1, 12, 197t 1960) 29(1937) Optical bench design, 5,67(1942); Osmium tetroxide,11, 159,187(1957) 5, 283, 296(1945) OTF enhancement scheme, 22, 151 Optical contrast, 32, 133(1984) ( 1974) Optical bench, universal, 9, 257 OTF enhancement scheme for opti­ (1953) ca I scanning microscopy, (Ab­ Optical crystallographic proper­ stract) 21, 264(1973); 22, 151 ties of pyrimidine and purine (1974) bases and derivatives, 25, 179 Oven for drying s I i des, 11, 31 0 (1977) ( 1958) Optical crystallography, 14, 60 Oxide inclusions, 16, 151(1968) (1963>; 14, 299,366(1965); 15, 0 yo)e7 (genus of spiders),18,313 63(1966); 15,480 (117)*(1967); ( 9 0) 30, 17, 203, 249(1982);31,187, PCBs, 32, 148, 277(1984); 33, 241 250,260(1983);33,23,121(1985): ( 1985) 35, 1, 13,67( 1987) Paint, 35, 173(1987) Optical crystallography of two examination (forensic), 31, 120, rare earth minerals, 21, 39 124( 1983) (1973) pigments, 35, 173(1987) Optical glass, 10, 326(1956) Paint burshes, pigmentation of Optical images, filtering, 32,119 fibres, 9, 287(1954) (1984) Paint film sections, 8, 187(1951) Optical indicatrix, Csmal I parti­ Paint films, 35, 233(1987) cle key identifier) (Abstract) pigment di spars ion, (Abstract), 21, 253(1973); 22, 181(1974) 24, 312(1976) Opt i ca I isomers, 29, 161 (1981) Paint films, water permeability, Optical Microscope Technique,book 8, 142( 1951) review, 13, 111(1961) Paper, 16, 21(1968) Optical Microscopy Method to Dis­ coatings, 18, 73(1970) play Pigment Agglomerates in making, 18, 123(1970) Polymer Particles, A.Orzechow­ Paper covers for slides, 10, 80 ski, 27, 5(1979) ( 1954)

cvi ii Paper pulp, 8, 267(1951) ised I ight microscopy, 23, 21 Paraboloid, the, 5, 120(1943) ( 1975) Para-chloro-meta-cresol, 9, 244 by TEM, 31, 63(1983) (1953) dispersion of the opt i ca I ind i - Para-chlorophenol, 9, 244(1953) catrix as a key identifying Paraffin blocks, mounting, 9,131, characteristic, 22, 131(1974) 153, 273(1953) e I ectron microscope mi croa na I y- infiltration, 9, 25(1952) ses in pathological conditions Paraffin blocks, simple method of (Abstract) 23, 263(1975) moulding, 11, 73(1956) image analysis of size and shape Paraffin infiltration, query, 8, (Abstract) 23, 272(1975) 317(1952) pulverized fuel fly ash, 22, 159 Paraffin, liquid, as mountant, 5, (1974) 3( 1942) sub-nanogram part i cI e x-ray an­ Paraffin oil for clearing, 10,109 a I ys is, 22, 221(1974) (1954) Particle manipulation, 15, 146 Paraffin, soft, in fluid mounting (1966) 6, 315(1948) Particle manipulation, (Abstract) Paraldehyde as dehydrator, 8, 316 24, 318(1976) (1952) Particle measurement computer, Paramecium bursaria, 8, 165(1951) application technology, (Ab­ Paraplast, 14, 298(1965) stract) 19,443(1971); MC,19, Parasites, removal from posts, 6, 285( 1971) 277(1947); 6, 308(1948) Particle mounting CTEM>, 31, 63 Paris,microscopist in,9,189(1953) (1983) Particle analysis, 15, 389 (26)* Particle recovery from Aroclor, (1967); 29, 153(1981); 35, 159 32, 148( 1984) (1987) Particle rep I ication, techniques and identification, 26, 41(1978) and applications, 14,306(1965) dispersion staining, 17,29(1969) Particle shape, 30, 192(1982) mounting media, 17, 205(1969) Particle size, 30, 190(1982) radioactive particle isolation, Particle size analysis,15,1(1965) 17, 25( 1969) 15, 116, 136, 148,267(1966); 16, reference standard, 17,291(1969) 181(1968) refractive index measurement,17, Particle Size Calculations CSim­ 83, (1969) pl icications of), McKiernan, SEM, 30, 201(1982) P.V., and White, G. W., 28, 29 size distributions, 17,105(1969) (1980) Particle analysis system, Particle size distribution,25,127 automated, 21, 121(1973) (1977) electron microprobe, (Abstract) Particle size distributions, "How 21, 252(1973) to Mathematica I I y Mode I Par­ Particle(s), t ic I e Size Distributions11 ,Vol. association,30,195(1982) 24, p. 213, correction (Letter atlas, (Abstract) 20, 293(1972) to the Editor), 25, 146(1977) boundaries, 15, 216, 281(1966) Particle size distributions,math- characterization,30,185,201,202, matical model ling,24,213(1976) 204, 315(1982); 31, 187(1983) Particle size distribution of counter, 15,1(1965); 15,116,148, polymer latices, CAbstract)19,427 267(1966) ( 1971) dispersion, 29,141(1981) Particle size distribution using embedment, 15, 385 (22)* (1967) the Quantimet 720, (Abstract) homogeneity,30,195(1982) 22, 229( 1974) Particle characterization by PLM, Particle surface, 30, 194(1982) (Part I I I), 31, 187(1983) Particles, detectability, 11, 273 Particle identification, 29, 19 (1958) (1981); 32, 1, 148(1984) Particulate materials from molten accessory techniques in polar- sodium (Abstract) 20,296(1972)

cix Particulate pollutants, appl ica­ pl ications of the ~ image tion of the Quantimet 720 (Ab­ analysing computer,CAbstract) stract) 21, 249(1973) 19,436(1971); 20,111(1972) Particulates, electron microscopy Pharmaceutical industry, 26, 41 of, 13, 270(1963) (1978) Patch stops, 1, 4(1937) Pharmaceut ica I industry, contam­ Pathology, 15, 230(1966) i nation control,CAbstract) 21, Pattern recognition, (Abstract) 259(1973); 22, 209(1974) 20, 37, 302(1972) Phase analysis, 16, 171 (1968) concepts for automatic image an­ Phase and amplitude contrast, 20, alysis, 19, 77(1971) 101 (1972) instrumentation, 16, 44(1968) Phase boundaries, quantitative on the Quantimet 720, (Abstract) image analysis, (Abstract) 19, 19, 427( 1971) 429( 1971) Quantimet Cytoscreen for cervi­ Phase contrast, 15, 516(1967);16, cal smears, (Abstract) 19, 433 32(1968); 34, 337(1986);35,279 ( 1971) (1987) Pattern recognition by automatic colour screens, 8, 103(1950) image analysis, (Abstract) 21, device, 17, 235(1969) 255(1973); 22, 27(1974) extra-objective device, 8, 43 Payne, B.O., 14, 104( 1963) ( 1950); 8, 183( 1951) Peanut, 32, 83(1984) making apparatus, 8, 85(1950) Pedal glands of rotifer Floscul­ mounting media for living speci­ aria ringens, 17, 295(1969) mens, 10, 10( 1954) Pelomyxa,12,60(1958);12,213(1960) test objects, 8, 103(1950) Penicillin and it's sources,5,205 twelfth-in.objective,8,163(1951) (1944) Phase contrast, amplitude con­ Pentose nucleic acid,12,245(1960) trast, 9, 148, 215(1953) Peranema, 6, 302(1948) and resolution, 9, 80 (1952); 9, Perceptor Transformer,34,81(1986) 137( 1953) Perchlorates, 33, 73(1985) Phase contrast microscopy, 6, 29 Performance criteria for image 101(1946); 6, 124,144,167,169, analysis equipment, (Abstract) 177 ,252 ( 1947) 19, 435(1971); 20, 275(1972) Phase diagrams, 15, 13(1965) Permanent slides, 34, 229(1986) Phase microscopy of unmounted Permanent set-up for microscope, specimens, 23, 127(1975) 12, 265(1960) Phenol-chloralhydrate, 11,6(1956) Permanganate and osmium fixation, (Phenylazophenyl) Palladium hexa­ comparison of, 14, 458(1965) fluoroacetylacetonate dyes,33, Perspex, apparatus, 6, 109(1946) 23( 1985) use of, 6,266(1947); 6,307(1948) Phloxines, 5, 4(1942) Pesticides, 33, 115(1985) Phonograph records, wear charac­ Peterborough Mi croscop -i ca I Soc i teristics, 23, 55(1975) ety, 8, 110(1950) Phospholipids, acid haematein Petrographic laboratory technique test, 12, 316(1961) 5, 112, 141( 1943); 5, 157' 185, Photoelectric meters,14,149(1964) 218, 241 ( 1944) Photographic materials for photo­ Petrographic microscope for iden­ micrography, 19, 177( 1971) tification of cement types, Photographic materials, prepara­ (Abstract) 23, 267(1975) tion for microscopical examin­ Petrographic Microtechnique, book ation, 11, 111, 139, 173(1957) review, 6, 233(1947) Photographic sensitivity, (Ab­ Petrography, 15, 351(1967);33,255 stract) 24, 320(1976) ( 1985) Photographing Nature, C.Nuridsany Petrography, semi-automatic, and M. Perennous, 1976 (book ultra thin, ceramic, 14, 200 review) 25, 212(1977) (1964) Photographie und forschung, 10, Pharmaceutical and clinical ap- 272( 1956)

ex Photography as an aid to scienti­ (1960); 15, 127(1966) fic work, (review) 5,156(1943) color film reproduction fide! ity Photomacrography, 29,13(1981);30, 17, 97(1969) 208 (1982); 32, 219(1984); 33, color screens, 1, 35(1937) 149(1985); 34, 1, 85-91(1986) contrast, 1,40(1937);8, 180(1951) and photomicrography, light tech­ of Daphnia, 9, 13(1952) niques, 26, 1(1978) developers, 9, 16(1952) and photomicrography, obi ique development, 8, 180(1951) transmitted I ight techniques, drawtube camera, 1, 119(1937) 25, 147( 1977) electronic flash, 11, 312(1958); "macro" photography attachment, 12, 113( 1959); 17, 15( 1969) entomological, 7, 291,313(1950); 9, 324(1954) 8,36,98(1950); 8,176(1951) printing, 9, 59(1952) exposure, 8, 178(1951) "reprox" attachment for close up exposure control, 28, 23(1980) 9, 324( 1954) exposure measurement, 14, 286 R.P.S. Symposium, 9, 147(1953) (1964) Sabattier effect, 9, 5 (1952) exposure meter, 5, 69(1942) with the Leitz Aristophot,21,215 exposure time, visual determin- (1973) ation of, 14, 34, 55(1963) Zeiss Tessovar, 19,.171(1971) eyepieces, 10, 173(1955) Photomakroscop, 30, 54(1982) f i be rs, 17, 168 C1969) Photometer system, computer con­ f i I ters, 8, 176( 1951) trol led,CAbstract)24,316(1976) flash fluorescence, 17, 15(1969) Photometers for photomicrography, focusing, 8, 177(1951) 12, 64(1958); 12,106,119(1959) focusing screen, 11, 318 (1958); 12, 148( 1960) 12, 2, 83( 1958) Photometric microscopy, 30, 212 focusing stage for Iow powers, ( 1982) 9, 155(1953) Photometric recording of fusion identifying negatives,9,59(1952) phenomena, 17, 71(1969) light tent, 14; 253(1964) Photometry and the Eye (Review), I iving material, 12, 113(1959) 8, 154(1951) I iving organisms, 8, 252(1951) Photomicrograph, alternative word I iving specimens, (Abstract) 5, to, 5, 192( 1944) 184( 1944) Photomicrographs-Art,24,303(1976) low-power apparatus, 5, 7(1942) Photom i crographs taken through magnifications, 1, 114(1937) the Wild M20 microscope,21,177 metal-shaded fibers,17,168(1969) ( 1973) "microflex" camera, 10, 103(1954) Photomicrographic Society, 5,283, "miniature", (Abstract) 5, 195 320(1945); 6, 27, 55(1946); 6, ( 1944) 140,168,224,280(1947); 6, 308, moving particles, 10, 42(1954) 328 (1948); 7, 28, 56, 84, 112 new electron flash (Abstract)24, (1948); 7, 140, 167, 251, 278 308 ( 1976) (1949); 7, 311, 331 (1950); 8, new film (Abstract) 20,305(1972) 26,83,110(1950); 8,135,191,274 obi ique transmitted I ight tech­ ( 1951) niques, (Abstract)24,310C1976) founding of, 12, 295(1960) 25, 147( 1977) of Liverpool, 11, 236(1957) opt i ca I benches, 5,283, 296( 1945) Photomicrography, 30, 206,208,209 9, 257( 1953) (1982); 31, 245(1983); 32, 219 and photomacrography,I ight tech­ ( 1984); 34, 161, 389( 1986) niques, 26, 1(1978) camera attachment, 1, 164(1938) photometers for, 12,64(1958);12, characteristics and choice of 106, 119(1959); 12, 148(1960) materials, 19, 177(1971) plate camera, simple, 5,78(1942) cine, 5, 266,296( 1945); 10, 182, plates, 8, 176(1951) 211,231 ( 1955) polymorphism of 1,1,1-trinitroe- cine, lenses for, 1, 113(1937) thane and hexanitroethane, 17, color, 1, 7 (1937>; 12, 155, 225 141 (1969)

cxi pressurised specimen chamber,17, Pipette, new form, 5, 252(1945) 287(1969) Pittock, F. J. (Obituary), 8, 224 radulae, 8, 53,81,82,83(1950) ( 1951) recording exposures, 6,263(1947) 7TMC analysis techniques for liq­ review CAI len), 12, 218(1960) uid-borne contaminants, (Ab­ review, 13, 248(1962) stract) 21, 250 (1973) rock sections, 5, 24(1945) 7TMC image analysing computer,20, with the Science and Meehan i cs 111 (1972) exposure meter, 17, 119(1969) 7TMC particle measurement com­ stereoscopic,1,3,46,57,124(1937) puter, 19, 285(1971) 35 mm, 12, 180( 1960) application technology,(Ab- 35 mm color(Review),13,168(1962) stract) 19, 443(1971) tubelength, 8, 98(1950) 7TMC pharmaceut i ca I and c Ii n i ca I vertical apparatus, 1, 31(1937) applications,(Abstract) 19,436 with Leeunwenhoek microscope, 6, ( 1971) 281 ( 1948) 7TMC pract i ca I aspects of count­ Photomicrography in Theory and ing asbestos, 23, 93 (1975) Practice (Review>, 6, 69(1946) 7TMC system, airborne contamina­ Photomicrography of Submicrometer tion assessment and control, Size Birefringent Contaminants (Abstract) 21, 249 (1973) (or Additives) in Carbon Black 7TMC technology for fine powder Dispersions in Polymer Parti­ analysis, (Abstract) 20, 303 cles, A. Orzechowski, 27, 133 (1972) (1979) Placing the cover, 9, 118,218,251 Photomicroscopical investigation ( 1953) ofthe fragmentation of hydro­ Planaria, an uncertain, 10, 221 meteors, (Abstract) 20, 297 (1955) (1972); 21, 149(1973) offensive armour, 10, 191 (1955) Photomicroscopy, critical 35 mm, Planarian worms, 8, 185(1951) 23, 195( 1975) Plankton collecting, query, 8,301 Phyl logonostreptus nigrolabiatus, ( 1952) 16, 359( 1968) Plankton diatoms, 1, 23(1937) Physical Society Annual Exhibi­ Plankton new, floats for, 5, 313 tion, 11, 1(1956) ( 1945) Physical Society Exhibition, 9, Plant Hairs, 6, 40, 74 (1946); 6, 184( 1953); 12, 78( 1958); 12, 169 130( 1947) (1960); 13, 263(1963) Plant metabolism, 34, 329(1986) Physicist looks at microscopy,30, Plant physiology, 34, 329(1986) 65( 1982) Plant science formulae,(review)5, Phytoplankton eel I images, com­ 42( 1942) puter analysis, 24, 181(1976) Plant tissue, 32, 83, 133(1984) Picric acid, removing,9,221(1953) Plants, gravity perception,(Ab­ Picture processing by convention­ stract) 20, 295(1972) al computers,CAbstract) 19,431 Plasmodium falciparum,33,43(1985) ( 1971) Plastic covers, 5,74(1942); 9,325 Pigment dispersibil ity,CAbstract) ( 1954) 19,445(1971); 19,337(1971) Plastic embedding, 32, 83(1984) Pigment dispersion, 16, 123(1968) Plastic films, 31, 75(1983) Pigment identification, 29, 19 Plastic, pigment dispersibi I ity, ( 1981) (Abstract) 19, 445 ( 1971); 19, Pine looper moth,CReview), 10,110 337( 1971) (1954) Plastisols, optical studies, 21, Pine shoot moth and re Iated spe- 201 ( 1973) cies, (Review) 11, 157(1956) Plate camera for photomicrography Pinhole objective, 10, 236(1955) 5, 78( 1942) Pinnularia, 33, 310, 313(1985) Plates, photographic, 8,176(1951) Pioneers of bacteriology, 1, 165 types of, 1, 37(1937) ( 1938) Platyhelminthes, 1, 85(1937)

cxi i Pleochroism, 30, 318(1982);31,260 187( 1981) (1983) microscope, 34, 331(1986);35,159 Pleurosigma, 1, 91(1937) ( 1987) angulatum, 5, 128, 132(1943); 5, Polarizing equipment, 7,211(1949) 272( 1944); 15, 177( 1966); 32, films, 5, 274(1945) 151(1984);33,65,157,313(1985) microscope objects for, 8, 265 balticum, 5, 148(1943) (1951); 8, 293, 307(1952) compactum, 5, 148(1943) Polarizing microscope, oceanicum, 5, 148(1943) in the conservation of paintings smithianum, 5, 148(1943) and other works of art, 21,101 thuringicum, 9, 243(1953) (1973) Plutonium, 31, 235(1983) hot stage methods, 21, 29(1973) P.M.S., member's notebook, 11, 21 Polaroid, 8,240(1951);9,105{1952) { 1956) disorganized, 7, 49(1948) Pocket microscope, 11, 8(1956) for stereoscopic eyepiece, 7,274 Podura, 1, 95(1937) ( 1949) scale markings, 7, 50(1948) Polaroid, H., 6, 119(1947) scales, 6,267(1947); 6,326(1948) Polaroid prints, 35, 53(1987) Point counter microscope, 10, 68 Polaroid spectacles, 8, 159(1951) {1954) Polished surfaces, 34, 348(1986) Polanret• microscope; biomedical Polishing metals and glass, 6,145 applications,CAbstract) 24,308 ( 1947) {1976) Pollen, 1, 76, 127(1937) Polanret• microscope, some of its a peculiar, 9, 165(1952) applications,CAbstract) 24,307 Loranthus namaquensis, 8, 214 (1976) ( 1951) Polar vibration direction, 30,316 Pollen studies, techniques and (1982) applications (Abstract) 24,321 Polaroid SX-70, 30, 50(1982) (1976) Polarisation, 26, 73(1978) Polyanions, new histochemical Polarisation interference micro- smear technique for, 14, 260 scope, 18, 113{ 1970) (1964) Polarised I ight microscopy in the Polychlorinated biphenyls,3~,148, conservation of works of art, 277( 1984) {Abstract) 20, 297(1972) Polyester film, 35, 67 (1987) Polarising microscope - foreign Polyglycolic acid, 18, 203(1970) body granulomas,CAbstract) 20, Polymer-fiber composites, 34, 347 287( 1972) {1986) Polariscope for detection of Polymer films, stain, 12, 44(1958) conoscopy,{Abstract)24,307C1976) Polarised Light Studies of Nitro­ Polymer identification, 34, 29 v cellulose, J. A. Kohl beck, 27, (1986) 67( 1979) Polymer latices-particle size Polariser, vibration direction,9, distribution,CAbstract) 19,427 92( 1952) ( 1971) Polarising microscope, accessory Polymeric film characterisations, techniques for particle iden­ \ a microscopically measurable v tification, 23, 21(1975) parameter, 23, 157(1975) Polarising Microscope, book re­ Polymers, 16, 123, 243,295(1968); view, 8, 240(1951) 31, 75(1983); 35, 33, 67, 159 Polarization colors, anomalous, ( 1987) 31, 2 52 { 1983) Polymers and knitted cotton fab­ Polarized Light, 8, 53,81,82,104, rics, 21, 161(1973) 105{1950);8,133,134,150(1951); Polymerization of mounting media, 33, 121{1985);35,319(1987)_ 34, 203(1986) for detection of dust, 7, 216 Polymorphism, 15, 13(1965); 15,63 {1949) (1966); 33, 23(1985); 35, 273 identification of particles, 31, ( 1987)

cxi ii Polynitroalkane esters, crystal­ Portable microscope, McArthur,11, lographic properties, 19, 151 315(1958) ( 1971) Portland cement, 31, 37(1983);32, Polypropylene fibers~31,139(1983) 265( 1984) Polypropylene, spherulite content Portland cement clinker, 29, 127 and distribution, 23,145(1975) (1981); 30, 229, 291(1982) Polysaccharides, new combination Portland cement cl inker, bel ites strain, 14, 250(1963) in, 25, 191(1977) Polystyrene sheet, extruded high Porton reticle, 35, 267(1987) impact, high glos~ of, 14, 106 Postage stamps, microscope on, 9, (1963) 51, 109( 1952) i 9,309( 1953) i 8, Polyvinyl alcohol, 8,17(1948); 8, 306(1952); 24,279(1976); 26,97 139,172,254,263 (1949); 8, 282 ( 1978) ( 1950) Postal Clubs, origins,6,316(1948) mountant, 9,1(1952); 9,275(1953) Postal Microscopical Society, 5, alcohol mounting medium, new,10, 137(1943); 6, 89(1946); 6, 280 66( 1954) 295,296(1947); 7, 308(1950);8, staining techniques,10,141(1955) 26(1950); 12, 52(1958); 13, 22 Polyvinyl chloride, 16, 243(1968) (1961); 14, 173(1964); 14, 419 Porosity measurement by image an­ ( 1965) alysis, (Abstract) 20,293(1972) Potassium acetate solution, Polyzoa, 11,6, crests of, 10, 200(1955) 47( 1956) fresh water, 6, 274(1947) Pond life, 1, 27, 111(1937); 11,16 cobalt, infra-red spectrum, 13, 60(1956); 11,162(1957); 11,245 295( 1963) ( 1958) potassium hydrargiodide, 10, 205 collecting, 12, 7, 29(1958); 12, ( 1955) 144( 1960) Potassium ferrocyanide (reagent), chambered slide, 12, 57(1958) 29, 87(1981) nannoplankton, 12, 142(1960) Potassium thiocyanate (reagent), Pond I ife (see also Rotifera),6, 29, 87( 1981) 77( 1948); 6, 183( 1949) i 6, 260 Powder analysis with the MC, (1949); 6,302(1948);7,77(1948) (abstract) 20, 303(1972) 7, 183, 260( 1949) Powel I, Miss, 10, 220(1955) aids for observations, 7, 186 Powel I and Lealand high-power (1949) prism, 9, 159, 188(1953) Bryozoa, crests of, 10,200(1955) microscopes, 6, 95(1946); 6, 165 centrifuge for smal I aquatic an- (1947); 6, 307(1948) imals, 10, 275(1956) objectives, 6, 307, 327(1948) Choanoflagel lates, 10, 228(1955) Powel I and Leland stand, 8, 160 Coleps, 10, 225(1955) (1951); 10, 292(1956) Commensalism, 10, 253(1956) Practical Manual of Medical and flatworms, 10, 200(1955) Biological Staining Techniques garden, 1, 84(1937) book review, 11, 156(1957) restraining, 9, 162(1953) Pract i ca I Microscope (Martin and Pond net, 9, 289(1954) Johnson), book review, 12, 80 making, 6, 88 (1946); 6, 194 ( 1958) ( 1947) Practical Microscopy,book review, history, 6, 121(1947) 7, 276(1949); 13, 164(1962) Pond query, 11,243(1957>; 11,270, Practical optical crystallography 281 ( 1958) book review, 14, 299,366(1965) Pondura scale, 11, 269(1958) Practical Optics, book review, 6, Poor microscopist 1 s hotstage, 34, 87( 1946) 77(1986); 35, 291(1987) Practical Photomicrography, book Porosity measurement in nuclear review, 7, 55(1948) fuel by image analysis, 21, 23 Praseodymium hydroxide sol,15,441 (1973) (78)* (1967) Portable microscope, 34, 293, 383 Pree is de Mi croscop i e, book re­ ( 1986) view, 7, 275(1949)

cxiv Preparation and Mounting of Mi­ Proteus vulgaris, fi Im shown to croscopic Objects, 9,242(1953) British Association, 11, 59 9, 319( 1954) ( 1956) ';- Preparation and Mounting of Mi­ Protoplasm, book review, 7, 147 scop i c Objects, book review, (1949) 10, 20( 1954) Protozoan parasites of fish, 9, Preparation, 126, 149, 185, 227(1953) of chromosomes, 11, 43(1956) of warty newt, 9, 183(1953) of photographic materials for Protozoan, gigantic CPorospora microscopical examination, 11, glgantea), 5, 217(1944) 111, 139, 173(1957) Pseudo-Ruti I aria moni le, 9, 24 Preparation of Tin and Tin Alloys (1952) for Microscopical Examination, 11 Pseudochromosomes", 15,203(1966) book review, 11, 155(1957) Pseudoscience, 30, 232(1982) Preserving caterpillars, book re­ Pseudoscorpion sperm, 16, 369,373 view, 7, 110( 1948) (1968) Pressure eel Is for optical micro­ Psychoda bergalensis,16,363(1968) scope, 23, 61(1975) Pulmonate embryos, microscopy of, Pressure hot stage,CAbstract) 23, 6, 152( 1947) 265( 1975) Pulverized fuel ash, microscopic Pressurized specimen eel I, 17,287 identification, (Abstract) 21, (1969) 258( 1973) Principles and Techniques of Pumice, 30, 17(1982) electron Microscopy: Bio log i­ Pump vacuum, 9, 322(1954) ca I Applications, Vol.6 Ed. M. Punch cards, 31, 22 (1983) A. Hayat, 1976 25, 86(1977) Purchasin~ a Microscope,Goldberg, Printing photomicrographs, 9, 59 0. I 28, 9(1980) ( 1952) Pyritic fossils; preparation, 14, Printing stereo-transparencies,6, 403( 1965) 10( 1946) Pyrotechnics, 33, 1(1985) Prints to glaze, 1, 160(1938) Pyrotechnic systems, hot stage "Prism and Lens Making", 9, 47 microscopy, 23, 227(1975) ( 1952) Pyth ium de baryanum, 5, 257( 1945) Prism bi nocu I ars for short range Pyrvinium pamoate, 18, 287(1970) work, 9, 154( 1953) Pyxicola species, 11, 245(1958) Pritchard, Andrew, 25, 65(1977) "Price Medal SI ides", 5,273(1945) QMS image analysis system, (Ab­ Problem solving, 35, 159(1987) Problems and properties of lenses stract) 19, 431(1971) 1, 69, 97(1937); 1, 155(1938) quantitative metallographic Proceedings of the I nternat i ona I phase analysis, 16, 171(1968) Microscopy Symposium, Chicago, Qua I ity control, book review, 13, 223(1962) image analysis,CAbstract) 19,431 Professional mounters,6,268(1947) ( 1971) 6, 296(1948) steel, 20, 57, 83, 302 (Ab­ Proficiency testing, 30,105(1982) stract) 304(1972) Profilometry, 35, 33(1987) Vickers automatic inclusion Progress Report, book review, 8, classifier, 16, 273(1968) 136, 189( 1951) Quantimet applications, Projecting low and medium power areal analysis, 16, 115(1968) images, 13, 51(1961) automatic focus, (Abstract) 19, a f I ea, 11 , 234 C19 57) 432( 1971) Projection, absorption of heat,8, biology, 19, 41(1971) 292( 1952) boron in steel, 16, 115(1968) three dimensional, 12, 247(1960) clay fabric, (Abstract) 19, 377, Propellant powders, 33, 187(1985) 445( 1971) Propel I ants, 33, 187( 1985) cytoscreen, (Abstract) 19, 433 Propoxyphene, 29, 161(1981) ( 1971)

cxv deoxidation products in steel, analysis of distribution and 16, 137( 1968) orientation of dispersed electron microscopy,16,181(1968) phases in multiphase materials, (Abstract) 19, 427( 1971) 21, 49(1973) image analysis of clay fabric, analysis of the human motor end (Abstract) 19, 377, 445(1971) plate,(Abstract) 19, 441(1971) meta I lography, 16, 163( 1968) analysis of particles, specimen non-metal lie inclusions, 16, 189 preparation problems, (Ab­ (1968) stract) 23, 267(1975) oxide inclusions, 16, 151(1968) applications of the nuclear phase analysis, 16, 171(1968) track technique,CAbstract) 19, pigment dispersions,16,123(1968) 442(1971); 20, 175(1972) pigment parameter scanning for area analysis of composite mate­ malignant eel ls,(Abstract) 19, rials, 16, 115(1968) 435( 1971) assessment of aerosol holograms, standardization, 18, 85(1970) (Abstract) 23, 266(1975) stereological problems, 16, 95 detection of alpha particles in (1968) certain dielectric materials, to determine a single number for (Abstract) 21, 257 (1973); 22, the dispersabi I ity of a pig­ 141(1974) ment, (Abstract) 19, 337(1971); determination of surface topog­ 19, 445(1971) raphy by I ight microscopy, 21, Quantimet 360,inclusion analyser, 59( 1973) (Abstract) 19, 429 (1971); 19, electron microscopy,13,330(1963) 430(1971); 20, 1,21C1971>;CAb­ 16, 181 (1968) stract) 20, 304(1972) evaluation of pigment disper­ Quantimet 720, sions, 16, 123(1968) area sizing and pattern recogni­ histochemical studies,CAbstract) tion, 20, 37(1972) 19, 437(1971) automation of counting asbestos Quantitative image analysis, fibers,(Abstract) 21,262(1973) a new electro-optical system,19, cine imaging system,CAbstract) 205( 1971) 19, 432(1971) a review, 19,21(1971) detection systems,(Abstract) 19, a simplified approach,CAbstract) 432(1971); 20, 183(1972) 29' 31 6 ( 1981 ) determination of size distribu­ determination of phase bound- tions of monodispersed latices aries, (Abstract) 19, 429(1971) 22, 229( 1974) instrument errors, 19, 87(1971) feature classification, (ab­ medicine and biology,19,41(1971) stract) 20, 304(1972) commercial metal I ic materials, in the monitoring of particulate 19, 31 ( 1971) pollutants, (Abstract) 21, 249 manganese sulphide inclusions, (1973) (Abstract) 19, 403 (1971); 19, pattern recognition, (Abstract) 430( 1971) 19, 427( 1971) nuclear materials, 19, 65(1971) series, recent addition, (Ab­ Quantitative investigations of stract) 20, 301(1972) the orientation and distribu­ soil micromorphotometry, 20, 243 tion of dispersed phases, (Ab­ (1972) stract) 19, 444(1971) 7200 for densitometry,CAbstract) Quantitative microprobe analysis 19,440(1971); 20,203(1972) 26, 55(1978) 720P for biological assay, (Ab­ Quantitative microscopy, image stract) 19, 442(1971); 20,165, formation, (Abstract) 19, 427 (1972) (1971) 7205 linked to scanning electron Quantitative reflectance and mi­ microscope, (Abstract) 19, 428 crohardness measurements in (1971) mineral identification, (Ab­ Quantitative, stract) 23, 262(1975)

cxvi Quantitative scanning electron 82,83( 1950) microscopy, (Abstract) 21, 244 mounting, 8, 92(1950) (1973); 23, 47(1975) Raman microprobe, 30, 203(1982) Quantitative shape parameters for Rank Cintel flying spot particle microstructural features, (Ab­ resolver, 15, 119(1966) stract) 23, 261 (1975); 26, 49 Rare earth minerals,optical crys­ (1978) tallography, 21, 39(1973) Quantitative study, 7, 197(1949) Ray Society, 7, 114 (1949); 9, 12 Quartz, 30, 17(1982) (1952); 11, 208(1959); 12, 105 Quartz sand, 33, 91(1985) ( 1959) "Queer" quartz, 35, 1 (1987) Ralfs, J., 10, 165(1955); 10, 331 Quekett centenary, 15, 10(1965) (1956) Quekett, John Thomas, 13,70(1961) Razor blades, sharpening, 12, 104 11 Quekett Club Man", 5, 77( 1942) (1959); 12, 227(1960) Quekett Microscopical Club, 5, Reading Microscopical Society,11, 100( 1942); 5, 108( 1943) i 5, 165, 162(1957); 11, 271, 318(1958); 182, 217 (1944); 7, 251(1949); 12, 27, 54,82(1958); 12, 165, 195 7, 311(1950); 8, 26 (1950>; 8, (1960); 12, 328(1961); 13, 105 136, 275(1951); 8, 323 (1952); (1961); 13, 224(1962) n, 105 c1961>; n, 224C1962>; Recent diatoms, treatment of,1,45 13, 287,327(1963); 14, 164,263 ( 1937) (1964); 14, 338,365,447(1965) Recrystallization in dental enam­ founder of, 5, 230(1944) el, dissolution, 21, 81(1973) monographs of, 5, 248(1945) Recrystal I ization of ultramicro 34, 107(1986) Quinine sulfate, 33, 37(1985) samples, Redfern, J.H., 6, 296(1948) Reflectance and microhardness Racemic al lantoin, optical crys­ measurement, (Abstract) 23,262 tallographic properties of,14, ( 1975) 271( 1964) Reflected I ight microscopy (see Rack for slides, 6, 122(1947) also metallography) 15, 367 Radertiere CRotatorien), book re­ (1967); 29, 127(1981); 34, 347 view, 11, 17, 47(1956) (1986) Radioactive aerosol particulates, Reflected I ight microscopy of electron microscopy of, 14,130 redwood surfaces, 18, 61(1970) (1964) Reflected light Sehl ieren micros­ Radiation injury, copy, 30, 222(1982) 3-day chick embryo microcircula­ Reflecting materials,20,101(1972) tion, (Abstract) 19, 423(1971); Reflecting and additional devices 19, 127( 1971) 8, 183( 1951) Ionizing Effect on Cel Is, book Reflecting attachment,8,50(1950); review, 14, 59(1963) 8, 183( 1951) Radioactive fallout particles,17, Reflecting eyepiece, 10,218(1955) 25(1969) Reflecting field glasses, 7, 181 Radioactive materials, ( 1949) examination, 31, 235(1983) Reflecting microscope,7,180(1949) microscope for, 9, 49(1952) 9, 120( 1953) Radio-isotopes in tissue sections Beck, 8, 20(1950) 11, 49(1956) Burch, 8, 242(1951) Radiolaria, 13, 225(1962) objectives, 9, 78, 266(1953) Radiolarian material required,12, Reflectivity, automatic measure- 47 (1958) ments of, 18, 223(1970) Radula, Helix pomatia,8,225(1951) Reflection of I ight, 1, 71(1937) Radulae of Non-marine Mol lusca,6, Reflectometer, 18, 215(1970) 35 (1946); 6, 125,189,202,230, Refraction, 1, 97(1937) 272(1947); 6, 291,312(1948);7, Refractive index, 26, 127 (1978); 19,34,69,104(1948); 7, 118,188 30, 321(1982) 219,242(1949) determination for liquids,15,309 Radulae, photographing, 8, 53,81, ( 1967)

cxvi i dispersion, 14, 440,497(1965) (1966); 32, 93(1984) I iquid sodium, 14, 362(1965) Resolving power formula, 17, 249 measurement, 11, 3(1956); 17, 83 (1969) (1969); 31, 213(1983); 33,121, Reticle calibration, 35,267(1987) 169( 1985) Revolving specimens seen under measurement by dispersion stain­ microscope, 10, 178(1955) ing, 23, 213(1975) Rheinberg ii lumination, 10, 162, relationship with density,18,99, 245(1955); 33, 121 (1985) 267( 1970) Rhizosolenia Ehr., 5, 147(1943) standards, 33, 241(1985) Rhodinized mi-;::;::ors, 8, 153(1951) Refractive index, 34, 9(1986);35, Rhoicosigma oceanicum,5,148(1943) 67( 1987) Ribose nucleic acid, 12,245(1960) media: low refractive index,high Rice straw, scanning electron mi- refractive index, 34, 192, 194 croscopy, 23, 37(1975) (1986) Richards, o.w., 14, 275(1964) mounting media of, 34, 231-237 Ringing slides,, apparatus, for (1986) 11, 78(1957) Refractive indices, 26, 167(1978) Ringing varnishes, 1, 6(1937) Refractive indices, high, 5, 75 RMS-Chicago-66, 15, 239(1966) (1942); 5, 135(1943) Robinson, E.K., 11, 5( 1956) Refractometer, Rocket-firing aeroplanes, 5, 272 calcite crystal, 15, 309(1967) ( 1945) Mal lock, 11, 3(1956) Rock section, see Petrographic Laboratory Ni cho I s, 11 , 3 (19 56) Technique ; 11, 2 69 ( 19 58 ) Rock-slitting wheels, Reichert Univar, 9, 77(1952) 22, 117(1974) Rock specimens, mounting, 1, 41 Relaxing insects, 1, 89(1937) (1937) ammonia, 5, 215(1944) Ro iI I f Im camera attachment, new ethyl acetate, 5, 273(1955) 70 mm for Siemens electron mi­ Relief contrast, 15, 516,(1967) roscope, 14, 68(1963) Rel igio microscopisti, 34, 375 Roi I ing crystals, 31, 195(1983) (1986) Roman Snail, radula, 8, 225(1951) Remote control stereomicroscope, Ross, Sir Ronald (Microscope), 7, 13, 163( 1962) 113(1949) Remounting diatoms, 6, 110(1946) Rotating microscope stage, 9, 210 Rep I ica method, fundamental I im­ (1953) itation, 21, 183(1973) Rotation apparatus, 14, 81(1963); Reprox magnifier, 9, 324(1954) 14, 282(1964); 35,13(1987) Reptilian chromosomes, 16, 355 Rotatoria, nomenclature of, 11,60 (1968) ( 1956) Research Films in Biology, etc., Rotator i a of Upper St i I Iwater book review, 10, 335(1956) Swamp, book review,8,189(1951) Resinography, 31, 75(1983) Rotifera, 1, 112(1937>; 3,14(1946) Resinography, ASTM committee, 14, 5, 253,271,292,300,318 (1945); 281 ( 1964) 6, 3,31,78,98(1946); 6,160,205 the ways and meaning of, 14, 246 237(1947); 6,309(1948); 7, 65, (1964) (1948); 7,169,197(1949); 7,287 Resolution, 1, 36(1937); 11, 197, 322(1950); 14, 26(1963) 227(1957); 11, 302 (1958); 16, Adineta vaga, 6, 243(1947) 4(1968); 34, 361(1986) Asplachna priodonta, 6,239(1947) CA. pal lucida), 7,45,82,83(1948); commensal ism, 10, 253(1956) - 7, 139, 167, 193(1949) Diurel la porcel I us, 6, 31 ( 1947) of detail, 15, 177(1966) Epiphanes clavulata, 8,131(1951) SEM,CAbstract) 19, 432(1971) eyes of, 10, 145(1955) spurious, 7, 139,167,193(1949) feeding habits, 10, 309(1956) and visibility,10, 25(1954); 11, Fil inia longiesta, 6, 78(1947) 196, 222( 1957) i 11, 254,273,301 1 fingerprints 1 , 10, 285(1956) ( 1958) fluid mounts of, 9, 137(1953);9, Resolving power, 15,177, 216, 281 298 ( 1954)

cxvi ii Keratel la cocklearis,6,100(1947) Sandarac medium, 9, 221(1953) Keratel la quadrata, 6, 98(1947) Sarcoma, spontaneous in fish, 11, Limnias mel icerta, 10, 13( 1954) 133( 1957) mounting, 8, 273(1951) Sausage casings, microscopic ~til ina mucronata, 6, 34(1947) structure, 23, 103(1975) nomenclature, 5,271,318(1945);6, Sawflies, spermatheca, 10,282,318 50(1946); 6, 328 (1948); 7, 25 ( 1956) (1948); 7,225,253(1949); 7,310 Scanning acoustic microscope,(Ab­ (1950); 8,22(1950);11,60(1956) stract) 24, 313(1976) phi lodina roseola, 6, 310(1948) Scanning electron microscope,(see Polyarthra trigla, 6, 80(1946) also SEM), 33, 247(1985) Proales daphnicola, 6, 205(1946) fracturing of sand grains, (Ab­ Ptgura crystal I ina, 6, 33(1946) stract) 23, 268(1975) Rhinoglena frontal is,6,160(1947) image analysis with Quantimet Scardium longicaudum,6,243(1947) 7205, (Abstract) 19, 428(1971) Synchaeta pectinata, 6,241(1947) I imits of resolution in the sur­ Trichocerca longiseta,6,32(1946) face, (Abstract) 21, 247(1973) wheel animals as natural art medium resolution,(Abstract) 19, forms, 11, 105(1957) 432( 1971) Rotifers, 34, 378(1986) new approach, (Abstract) 21, 251 Round covers! ips, 35, 217(1987) (1973); 22, 259(1974) Royal Microscopical Society, 14, new instrument,CAbstract) 19,433 293( 1964); 14, 336,365( 1965) ( 1971) R.P.S. Centenary, 9, 272(1953) on-line digital image processing Rowland,Prof. (1848-1901), 6, 278 (Abstract) 23, 263(1975) ( 1948) rice straw, 23, 37(1975) gratings by, 6, 327(1948) specimen capsule for Ziegler­ Royal Society of Arts,9,277(1953) Natta catalysts,(Abstract) 23, Rubber cement, Busk's, 5,38(1942) 269( 1975) Rubeanic acid, 32, 141(1984) television, (Abstract) 21, 247 Rudenberg, R., 30, 12, 247(1982) (1973) Rulings, test, 10, 238(1955) e I ectron microscope tech n i que Ruska, E., 30, 247(1982) for study of microanatomy, 19, Russian electron microscope, 14, 281(1971) 419(1965) Scanning electron microscopy, 31, Russian polarized light micro­ 43,139(1983);32,151,265(1984); scope, 34, 333(1986) 33,91,187(1985); 34,324(1986) Ryde Microscopical Society, 9, 27 quantitative, (Abstract) 21, 244 (1952); 9, 55, 165(1953); 9,327 (1973); 23, 47(1975) ( 1954) Scanning microscopy, Ryde Microscopical and Scientific computer control led,22,247(1974) Society, 8, 163,191,275(1951); Microdensitometry,(Abstract) 20, 8, 303,323( 1952) 303( 1972) Microinterferometer,20,153(1972) SAED, 31, 63(1983) Microphotometer,(Abstract)19,422 Sabattier effect, 9, 5(1952) (1971); 20, 91(1972) Safety in the metal lographic lab- Microscope, (Abstract) 20, 291 oratory, 14, 180(1964) ( 1972) Safranin, 5, 3(1942) OTF enhancement scheme, 22, 151 stained botanical mounts, 12,290 (1974) (1960) Scanning I i ght photomacrography, Sample preparation, 32, 83, 133 34, 1(1986) (1984) optical microscope,(Ab­ Sampling surfaces, 34, 397(1986) Scanni.ng Sand, 33, 91(1985) stract) 24, 314(1976) Sand, 11Musical 11 , 15,288(1966);15, Scanning transmission ion micro­ 345( 1967) scope, (Abstract) 24, 315(1976) separation of minerals, 5, 218 Schizogregarines infesting Laemo­ ( 1944) phloeus ferrugineus, 10, 73,92

cxix ( 1954) i 10, 129( 1955) Selected area electron diffrac- Sehl ieren eyepieces, 23,89(1975) tion, 30,202(1982);31,63(1983) Schlieren microscope,15,167(1966) Selected diatoms, 1, 151(1938) 17, 1C1969);CAbstract) 20, 292 Selenite films, 8, 20(1950) (1972); 30, 35,209,222(1982) Selenite stage, construction of, Sch Ii eren microscope, app I i ca- 11, 99(1957) t ions, (Abstract) 21,254(1973) Selenium eel I reflectometer, 18, Sehl ieren microscopy, reflected 215( 1970) light, 30, 222(1982) Sel lmeier equation, 29, 93( 1981 l Schmidt's "Atlas", 6, 53(1946);6, SEM, 26,143(1978); 30,139,201,207 166(1947) 215(1982); 31, 43, 139 (1983); Schneider, Albert, 30, 93(1982) 32, 151,265(1984); 33, 91,187, Schroeder, W.L. CObituary),8,157, 247(1985); 35, 53(1987) 187( 1951) Bui let comparisons,(Abstractl20, Science for the Prosecution, book 288( 1972) review, 5, 90(1942) contact angle measurements, (Ab­ Science gossip and country que­ stract) 20, 300(1972) ries and notes; 11, 4,5(1956); look at enzyme damaged wheat 11, 212 ( 19 57) starch,20,333(1972l;CAbstract) Scientific Film Association, 8, 20, 294(1972) 27( 1951) new medium resolution instrument Scientific films, census, 8, 27 20, 255( 1972) ( 1951) particle atlas,CAbstract) 20,293 Scientific Instrument Industries (1972) Exhibit ion, 10, 197( 1955) problems with textiles, 30, 207 Scientific Photographer, book re- ( 1982) view, 5, 72(1942) Semen examination, 31, 120(1983) Scolecite, 35, 13, 18(1987) Serology, 30, 217(1982) Scotch tape, 33, 246, 247(1985) Serra, J.A., 13, 279(1963) Scott, T.L.CObituary>,8,198(1951) Sertol i eel Is, 17, 133( 1969) Scourfield, D.J., (Obituary), 7, Setting insects, 1, 115(1937) 269(1949) 7, 306(1950) Set-up for microscope, 12, 265 Screens, colour, 1, 35(1937) (1960) talking, 1, 8(1937) Sex-determination of honey bee,7, viewing, 1, 9(1937) 175,209,237,259(1949); 7, 303, Screw micrometer eyepiece, sub­ 329(1950); 8,7,63(1950); 8,129 stitute, 10, 90(1954) ( 1951) Sealing slides, temporary method, Shadow, electron optical, 8, 236 11, 75(1956) ( 1951) Sea urchin spines, 12, 160, 243 Shape parameters for mi crostruc­ (1960) tura I features, (Abstract) 23, Sabattier effect, 35, 53(1987) 261(1975); 24, 49(1976) Second-hand microscopes, 1, 56 Sharpening microtome blades, 11, ( 1937) 154( 1957) Section cutting, see microtomy Sharpening razors, 12, 104(1959); expansion method, 8, 94 (1950) 12, 227(1960) Sectioning, Sharpening wafer blades for mi­ conifer needles, 12, 239(1960) crotome, 5, 129(1943) sea urchin spines, 12, 160, 243 Sheffield Microscopical Society, (1960) 8, 83( 1950) volvox, 12,51(1958);12,104(1959) Sheffield symposium, 14,470(1964) Section lifter, 5, 236(1944) Shel lac cement, 9, 302(1954); 11, Sections by Leeuwenhoek's method, 294( 1958) 5, 216(1944) Shel lac-mastic cement, King's,11, Seed identification, 30,217(1982) 6(1956) Seed tissue, 32, 83(1984) Shel lac, storing, 10, 19( 1954) "Seeing oneself under the Micro­ Shel Ian, 5, 213( 1944) scope", 5, 56(1942) Shipworm, 7, 43(1948)

cxx Shrinkage due to fixatives, 7, 24 SI ootweg 1 s method for bacteria I (1948) flagella, 9, 71(1952) "Shroud" of Turin, 29, 19 (1981); Small arms propel I ant examination 30, 125, 220, 343(1982) 14, 385( 1965) Side clip, 5, 235(1944) Smal I particle analysis, 29, 153 Silica, 33, 233(1985) ( 1981) Silica gel as a dehydrator,7,138, Smal I particle identif ication,29, 147( 1949) 19(1981) Silica in plants, 7, 38(1948) Smal I particle manipulation, 25, Silicon carbide structures, 18, 103( 1977) 179(1970) Smal I particle methods, 14, 490 Silicone D.C. 804, 8, 92(1950);8, (1965) 185(1951); 11, 268(1958) Sma I I part i cI es, th i n f i I ms on, Sil icon nitride, crystallographic 25, 119(1977) properties, 22, 279(1974) Smal I working distance objectives Silicones, 15, 345(1967) 33, 42( 1985) Si I icof Iage I Iida, 8, 154( 1951) Smectic liquid crystals, 24, 117 S i I i cos i s, 9, 106 C 19 52 ) ( 1976) Si loxane, 6, 294(1948) Smectic mesophases,(Abstract) 23, Silver aerosol particles, 15, 106 266( 1975) ( 1966) Smoke, 35, 135(1987) Silvered mirrors, 9, 246(1953) Snails, embryology of,6, 152(1947) S.l.M.A. Handbook, book review,6, food of, 6, 51(1946) 139( 1947) radulae, q.v., 6, 51(1946) Simple Interferometric Attachment Snow, 8, 126(1951) for the Light Microscope, J.G. Societe Fran~aise de Microscopie, Dodd and J.J. Dodd,27,31(1979) 7, 102(1948); 7, 271(1949) Si ndanyo ("Trans ite11 )29, 117( 1981) Societies, I ist of, 9, 167(1953) Single axis rotation apparatus, Sodium hydrargiodide, 11,67(1956) for study of crystals, 14, 81 Software control of hardwired im- ( 1963) age analysers, 26, 49(1978) a new device for mounting crys­ Soil comparison, 30, 17, 166, 229 ta Is on, 14, 282(1964) ( 1982) Size distribution, particle anal­ Soil micromorphometry, 20, 243 ysis, 17, 105(1969) ( 1972) Sizing particles in moving aero­ Soil microstructure measurement sols (Abstract) 19, 424(1971) by automatic image analysis, Skin, 15, 202 284(1966) 22, 323(1974) Skin, Psoriasis, Histochemistry Solar eel ipse of July 30, 1954, of, book review, 14, 368(1965) 10, 160(1955) SI ide desk, 6, 102(1946) Solar microscope, 5, 25(1942) dispenser, 11, 183( 1957) Solarization, 35, 53(1987) guard, 12, 326(1961) Solid-I iquid micromixing studies, labels, 6, 124( 1947) 22, 267(1974) mounting, notes on, 1, 82(1937) Solid state electro-optic Q rack, 6, 122( 1947) switchers, 16, 70(1968) trays, 10, 104( 1954) Sol ids through the intestine wal I washing tank, 7, 116(1949) 15, 12( 1965) SI ide mounts, 34, 225(1986) Solubi I ity test (micro), 31, 201 SI ide ringing, 30, 206(1982); 32, (1983) 259( 1984) of ultramicro particles, 34, 107 Slideless microscope,30,199(1982) ( 1986) SI ides and sliders, 9, 68(1952) Some Properties and App I i cations SI ides, drying of, 13, 106(1961) of DDT, book review,6,83(1946) drying oven for, 11, 310(1958) Sonic microscopy for materials repairing, 11, 314(1958) research and analysis, (Ab­ to clean, 1, 15, 56(1937) stract) 24, 313(1976) SI itting wheels, 9, 77(1952) Sorby, Henry Cl ifton,15,351(1967)

cxxi Spangle galls, 1, 65(1937) ride, 16, 243(1968) Species Plantarum, book review, Stable fly, 1, 16(1937) 12, 105( 1959) Stable solutions, 11, 295(1958) Specimen preparation, ion beam Stage, adjustable for microtome, techniques, 25, 227(1977) 9, 273( 1953) Specimen storage, 12, 223(1960) auxiliary, 8, 241(1951) Specimen supports for electron clips, 33, 186(1985) microscope, 15, 209(1966) micrometer, easily constructed, Spectrophotofluorometry, 31, 213 5, 95( 1942) ( 1983) micrometers, 11, 4(1956) Spectrum projected into the plane microscope, 7, 321(1950) of the objectCAbstract) 20,295 tilting, 32, 1(1984) (1972) Stain, aceto-orcein fast green, Spencer Folding Pocket Microscope 22, 219, ( 1974) o.w. Richards, 27, 1(1979) Stain for Aucuba japonica, 6, 21 Sperm, 30, 147, 352(1982) (1946) Decapod, 16, 365(1968) Staining, Pseudoscorpion, 16,369,373(1968) and mounting bee materials, 7,10 Psychoda bergalensis, 16, 363 (1948); 7, 265(1950) (1968) bacterial on sl ides,9,249(1953); Spermatheca in sawflies, wasps, 9, 303( 1954) bees, 10 282,318(1956); 11,29, bacteria f I age I la, 9, 71C1952) 53(1956); 11, 91, 145(1957) blood, use of methyl alcohol, 5, Spermatozoa, mensuration of heads 6( 1942); 5, 217( 1944) 12, 308( 1960) botanical materials,12,290(1960) Sphaeraphides, 5, 134(1943) 12, 309(1961); 13, 1(1961) Spherical aberration,11,222(1957) eel lulose fibri Is, 20, 161 (1972) 11, 254( 1958) diatoms, 8, 251(1951) corrections, ef feet of cover discovery of the uses of colour­ glass, 7, 122( 1949) ing agents in biological mi­ thoria sol-gel beads, 14, 425 crotechnique, 5, 195(1944); 5, (1965) 248(1945) Spheru I i te content and di str i bu­ dye pads for, 9,249(1953); 9,303 t ions in polypropylene,23, 145 ( 1954) ( 1975) effects of mountants,5,139(1943) Spiders, 1, 142(1938) fast green, 12, 309(1961) Spierer lens, 5, 271(1945); 6,307 for cytological investigation,7, ( 1948); 7, 14 7, 273 ( 1949) 259( 1950) Spindle stage, 30, 249(1982); 35, for polyvinyl alcohol mounts, 13, 67( 1987) 10, 141(1955) Split hairs for moving diatoms, histological, 16, 267(1968) 9, 162( 1953) Nile Blue B.B., 7, 27(1948) Sponge quartz, 35, 3(1987) of text i I e fibers for e Iectron Sponge spicules, 12, 159(1960) microscopy, 19, 255(1971) Spot welds, 30, 202(1982) safranin, 12, 290(1960) Spray pattern, 33, 115(1985) Techniques, book review, 11, 156 Spread slides of diatoms, 1, 43 ( 1957) ( 1937) Tubercle bacil Ii, 9, 246(1953) Spring-tail, 1, 42(1937) Stains, Squaric acid, a novel reagent for application on the stage, 13, 104 chemical microscopy, 22, 163 ( 1961) (1974) azure series, 5, 4(1942) Squaric acid, reagent in chemical cotton red, 5, 3(1942) microscopy, 25, 1(1977) crystal violet, 5, 5(1942) Squash preparations, eel lophane­ Encyclopaedia of Microscopic, tape method, 24, 243(1976) book review, 13, 80(1961) 11 Squoosh test", 31, 203(1983) eosins, 5, 5(1942) Stabi I isation of polyvinyl chlo- erythrosins, 5, 5(1942)

cxxi i elastin and polysaccharides, a grain size, 16, 50(1968) new stain, 14, 250(1964) high alloy, 16, 50(1968) fast green, F.C.F., 5, 105, 133, inclusion analyzer, Quantimet 150( 1943) 360, (Abstract) 19, 429, 430 Fuchsins, basic, 5, 5(1942) ( 1971) Giemsa azur, 5, 4(1942) inclusions, 15, 116(1966) glossy pimine, 5, 2, 3(1942) manganese sulphide inclusions, Hoffmann 1 s violet, 5, 5 (1942) (Abstract) 19, 403 (1971); 19, I ight green S.F. yellowish, 5, 5 430( 1971) (1942) nonmetal lie inclusions, 16, 189 magdala red, 5, 4, 6(1942) C1968);(Abstract)19,428C1971); methyl violet, 5, 5(1942) 20, 57( 1972) methylene blue, 5, 4(1942) phase analysis, t6, 171(1968) mountants, 32, 133(1984) quality control, 20, 57, 83, 302 mountants, effect of,5,139(1943) C1972>;CAbstract) 20,304(1972) naphthalene pink, 5, 4(1942) Steel wire, brass-coated, 30 ,213 naphthalene red, 5, 4(1942) (1982) new pink, 5, 4(1942) Step, Edward, 11, 235(1957) phloxines, 5, 4(1942) Stephenson, J.W.,10,135(1955);10, safranine, 5, 3(1942) 291(1956); 11, 195(1957) spectral properties of, 1, 40 Stereobinocular microscope,33,273 ( 1937) ( 1985) sudan red, 5, 4(1942) Stereological system for geologi­ thionin, 5, 4(1942) cal and biological applica­ Standard methods(asbestos),35,311 tions, 24, 151(1976) (1987) Stereology, 16, 95 (1968); 18, 35 Standards, (1970) glass, 33, 241(1985) Stereology in automatic image an­ refractive index, 33, 241(1985) alysis, (Abstract) 21,256(1973) Standardisation in microscopy,17, 22, 69( 1974) 229(1969); 30, 199, 210(1982) Stereology of leucocytes, (Ab- Standardization (letters to the stract) 23, 274(1975) Editor) Stereology, trends, 24, 45(1976) Cowen, B.C., 25, 288(1977) Stereomaster(Priors),13,306(1963) Hartshorne, N.H., 25, 291(1977) Stereomicroscope, 35,124(1987) Keller, H.E., 25, 293(1977) remote control, 13, 163(1962) McCrone, w.c., 25, 292(1977) Stereophotography, 17, 19(1969) Standardization in design of mi- Stereophotomacrography,34,1(1986) croscope, 25, 169(1977) Stereophotomicrography, 14, 429 Stanistreet, J.F.,6,252,279(1947) ( 1965) Starch, 32, 123, 133(1984) Stereoscope(Bausch and Lomb,lnc.) Starch, Enzyme damaged,CAbstract) 13, 245( 1962) 20, 294( 1972) Stereoscopic, Starcg Granu Ies as EI ementary binocular (proposed) 9,218(1953) Lenses,White,G.W.,28,101(1980) effects, 12, 221,244,304(1960) Starches, 6, 20(1946) microscopy by polarized I ight, mounting, 5, 269 (1945); 10, 258 11, 128(1957) ( 1956) phase contrast, 16, 32,377(1968) Steel, photomicrography, 1, 3,46,57,124 application of Quantimet, 16,163 (1937) (1968) Stereoscopy, 8, 1 (1950); 35, 279 boron, 16, 105(1968) ( 1987) corrosion, 15, 301(1967) Nelsor's views, 6, 21(1946) deoxidation products, 16, 137 printing frame, 6, 10(1946) ( 1968) tilting stages, 6, 104,116(1947) electron microscopy,16,181(1968) with binocular eyepiece, 7, 274 electron probe microanalysis,16, ( 1949) 311( 1968) Stereo-photomicrography, simul-

cxxi ii taneous, 7, 127(1949) topography by I ight microscopy, Sterilizer, simple, 9, 116(1955) quantitative determination,21, Steroid hormone effects on murine 59( 1973) megakaryocytes, time - lapse Surirel lagemma, 11, 66(1956) cinemicrography, 14, 319(1965) Swedish microscope, 10, 161(1955) St. Helens ash, 30, 17, 81(1982) Swift, Edward, 5, 98(1942); 5,131 Sticky tape, 30, 163(1982) (1943); 10, 330(1956) Storage, Swift FM-31 field microscope, 34, of microscope optics, 12, 161 383( 1986) (1960) Swiss Microscopical Society, 12, of specimens, 12, 223(1960) 198( 1960) Strain detection, 12, 44(1958) Symbiotic partnership,5,27(1942); Streptomyces, 31, 43(1983) 5, 127, 151(1943) Stroboscopic, Symposium at Sheffield, 14, 470 equipment (notice of), 11, 238 ( 1965) (1957) Syndetoneis amplectans,9,24(1952) i 1 lumination, 15,414(51 )*(1967) Synedra undulata, 5,154,180(1944) Strontium dipicolinate,CAbstract) Synthetic glass, 1, 71(1937) 20, 295(1972); 20, 327(1972) Synthetic materials for eel Is, 5, Structure determination, 39( 1944) molecular, 33, 23(1985) mounting media, 5, 217(1944) x-ray, 33, 23(1985) resin for embedding, 9,80(1952); Structure and Reproduction of the 9, 238 ( 1953) Algae, book review,5,256(1945) resins as mountants,10,204(1955) Structure and UI trastructure of resin "shel Ian", 5, 213(1944) Micro-organisms, book review, 14, 59( 1963) Tadpole tail, 13, 46(1963) Study of non-marine mol lusca, 6, Talc fibers, 30, 260(1982) 35 (1946); 6, 125,189,202,230, Tales on tails, 35, 119(1987) 272(1947); 6, 291,312(1948);7, Talking of Butterflies, Moths and 19,34,69,104(1948); 7,118,188, Other Fascinating lnsects,book 219,242(1949) review, 6, 112( 1946) Substage, 8, 31(1950) Tangent screw fine adjustment,10, condenser, NA, 12, 214(1960) 239( 1955) position of stop, 12, 315(1961) Tank, made in glass, 11,192(1957) Sucrose calcium chloride tetrahy- Tardigrada, 9, 75(1952) drate, 13, 346(1963) Tattoo microscopy, 34, 145(1986) Sudan red, 5, 4(1942) Teaching microscopy, 15,463(100)* Sugar eaters, animal, 6, 87(1946) ( 1967); 18,231 ( 1970); 30, 131, Sulphur in carbon bisulphide, 6, 214( 1982) 21 (1946) Technical and Optical Equipment Superresolution in microscopy,21, (London) Ltd., 14, 419(1965) 1( 1973) Technical writing and translating Supporting a microscope in field, for microscopists, (Abstract) 5, 179( 1944) 21, 259(1973); 22, 213(1974) Surface, Techniques, area of elemental particles, 17, Experimental Virology, book re­ 201(1969) view, 14, 420( 1965) contact microscope, 11,162(1957) How to Use a Microscope, book contamination, 31, 175(1983) review, 14, 300(1965) films on small particles, iden- I earning to use the microscope, tification, (Abstract) 24, 318 18, 231(1970) (1976) Techniques in Experimental Virol­ finish microscope, 11, 163(1957) ogy, book review, 14,420(1965) studies, 34, 316(1986) Technics of Plant Histochemistry texture, 33, 91(1985) and Virology, book review, 10, topography, (Abstract) 20, 289 70( 1954) (1972) Technitel la Thompsoni,6,294(1948)

cxxiv Tectonics, 33, 255(1985) Thermoplastics, pigment disper­ Teflon, 31, 152(1983) sion, 16, 123(1968) Tei ch man n and Takayama Crysta Is Thermoplastic polymers and kn it­ (An Improved Technique for the ted cotton fabrics, 21, 161 Preparation of, from Blood), ( 1973) Sottolano,S. and Peter R.De Thickness of slip, 8, 121(1951) Forest, 28, 41(1980) Thin films, identification on Teichmann's crystals, 9,103(1952) smal I particles, 25, 119(1977) Television, 7, 141,148,223(1949) Thin films, refractive index de­ programmes, 12, 103(1959) termination by transmission scanning electron microscopy(Ab­ Nomarski differential inter­ stract) 21, 247(1973) ference contrast microscopy, TEM, 31, 63(1983); 35,107,165,207 25, 265( 1977) (1987) Thin sectioning for electron mi­ TEM study of pigments, 29, 19,141 scropy without embedding, 14, (1981) 7(1963) Temperature coefficient of index, Thin sectioning, hand-cut, 13, 1 29, 93(1981); 32, 63(1984) (1963) 147(1981); 30, Temperature conversion factors,5, Thin sections, 29, 171(1982); 32, 23(1984);35,233 43( 1942) (1987) Tempera, J.C., 11, 125(1957) Thionin, 5, 4(1942) Tempora I Organization in Cel Is, Thiophosphoryl trichloride, 5, 75 book review, 14, 238(1964) (1942) Tennessee-Tombigbee Waterway, 33, Thomson, Allen, 32, 23(1984) 91( 1985) Threadworms, 1, 73(1937) Terminology, (Abstract) 24, 311 Three-dimensional projection, 12, (1976) 247( 1960) Tertiary butyl alcohol, 11, 66 Three-dimensional reconstruction ( 1956) from serial sections, 16, 235 Test plates, Nobert's,11,35(1956) ( 1968) Testing, 8, 31(1950); 8,121(1951) "Thriving under difficulties",10, Tests for Fe, Cu and Co, 29, 87 253( 1956) (1981) Thrombocytes, 16, 277(1968) Tetra iodomethane, 5, 3(1942) Thus, gum, 5, 106(1943) Textile fibers, 16, 201(1968);30, Tilting stage, 10, 240(1955); 1•, 207, 215, 217(1982) 429(1965); 32, 1(1984) staining for electron microscopy Timbrel I split image principle 19, 255( 1971) applied to TV imaging, (Ab­ Textile microscopy, SEM, 30, 207 stract) 20, 294(1972) (1982) Time-interval photography,stereo­ Textiles, interpretation, 8, 3(1950) embedding, 13,307(1963) Time-lapse Cinemicrography proce­ fluorescence by, 31, 213(1983) dure and steroid hormone ef­ SEM, by, 31, 139(1983) fects on murine megakaryocytes Thal I ium nitrate, 13, 291(1963) 14, 319( 1965) Theory of the Microscope,book re­ Timer, view, 8, 282(1952) electric, 6, 115(1947) Thermal behavior of TNT, 18, 241, suggestions, 6, 44(1946) 257( 1970) Tin and It's Uses, book review, Thermal explosions in mixtures of 11, 240(1957); 12,55(1958);12, eutectic sodium potassium a I - 154, 233( 1960) I oy and potassium superoxi de, Tinplate Handbook, book review, 25, 237 I ( 1977) 11, 239( 1957) Thermal-optical effects in acryl­ Tin, Preparation for Microscopi­ ic fibers, 14, 209(1964) ca I Examination, book review, Thermoelectric cold stage, 14,395 11, 155(1957) (1965) Tin Research 1932-1957, book re­ Thermoplastic, 33, 241(1985) view, 11, 182( 1957)

cxxv Tin Research Institute, 25th An­ 31 , 63 ( 1983) niversary, 11, 171(1957) Transmission electron microscopy, Tire cord, steel, 30, 213(1982) 34, 371( 1986) Tissue, Transmission function of object, crystals in, 14, 411 (1965); 15, 14, 452( 1965) 230( 1966) Transmitted I ight phase micros­ cultures, single plant eel ls,11, copy of unmounted specimens, 120( 1957) 23, 127( 1975) dehydration, 29, 137(1981) Transparency, 30, 319(1982) embedding medium, 14, 298(1965) Traviss expandable central stop, freeze-dried, 19, 271(1971) 15, 179(1966) Titanium al loys,crack path-micro­ Trays for slides, 10,104(1954) structure relationship obser­ Trematodes, 1, 85(1937) vations, 23, 133(1975) 1,3,5-Triamino-2,4,6-trinitroben- Tolansky Microinterferometer,(Ab­ zene, 14, 27(1963) stract) 19, 426(1971); 20, 217 Triceratium sculptum, 5, 24(1942) ( 1972) Trichinosis, 1, 73(1937) Tolu, balsam of, 5, 276(1945) Trick photomicrography, 31, 245 Tool clips as aids for microsco­ (1983) pist, 9, 3(1952) Tricks of the trade,31,333(1983); Tooth carps, 32,100,148(1984);33,42,119,186 embryology, of, 1, 107(1937) 246(1985);34,26,130(1986); 35, intromittent organs, 11,11(1956) 272( 1987) Top I ighting, 8, 71(1950) Trichinel la spiral is, 1, 73( 1937) Topography, 32, 1(1984) Triglycerol, 10, 80(1954) Topography, quantitative deter- 2,4,6-trinitrotoluene, 35, 273 mination, (Abstract) 20, 289 (1987) ( 1972) Tropical Aquariums, Plants and Topping, Amos, 10, 109(1954) Fishes, book review, 10, 111 Topping, C.M., 10, 109( 1954) (1954) Tortoise beetle larva, 13, 110 Trouble-shooting, 30, 1-3(1982) ( 1961) Troughs, glass, 5, 174(1944) Torulopsis neoformans·,9, 106( 1952) made in glass, 11, 194(1957) Tow nets, floats, for,5,313(1945) stage, 7, 186(1949) TNT, thermal behavior, 18, 241, Trunnion mounting, introduction 257(1970); 35, 273(1987) of, 8, 199(1951) Trace contamination of polymers, Tubeholder for the stage, 7, 186 16, 295(1968) ( 1949) Trace evidence,30,93,105,151,163, Tube length, 210,215-217,229,281(1982); 31, adjustment, 7, 318(1950) 1, 15, 115, 117, 119, 123-126( 1983) correction,9,48(1952);29,1(1981) 34, 29(1986); 35,249,261(1987) correctors, 6, 192(1947) Track counting, correctors for, 8, 119(1951) automatic image analysis, (Ab­ in photomicrography, 8, 98(1950) stract) 19, 441,443( 1971); 20, Tubercule baci 1 lus-flagel la?, 12, 127, 175( 1972) 212( 1960) measurement of reaction rates, Tuberculosis in fish, 13,23(1961) (Abstract) 23, 261(1975) Tungsten needles, 12,91,117(1959) test reactor reaction rates, 24, Turbel larian flatworms, egg cap- 199( 1976) sules, 10, 200(1955) quantitative detection of alpha Turin "Shroud", 35, 325(1987) particles, 22, 129(1974) Turin "Shroud" (Light Mi croscop i­ Tradition und Fortschrift, 1845- ca I Study of the), Mccrone, W. 1957, book review,11,241(1957) c., and Skirius, C., 28, 105 Transformer toys, 34, 83(1986) 115(1980); 29,29(1981); 30, 125 11 Transformers 11 , van Heurck 1 s, 9, 220, 343( 1982) 108 ( 19 52) j 9, 164 ( 19 53) Turntable, Transmission electron microscope, Aylward 1 s, 7, 327(1950)

cxxvi bal I bearings for, 7, 270(1949) 11Un i versa I Microscope of Adams", centring, 9, 117(1953) 8, 202, 221(1951) design for, 10, 242(1955) Unknown mounting media, 5,6,45,77 elliptical, 9, 302(1954) (1942) gramophone, 9, 156(1953) Unusual cube, 30, 72(1982) machine for spinning,7,270(1949) Uranic "Acid", 1, 29(1937) Turtox news, 5, 102(1946) Uranium hexafluoride,15,301(1967) TV microscopy, 14, 192,(1964);15, Uruguay,microscopes in,7,81(1948) 116, 148 (1966); 15, 431 (68)* Using the Microscope,book review, (1967); 20, 294(1972); 32, 273 14, 455(1965) ( 1984) UV fluorescence, 31,175,213(1983) Twenty-fifth anniversary,13, 197 UV microspectrophotometry, 14,192 ( 1962) C1964);(Abstract) 20,288(1972) Twin-lamp I ighting unit, 11, 209 ( 1957) VAC, 35, 279(1987) Twinning ot~-cyclotetramethylene­ Vacuum pump, 9, 323(1954) tetranitramine CHMX) 22, 169 van Heurck, 30, 182(1982) ( 1974) Two-mirror objectives,9,266(1953) van Heurck' s Two old microscopes, 1,147(1938) "Transformers", 9, 108( 1952) ;9, 164 ( 1953) Ultra-thin Ceramic petrological microscope, 34, 395(1986) sections, preparation by semi­ van Leeuwenhoek, 30, 171(1982) Vapor staining, 32, 133(1984) automatic methods,14,200(1964) Variable asymmetrical contrast UI trami cromi n i atur i zat ion of mi­ microscopy, 35, 279(1987) crochemi ca I tests,19,235(1971) Varnishes and media, dating, (Ab­ UI tram i crosamp I i ng with a Laser­ stract) 23, 268(1975) m croscope,i 19, 157(1971) Varnishes, ringing, 1, 6(1937) Ultrasonic diffraction microscope Varnish, 18, 163( 1970) resistance to water,5,107(1943) Ultrastructure of bodies resem­ 11 Shel Ian", 5, 213(1944) bl ing mycoplasm, 17, 149(1969) Velasquez, 35, 173(1987) Ultrastructure interpretation,13, Venetian turpentine, 5, 73(1943) 328( 1963) Vert ica I i II umi nation, 8, 81( 1950) Ultrastructure of the lungs of and glare, 7, 235(1949); 7, 310, miniature swine fo I Iowing in­ 326( 1950) ha Iat ion of coba It meta I par­ Vertical ii luminator, t i c I es, CAbstract) 21,245(1973) use on covered objects, 7, 235 Ultraviolet ii luminator, 35, 151 (1949) ( 1987) Vertical measurements,18,51(1970) Ultraviolet microscope, new, 12, Vibration directions,30,316(1982) 200(1960) Vibration direction of polariser, Ultraviolet microscopy, 15, 500 9, 92( 1952) ( 1967) Vibration isolation in microscopy lamp tor, 12, 48(1958) (Abstract) 20, 298(1972) Ultraviolet television microscopy Vibration, microscopical method and microspectrophotometry,14, for measurement, 20,369(1972); 141 ( 1964) (Abstract) 20, 294(1972) Unanswered Questions,book review, Vickers automatic inclusion clas­ 8, 291( 1952) sifier, 16, 273, 276(1968) Uniaxial crystal plates, orienta­ Vickers cyto I ogy screening appa­ tion of, 14, 15(1963) ratus, 16, 227(1968) Unidentified ci I iate, 8, 82, 105 Video microscopy, 26, 171 (1978); (1950);8,134, 158(1951); 8,298, 32, 273(1984) 318( 1952) Video techniques, 16, 305(1968) Unitron, ME-POL/BIO-POL review, Vinland map, 35, 325(1987) 33, 69(1985) Virology applications of direct Univar, new microscope, 22, 117 immunoelectron microscopy, 17, ( 1974) 179(1969)

cxxvi i Virology, experimental(Review)14, Wax embedding bath, 8, 24(1950) 420( 1965) Wayne Wil Iiams case, 30,216(1982) Viscol substitute, 8, 269(1951) Ways of a Mud Dauber, book review, Visibility, 11, 196,198,208(1957) 7, 276(1949) Visibility and resolution, 10, 25 "W.c.o.M. 11 , 1, 211c1949> (1954); 11, 196,222(1957); 11, Wear characteristics of phono­ 254, 273, 301 ( 1958); 12, 16,38 graph records, 23, 55(1975) (1958); 12, 92, 131(1959); 12, Weevils, mounting, 5, 43,97(1942) 185,201,244,298(1960) Weighing spoon, 5, 101 (1942); 5, Vision and the Eye, book review, 149( 1943) 7, 248(1949) Wenham binocular, 1, 48(1937); Visual 1, Aids, Book review, 6, 323 147(1938); 7, 193(1949) (1948) converting to, 7, 120(1949) Visual aids, Zeiss, 13,219(1962) illumination for, 11, 129(1957) Visualization of Saturated Lipid Wesley naturalist, 11, 4(1956) Bodies in Organ Pipe Cactus by Westminister Abbey door-cover,15, a Novel Cytochemical Technique 202, 284(1966) L.Y. Yatsu and T.J. Jacks, 27, Wetters, 9, 21(1952) 61( 1979) Wetting agent, 5, 215(1944) Voight faults, 33, 309(1985) "What we Want", 6, 43(1946) Volcanic ash, 30, 17, 81(1982) Wheat Starch, enzyme damaged,(Ab­ Vol vox, 8, 184( 1951) stract) 20, 294(1972); 20, 333 sections of, 12, 51 (1958); 12, ( 1972) 104(1959) Wheel animals as natural art Vorticel la, 1, 27, 112(1937) forms, 11, 105(1957) White-dot, black-dot,34,361(1986) Wal lerite, 8, 91(1950) White, George Wi I liam, 33, 287 Walton-Beckett reticle, 35, 267 ( 1985) (1987) Whole mounts, 9, 80(1952); 9, 238 Warington, ( 1953) Robert, 9, 225(1953) "Who's Who in British Science", Wasps, spermatheca, 10, 282, 318 7, 307(1950) (1956) Wild epimakroskop, 30, 55(1982) Water bears, 9, 75(1952) Wild M20 microscope, the use of Water contamination by asbestos, the drawing tube and camera in 34, 371(1986) combination to prepare inter­ Waterglass as a mountant, 6, 326 pret i ve I i ne drawings of pho­ (1948); 7, 26,49(1948) tom i crographs, 21, 177(1973) Water immersion objectives,11,315 Wild photomakroskop, 30, 54(1982) (1958); 30, 5(1982) Wild portable microscope, 10, 192 Water, minute quantities of, 12, ( 1955) 51( 1958) Wilkins, T.s., 11, 178(1957> Water mites, 8, 58, 105(1950); 11, W Ii ska' s method for obtaining 259,269,285(1958) contrast, 9, 148,215(1953) in strange place,6,297,326(1948) Wings; Insects, Birds, Men, book Water mounting media, 5,264(1945) review, 10, 274(1956) Water-permeability of paint,8,142 Wireless and microscopy, 7, 148 ( 1951) (1949) Water-resisting cement,6,20(1946) Wire or shadow contrast, 11, 45 Water sampler, 13, 55(1961) ( 1956) Watson, w. and Son's Exhibition, Wizard of Berkeley, 30,263(1982) 9, 52,62,98(1952) Wol laston camera lucida, 12, 27 Watson double microscope, 14, 331 ( 1958) (1965) Wol lastonite, 30, 263(1982) Watson fluorescent ii luminator, Wood, 31, 1(1983);32,23(1984) 14, 71 ( 1963) Wood sections, Watson (Hi lux lamp), 14,361(1965) historical, 9, 108(1948) Watson service microscope, 13, 7 historical collection of, 7, 109 ( 1961) ( 1948)

cxxvi ii specimens, brittle, 9, 249, 275 logical tehcnique, 9,207(1953) ( 1957) Wood structure, 15, 367(4)*(1967) Yeast,Nadi stain for,11,101(1957) Woodworm and dry rot centre, 12, Yeasts and molds, optical methods 166( 1960) 13, 322(1963) Wool fibers, 8, 266(1951) Yeast eel Is, 15, 289, 500(1967) 1 6, Working distance, 8, 82(1950) Yorkshire Natural ists Trust, increased, 8, 50(1950) 124( 1947) long, 7, 183(1949) Young-people's microscopy courses stage for, 8, 260(1951) 31, 89(1983) Working with the Microscope, book review, 5, 101, 149(1943) Zeiss Axiomat, 21, 167(1973) World in a drop of water, 1, 111 Zeiss, Carl (Jena), 12,305(1960); ( 1937) 35, 61( 1987) Writing diamond, to mount, 1, 153 apochromats, 10, 160(1955) ( 1938) controversy, 15,56,145(1966);15, 300(1967) 15, 7 X-ray, fluorescence microscope, analysis on Corinth electron mi­ (1965) croscopes, (Abstract) 23, 270 new instruments, 12, 102(1959) ( 1975) Opton, 10, 110( 1954) 115 analysis, sub-nanogram particle television microscope, 14, identification, 22, 221(1974) (1963) analyzer, 30, 198(1982) Tessovar, 19, 171(1971) 14, absorption micrographs, imporved trademark, 14, 4,116 (1963); resolution in, 14, 72,90(1963) 336( 1965) films, cleaning, 6, 121(1947) visual aids, 13, 212(1962) for microscopy, 7, 295(1950) Zernike, Frits (Obituary), 15,160 microanalysis of thin biological (1966) specimens with particular re­ zn65,autoradiographic localisa­ ference to env i ronmenta I po 1- tion of, 14, 137(1966) 1ut ion, (Abstract)21,264(1973) Zoological Microtechnics,book re­ microanalysis using image anal­ view, 13, 222(1962) ysis, (Abstract) 20,298(1972) Zoological preparations, 13, 46, microscopy, 19, 347(1971) 125(1961) microscopy with e Iectron i c mag­ Zoology, International Congress nification, 14, 449(1965) 1958 (notice) 11, 208(1957) structure, 33, 23(1985) Zurich Microscopical Society, 12, Xylene, elimination from histo~ 198( 1960)

in *Two page numbers for same item are due to error in numbering pages pub- fourth quarter issue of Volume 15; number in parenthesis is as 1 ished, first number is as corrected for volume sequence.

cxxix CUMULATIVE BOOK REVIEW INDEX (by Author)

Volumes 1-35; 1937-1987

ADAMS, A.E., w.s. MacKenzie and Thirty-Second Annua I Meeting, C. Guilford, Atlas of Sedimen­ 23, 138(1975) tary Rocks Under the Micro­ ASM HANDBOOK COMMITTEE, Robert F. scope, 33, 267(1985) Mehl (Chairman, Vol. 7 Commit­ AICKEN, F., Make Your Own Micro­ tees), Atlas of Microstruc­ scope, (Project Book 115) tures of Industrial Alloys, 19, 120( 1971) Vol. 7 of Metals Handbook, 8th ALDERTON, D.H.M., see T.H. Shep­ Ed., 32, 208(1984) ard, 33, 300(1985) ASM HANDBOOK COMMITTEE, Taylor ALDERSON, R. H., Design of the Lyman (Ed.) Metallography, Electron Microscope Laboratory Structures and Phase Diagrams, 25, 141(1977) Vol. 8 of Metals Handbook, 8th ALLEN, R. M., Photomicrography, Ed., 32, 210(1984) 12, 218(1960) ASM HANDBOOK COMMITTEE, John A. ALLEN, T., Particle Size Measure­ Fellows (Ed.), Fractography ment, Second Edition, 24, and Atlas of Fractographs, 324( 1976) Vol. 9 of Metals Handbook, 8th ALTHOF, S., see R. Heintz, 25,136 Ed., 32, 212(1984) ( 1977) ASTM Standards On Pree is ion and AMATEUR ENTOMOLOGIST 1 S SOCIETY, Accuracy for Various Applica­ The Amateur Entomologist Vol. tions, 26, 161(1978) 1o, 8, 245( 1951) AMATEUR ENTOMOLOGIST'S SOCIETY, BAMBAUER, H.U., F. Tasborszky and (Pub), A Cleopterist.1 s Hand­ H.D. Troch im, Optica I Deter­ book, 10, 69( 1954) mination of Rock-Forming Min­ ANDERSEN, C.A., (Ed.) Microprobe erals; Part 1, Determinative Analysis, 22, 316(1974) TablesCW.E.Troger),29,51(1981) ANDERSON, M.P. Individualization BAKER, L.R. CEd.), Proceedings of Hair, 27, 57(1979) SPIE Vol. 368, Microscopy - ANDERSON, M., Modern Knowledge Techniques and Capabilities, Through the Microscope, 15, 80 32, 291(1984) ( 1965) BAKER, J. R., Abraham Trembly, ANDERSON, O. R., Radiolaria, 32, Scientist and Philosopher, 9, 207( 1984) 135( 1953) ANDERSON, R.C., Inspect ion of BAKER, J. R., Cyto Iog i ca I Tech­ Metals: Visual Examination, nique, 15, 206( 1965) 32, 216(1984) BAKER, J., et a I., An I ntroduc­ ANONYMOUS, 50 Year's Service to t ion to Medical Laboratory Microscopy, 8, 317(1952) Technology, 10, 246(1955) ARCENEAUX, C. J., (Ed. ) , Proceed­ BALZERS, Electron Microscopy i ngs of the E Iectron Micros­ Freeze-Etch Technique Li tera­ copy Society of America, ture Service, 30, 32(1982)

cxxxi BARBER, H.G. and E.Y. Haworth, A Electron Beam Microanalysis, Guide to the Morphology of the 20, 396 (1972) Diatom Frustule, 31, 102(1983) BEAMS, H.W., see J. Bronte, 8,156 BARER, R.,AND V.E.COSSLETT,CEDS.) ( 1951) Advances in Optical and Elec­ BECK, CONRAD, The Microscope: tron Microscopy, Vol.2, 17, 93 Theory and Practice,2, 5(1938) (1969) BECKER, F.E., et al., 11Nivoc 11 Mi­ BARER, R.,and V.E.COSSLETT,CEds.) cro Projector, 1, 10(1937) Advances in Optical and Elec­ BEHRENS, T.H. and P.D.C.KLEY, Mi­ tron Microscopy, Vol.3, 19,119 croscopical Identification of ( 1971) Organic Compounds, Translated BARER, R.,and V.E.COSSLETT,CEds.) by R.E. Stevens, 18, 81 (1970) Advances in Opt i ca I and EI ec­ BEIRNE, B. P., British Pyral id tron Microscopy, Vol.6, 25, 84 and Plume Moths, 9, 52(1952) ( 1977) BEIRNE, B. P., British Pyral id BARER, R., Lecture Notes on the and Plume Moths, 10, 110(1954) Use of the Microscope, 17, 154 BELK, J.A., CEd.), Electron Mi­ (1969) croscopy and Mi croana I ys is of BARER, R., see Cosslett, V.E.,28, Crystal line Materials, 30, 122 170 ( 1980) (1982) BARER R. and v.E. Cosslett, BERGGREN, H., see A. Sandha I I, Advances in Optical and 34, 305( 1986) Electron Microscopy (Vol. 8), BHAGAVANTEM, S.,Crystal Synvnetry, 31, 107 ( 1983) 15, 538(1965) BARLOW, C.M., A Method of Embed­ BIRCHON, D., Optical Microscope Technique, 13, 111(1961) ding Fi be rs for Section Cut­ BISHOP, A.C., An Outline of Crys­ ting in a Medium Containing tal Morphology, 15, 363(1965) Ethyl Cellulose, 2, 150(1938) BISHOP, A.C., An Outline of Crys­ BARNES, H.F., Gall Midges of Ec­ tal Morphology, 16, 283(1968) onomic lmportance,Vol.I and I I BITENSKY, L., see J. Chagen, 34, 6, 111(1946) 392( 1986) BARNES, H.F., Gal I Midges of Ec­ BLOSS, D. F., The Spindle Stage: onomic Importance, Vol. IV, 7, Principles and Practice,J0,335 194(1949) 335( 1982) BARNES, H.F., Gal I Midges of Ec­ BLOSS, F.D., see Jones, N.W., 28, onomic Importance, Vol. VI, 7, 79( 1980) 277( 1949) BLUMBERG, MAJOR GENERAL J.M., The BARNES, H.F., Gal I Midges of Ec­ Bil lings Microscope Collection onomic lmportance,Vol.V, 8,303 of the Medi ca I Museum, Armed ( 1952) Forces Institute of Pathology, BARNETT, J.A., R. W. Payne and D. 17' 153 ( 1969) Yarrow, Yeasts: Characteris­ BOHEN, R. T. K. (Ed.), see T. E. tics and ldentification,32,294 Whyte, JJ, 142(1985) ( 1984) BOHLER, S., see T. Vogt, 20, 227 BARRON, A.L.E., Using the Micro­ (1972) scope, 14, 455( 1965) BONE, R.T. and C.G. JARMAN, Abaca BASTOW, R. F., et al., Freshwater in Paper-Making: An Atlas of Baci I lariales (Diatoms) of Micrographs, 29, 53(1981) Ulverston and District, 8, 303 BOSWARVA, I .M., (Ed.), see D.B. ( 1952) Holt, 24, 6(1976) BAUSCH & LOMB, Bausch & Lomb Re­ BOVEE,_E. C., see J.J. Lee,34,312 view, 8, 215 (1951) (1986) BEADNESS, C. M., Dictionary of BOWEN, D.K., and C.R. HALL, Mi­ Scientific Terms as used in croscopy of Materials, 24, 339 the Various Sciences, 2, 150 (1976) ( 1938) BOWKETT, K.M. and D.A. SMITH, BEAMAN, D. R. and JOSE A. ISASI Field Ion-Microscopy, Vol.2 of

cxxxi i for Defects in Crystal line Solids, CASARTELLI, J.D., Microscopy 81(1965) 19, 220(1971) Students, 15, and J.E. Grayson, BRADBURY, S., The Optical Micro­ GATLING, D. M., of Vegetable scope in Biology. Studies in Identification Biology No. 59,25,134(1977) Fibers,30,242(1982) Handbook of Inci­ BRADBURY, S., (revised by), Pea­ CEBULLA, W., Microscopy, 1. cock's Elementary Microtech­ dent-Light 32,109 n ique, Fourth Edition, 23, 54 Qua I itative Microscopy, ( 1975) ( 1984) Bitensky, S., An Introduction to CHAGEN, J. and L. BRADBURY, Micro­ the Light Microscope, 32, 298 (Ed.), Investigative Medicine and (1984) techniques in Vol. 1,34, 392(1986) BRADLEY, M. D., The Scientist and Biology, and C.W.MASON, Hand­ Engineer in Court,32,214(1984) CHAMOT, E.M. Chem i ca I Microscopy, BRANDT, W.H., The Student's Guide book of Microscopes, 25,210 12, 248( 1960) to Optical and (1977) CHAPMAN, S.K., Understanding Electron Microscope BRIEGER, E.M., Structure and Ul­ Optimising Transmission Mi­ trastructure of Microorganisms Performance: 176(1980) 14, 59( 1963) croscopy, 28, Si mp I e Experiments BRIGGS, A., An Introduction to CHAPMAN, W., (Project Book Scanning Acoustic Microscopy, with Microscopes 34, 391 ( 1986) 116), 19, 120(1971) D. and P. J. Good hew, BROADHEAD, E., Collecting Psocop­ CH ESCOE, of the Transmis­ tera, 8, 155(1951) The Operation Microscope, 33, BRONTE, J., et al., The Microto­ sion Electron mist1s Vade Mecum, 8,156(1951) 139( 1985) Zoom Lenses~ Mono­ BROWNING, B.L.,Analysis of Paper, CLARK, A.D., Applied Optics,No.7, Second Edition, 26, 89(1978) graphs on BRUNNER, H. and B. COMAN, The Id­ 22, 228(1974) Staining Pro­ entification of Mammalian Hair CLARK, G., (Ed.), 29, 106( 1981) 25, 54( 1977) cedures, Freshwater Life of the BRYANT, M.C., Antibiotics and CLEGG, J., 9, 22(1952) their Laboratory Control, 21, British Isles, Observer's Book on 191 (1973) CLEGG, J., The 11, 16(1956) BURKE, E.A.J., see W. Uytenbog­ Pond Life, C.E., Introduction to aardt, 21, 191(1973) CLIFTON, 12, 217(1960) M., The Insect Legion, 10, the Bacteria, BURR, Introduction to 70( 1954) CLIFTON, C.E., Physiology, 11, 186 BURRELLS, W.R., Microscope Tech­ Bacterial nique - A Comprehensive Hand­ ( 1957) see P. Terpstra, 13, book for Genera I and App I i ed CODD, L. w., Microscopy, 25, 284(1977) 284( 1963) Progress in E. P., D.F. Hale and A.M. COLLINS, C.H., (Ed.), BUTLER, Techniques,16, Glauert (Ed.), Dynamic Experi­ Microbiological ments in the Electron Micro­ 75( 1968) Flies of the Brit- scope, 31, 210(1983) COLYER, C. N., 8, 244(1951 ) BUTTERFIELD, B.G.,see B.A.Meylan, ish Isles, H. Brunner, 25, 54 397(1972) COMAN, B., see 20, ( 1977) BUXTON,P.A.,The Louse,4,140(1940) CONGRESS ORGANIZING COMMITTEE, West Germany: Proceedings: CAGNET, M., et a I • , At I as of Op­ Electron Microscopy 1982, 31, t i ca I Phenomena, 18, 159(1970) 209( 1983) Mucins, CAGNET, M., et al., Atlas of Op­ COOK, H.C., Human Tissue tical Phenomena - Supplement, 21, 191, ( 1973) et a I., Wood Struc­ 20, 306( 1972) CORE, H.A., and ldentification,25,282 CARR, D. E., The Breath of Life, ture 15, 40( 1965) ( 1977)

cxxxi ii CX>SSLETT,V.E.,and R.BARER, CEds.) Atlas of Cultivated Plants, 6, Advances in Optical and Elec­ 26( 1946) tron Microscopy, Vol.7, 28,170 DARLINGTON, C.D. and L.F. LaCOUR, (1980) The Hand Ii ng of Chromosomes, CX>SSLETT, V.E., Modern Microscopy 12, 216(1960) 15, 287(1965) DAVIES, G. (Ed.), Forensic Sci­ COSSLETT, V.E., see R. Barer, 17, ence, 34, 393(1986) 93(1969); 19, 119(1971); 25,84 DAVIES, J.E., see L.T. Greenfield (1977) 11, 155(1957) COSSLETT, V.E., see R. Barer, 31, DAY, A.C., see H.A. Core, 25, 282 107(1983) (1977) COTE, W. A., Papermaking Fibers; DEFECT ANALYSIS IN ELECTRON M1- a Photomicrographic Atlas, CROSCOPY, 25, 14(1977) 29, 59(1982) DE HOFF, R. T., and F. N. RHINES COTE, W.A., see H.A. Core, 25,282 (Eds.), Quantitative Micros­ (1977) copy, 17, 155(1969) CROSS, P. M., see J.w.s. Hearle, DEITLE, H., Das Mikroskop in Der 21, 143(1973) Schule, 23, 289(1975) CROY, O.R., Creative Photomicrog­ DIETRICH, R. V., The Tourmaline raphy, 17, 300(1969) Group, 35, 127(1987) CRUISE, J., and A.A.Newman,(Eds.) DELLY, J. G., Microscopy Ski I Is Photographic Techniques in (CS8011: A 5-Module Multimedia Scientific Research(Vol.1), Program), 25, 286( 1977) 22, 374( 1974) DELLY, J. G., (contributing edi­ CRYSTALS PERFECT AND IMPERFECT(By tor), Photography Through the Scientists of the Westinghouse Microscope, Eastman Kodak Co., Research Laboratories), 15,206 29, 57( 1981 DELLY, J. G., see w. c. McCrone, (1965) 16, 74( 1968) CULLING, C.F.A., Handbook of His­ DELLY, J. G., see W. C. McCrone, topatho Iog i ca I and Hi stochem­ 21, 271(1973) i ca I Techniques (Including DERUANE, E. G. (Ed.), see T. E. Museum Techniques) 3rd Edition Whyte, 33, 142(1985) 23, 102( 1975) DEVISMES, P., Photographic Atlas of Detrital Minerals(Atlas CULLING, C.F.A., Modern Micros­ Photogaaphique des Mineraux copy-Elementary Theory and D1AI luvions), 29, 55(1981) Practice, 23, 78(1975) DICK J. and G. Franke, Haarmikro­ CUSHMAN, J. A., Forami n i fera: skopie, 25, 138(1977) Their Classification and Eco­ DICKSON, J. H., see A. El I iot, nomic Use, 7, 241(1949) 12, 220(1960) CUTTS, H., see w. J. Krause, DIMBLEBY, G. W.,Palynology of Concise Text of Histology 30, Archaeological sites, 34, 159 31(1982) ( 1986) CZAJA, A. T., Einfuhrung in die DISBREY, B. D. and J.H. RACK, Praktische Polarisations Histological Laboratory Method Mikroskopie, 26, 87(1978) Met ,s19, 116( 1971) DOBELL, C. F., Antony Van Lee­ uwenhoek and His "Litt I e An i - DADE, H.A., The Laboratory Diag­ mals", 12, 306(1960) nosis of Honey-Bee Diseases, DONNER, J.,Radertiere,11,17(1956) 7, 222(1949) DRAFTZ, R. G., see W.C. McCrone, DALLA BETTA, R.A. (Ed.), see T.E. 16, 74( 1968) Whyte, 33 142(1985) DUFFINGTON, C.L., Practical Mi­ DALZELL, J. M., Practical Stereo­ croscopy, 13, 164(1962) scopic Photography,1,64(1937) DUNCAN, The World of Insects, 3, DARLINGTON, C.D., Chromosome At­ 270( 1939) las of Cultivated Plants, 6,26 (1946) EALES,N.B., The Littoral Fauna of DARLINGTON, C.D. and L.F. LaCOUR, Great Britain, 3, 270(1939)

cxxxiv ECHLIJ\I"; P., see J.I. Goldstein, FIEDLER, K. and J. Lieder, Tas­ 31, 207(1983) chenatlas der Histologie, 23, EDDINGTON, J.W., Practical Elec 290( 1975) tron Microscopy in Mater i a Is 50 Years WILD Heerbrugg 1921-1971 Science, 26, 122(1978) Jubilee Volume, Microscopy,20, EDUCATIONAL PRODUCTIONS LTD., Ed­ 399( 1972) ucational Film Strips on Bri­ FILER, E.W.,(Ed.), et al., Micro­ tish Insects No.1, 7,277(1949) structural Science, Volume 4, EHLERS, E.G., Optical Mineralogy; 25, 206( 1977) Theory and Technique Volume 1, FINEAN,J.B., Engstrom-Finean Bio- 35, 227( 1987) 1ogical Ultrastructure, Second see G.A. Meek, ELDER, H.Y.,(Ed.), 73(1968) 26, 121( 1978) Edition, 16, Electron Microscopy Freeze-Etch FIORI, J.C., see J.1. Goldstein, Technique Literature Service, 31, 207( 1983) 7th Supplement, 29, 184(1981) FITZGERALD, R., see J.C. Fox, 30, EL-HINNAWI, E. E., Methods in 340 ( 1982) I Micros­ Chem i ca I and Mi nera FLINT, W.P., see C.L. Metcalf, 8, copy, 15, 364 ( 1965) EL-HINNAWI, E. E., Methods in 245 ( 1951) Chemical and Mineral Micros­ FOCHTMAN, F.G., see J.D. Stockman copy, 15, 538( 1965) 27, 170( 1979) ELIAS, H., and J. E. PAULEY, Hu­ FORD, B. J., The Optical Micro­ man Microanatomy,13,250(1962) scope Manua I ;Past and Present 23, 286 ELLIOT,A., Laboratory Instruments Uses and Techniques, 9, ( 1975) their Design and Operation, FORD, B. J., The Revealing Lens, 53 ( 1952) 22, 278( 1974) ELLIOT, A., and J. HOME DICKSON, FORD, B. J., Single Lens, 33, 303 Laboratory Instruments: Their ( 1985) Design and Application, 12,220 FORD, R.l.E., The Larger British Moths, 9, 107(1952) ( 1960) LEAFLET #8 i sche FORESTRY COMMISSION EMONS, H. H. , et a I • , Chem Megastigmus Flies Attacking Mikroskopie: Eine Einfuhrung Conifer Seed, 11, 157(1957) in Theor i e und Praxis Mi kro­ FORESTRY COMMISION LEAFLET #10, skop i scher Untersuchungsmeth­ Oak Leaf Roi ler Moth, 11, 15 oden, 24, 247(1976) ( 1956) EMONS, H. H., H. Keune, H.H. Sey­ FORESTRY COMMISSION LEAFLET #15, farth, Comprehensive Ana I yt i­ Felted Beech Coccus, 11, 15 ca I Chemistry, Vol.XVI, Chemi­ ( 1956) cal Microscopy, Chapter author FORESTRY COMM I SS I ON LEAFLET #32, M. Kuhnert-Brandstatter, Ther­ Pine Looper Moth, Bupalus Pin­ mom i croscopy of Organic Com­ iarus, 10, 110(1954) pounds, 32, 112(1984) FORESTRY COMM I SS ION LEAF LET #34, 186 ERAUT, M. R., see M. A. Tribe,25, Badgers in Woodlands, 11, 139(1977) ( 1957) #40, ERB, B. and W. Matheis, Pilzmi­ FORESTRY COMMISSION LEAFLET kroskopie, Praparaten und Un­ The Pine Shoot Moth and Re­ tersuchung von Pitzen, 31, 328 lated Species, 11, 157(1957) ( 1983) FOX, J. c., et al., Sewage Organ­ FANN, S.E., see E.W. Koneman, 21, isms - A Color Atlas, 30, 340 100( 1973) ( 1982) FLEISCHER, M., R. E., Wilcox and FRAN90N, M., Optique-Formation et J. J. Matzko, Microscopic Traitment des Images, 21, 80 Determination of the Nonopaque ( 1973) Minerals, 33, 62(1985) FRANyON, M. and S.Mal lick, Polar­ FELLOWS, J. A., see ASM Handbook ization Interferometers; Ap­ Committee, 32, 212(1984) plications in Microscopy and FERWERDA, J.C., The World of 3-D Macroscopy, 21, 189(1973) A Pract i ca I Gui de to Stereo­ FRANyON, M., see M. Cagnet,18,159 photography, 34,308(1986) ( 1970)

cxxxv FRANyON, M., see M. Cagnet,20,306 Pathological Alterations in (1972) Cel I Fine Structure, 30, FRASER, J., Nature Adrift, 13,251 119(1982) ( 1962) GHADIALLY, F.N., Ultrastructural FRASMUS, D. A. (Ed.), Electron Pathology of the Cell and Probe Microanalysis in Biology Matrix. A Text and Atlas of 27, 105( 1979) Physiological and Pathological FRISON,E., L1 Evolution De la Par­ Alterations in the Fine Struc­ tie Optique Du Microscope Au ture of Cellular and Extracel­ Cours Du Dixnuvieme Siecle,10, lular components, 31,99(1983) 72( 1954) GIBSON, H.I., Photography by FRYER, J.R., The Chemical Appli­ Infrared Principles and Appl i­ cations of Transmission Elec­ cations, 27, 176(1979) tron Microscopy, 28, 77(1980) GIFKINS, R.C., Optical Microscopy FUJITA, T., et al., SEM Atlas of of Metals, 20, 306(1972) Cel Is and Tissues,30, 120( 1982) GLASSER, 1.s.D., Crystallography FUJITA, H., History of Electron and its Applications, 27, 55 Microscopes 1986, 35,229(1987) (1979) FULTON, c.c., Modern Microcrystal GLAUERT, A. M. (Ed. ) , Pr act i ca I Tests for Drugs, 18, 159(1970) Methods in Electron Micros­ copy, Vol.3, 23, 288(1975) GABOR, D., The Electron Micro­ GLAUERT, A. M., (Ed.), Practical scope-I ts Development, Present Methods in Electron Microscopy Performance, and Future Possi­ Vol.4, 25, 141(1977) bi I ities, 6, 138( 1947) GLAUERT, A. M., see E.P. Butler, GABRIEL, B. L., Biological Scan­ 31, 210(1983) ning Electron Microscopy, 30, GLOUGHER, D., Scanning Nature, 338(1982) 32, 54( 1984) GABRIEL, B.L., Biological Elec­ GLUSKER, J. P., and K. N. True­ tron Microscopy, 31,105(1983) blood, Crystal Structure Anal­ GALOPIN, R. and N.F.M. Henry, Mi­ ysis - A Primer, 34, 69(1986) croscopic Study of Opaque Min­ GOJD ICS, M., The Genus Euglena, erals, 21, 192(1973) 10, 111 (1954) GANDER, R., Photomicrographic GOLDSTEIN, G., see W. P. Thomas, Technique for Medical and Bio­ 25, 190( 1977) logical Scientists,19,28(1971) GOLDSTEIN, J. and H. Yakow Yakiz GARNETT, W.J., Freshwater Micros­ (Eds.), Practical Scanning copy, 10, 69 ( 1954) EI ectron Microscopy; EI ectron GARNETT, W.J., Freshwater Micros­ and Ion Microprobe Analysis, copy, 15, 40(1965) 24, 248( 1976) GARNETT, W. J., Visual Aids,Notes GOLDSTEIN, J. I., Scanning Elec­ on Some Modern Apparatus,6,323 tron Microscopy and X-ray ( 1948) Microanalysis: A Text for GEORGE, J., see F.E. Becker, 1,10 Biologists, Materials Scien­ ( 1937) tists and Geologists, 31, 207 GERBER, S.M., Chemistry and Crime (1983) from Sherlock Holmes to To­ GOODBY, J. W. G., see G. W. Gray, day's Courtroom, 33, 57(1985) 33, 63( 1985) GERLACH, D., Das Lichtmikroskop, GOODHEW, P. J., see D. Chescoe, 33, 139( 1985) 28, 76(1980) GOODMAN, J. R., see Y. Ranaka, GERLITZ, H., What You Should Know 21 , 6 7 ( 19 73 ) About the Microscope Before GOODWIN, B.C., Temporal Organisa­ You Buy One, 32, 109(1984) ti~n in Cal Is, 14, 238(1964) T. GERRARD & CO., The Bu I I et in GOODWIN, T.W., The Biosynthesis Vol.5 No. 1, 8, 156(1951) of Vitamins and Related Com­ GHADIALLY, F. N., Ultrastructural pounds, 14, 369(1965) Pathology of the Cel I. A Text GRANT, J., Science for the Prose­ and Atlas of Physiological and cution, 5, 90(1942)

cxxxvi GRANT, P.R. CEd.), see D.B. Holt, Studies Through the Micro­ 24, 6( 1976) scope, Vol. 2, Coelenterates GRAVE, E. v., Discover the Invis­ and their Food, 23, 212(1975) ible, 33, 60(1985) HA IT INGER, M., FI uoreszenm i kros­ GRAY, E., Microbiology, An Intro­ kop i e, 13, 78(1961) duction, 10, 70(1954) HALE, E. F., see E. P. Butler, GRAY, G. W. and J. W. G. Goodby, 31, 210(1983) Smectic Liquid Crystals, 33, HALL, A. J., see C. D. Gribble, 63(1985) 34, 314( 1986) GRAY, P., (Ed.), Encyclopedia of HALL, C.R., see D.K.Bowen, 24,339 Microscopy and Microtechnic, (1976) 2u, 191( 1975) HALLIMOND, A.F., The Polarizing GRAY, P., Handbook of Basic Mi­ Microscope, Third Edition, 18, crotechnique, 9, 52(1952) ) 192( 1970) GRAY, R. L., see R.A. Parham, 30, HARMAN, I • , Co I I ect i ng Butter­ 337( 1982) f I ies and Moths, 8, 55(1950) GRAY, S.J., Essentials of Micro­ HARRIS, J.B., Blood Groups and tomy, 21, 190( 1973) Techniques, 21, 191(1973) GRAYSON, J. E., see D.M. Cati ing, HARRIS, R.J.C. (Ed.), The Inter­ 30, 242( 1982) pretation of Ultrastructure, GREEN, T.L., Zoological Technique 13, 328( 1963) 1, 68(1937) HARRIS, R.J.C., Cel I Growth and GREENFIELD, L.T. and J.E. Davies, Cel I Division, 14, 116(1963) Preparation of Tin and Tin Al- HARRIS, R.J.C., Cellular Basis 1oys for Microscopical Examin­ and Aetiology of Late Somatic ation, 11, 155( 1957) Effects of Ionising Radiation, GRIBBLE, C. D., and A. J. Hal I, A 14, 59( 1963) Practical Introduction to Op­ HARRIS, R.J.C. (Ed.), Techniques tical Mineralogy, 34,314(1986) in Experimental Virology, 14, GRIMSTONE, A.V. and R.J. Skaer, A 420( 1965) Guide to Microscopical Methods HARRISON,W.R., Forgery Detection; 21, 190(1973) A Practical Guide,14,300(1965) GRUNDY, P. J. and G. A. Jones, HARTLEY, W.G., Hartley's Micros­ EI ectron mI croscopy in the copy, 28, 35(1980) Study of Materials, 26, 123 HARTSHORNE, N.H., et al.,Crystals (1978) and the Polarizing Mi croscop,e, GROSSRAU, R., see z. Lojda, 28,75 8, 245( 1951) (1980) HARTSHORNE, N. H. and A. Stuart, GUILFORD, C., see A. E. Adams,33, Crystals and the Polarizing 297( 1985) Microscopy,4th Edition, 19,115 GURINGE, M., see G. Thomas, 28,84 ( 1971) (1980) HARTSHORNE, N.H. and A. Stuart, GURR, E., Encyclopedia of Micro­ Pract i ca I Opt i ca I Crysta I Iog­ scopic Stains, 13, 80(1961) raphy, 14, 299( 1965) GURR, E., Microscopic Staining HARTSHORNE, N.H. and A. Stuart, Techniques, Ed. 2, 8,155(1955) Pract i ca I Opt i ca I Crysta I Iog­ GURR E., A Pract i ca I Manua I of raphy, Second Edition, 17,301 Medical and Biological Stain­ ( 1969) ing Techniques, 11, 156(1957) HASHIMOTO, H., et al., Recent GURR, G. T., Biological Staining Development of Electron Micro­ Methods, 9, 107(1952) scope, 35, 229(1987) GURR, G. T.,Biological Staining HAY AT, M.A., Basic EI ectron Mi­ Methods, Ed.6 11,156(1957) croscopy Techniques, 20, 397 (1972) HAFEZ, E.S.E., Scanning Electron HAYAT, M.A. (Ed.), Electron Mi­ Microscopy of Human Reproduc­ croscopy of Enzymes: Pr inc i­ tion, Vol.4, 28, 37(1980) p I es and Methods,Vol.3, 23,285 HAINSWORTH, M. D., Biological ( 1975)

cxxxvi i HAYAT, M. A. (Ed.), Electron Mi­ Microscope, 26,86(1978) croscopy of Enzymes: Princi­ HEARLE, J. W.s., et a I • , The Use ples and Methods,Vol.4, 24,340 of the Scanning EI ectron Mi­ ( 1976) croscope, 21, 143(1973> HAYAT, M. A. (Ed.), Electron Mi­ HEATH, C.. E., The Beginner's croscopy of Enzymes: Pr inc i - Guide to the Microscope, 1, 28 pies and Methods,Vol.5, 26,162 (1937) ( 1978) HEATH, C•• E., Microscope SI ide HAYAT, M. A., Fixation for Elec­ Making, 1, 28(1937) tron Microscopy, 30, 244(1982) HEIKOFF, J. M., Management of HAYAT, M.A., Introduction to Bio­ I ndustr i a I Part i cu I ates; Cor­ logical Scanning Electron Mi­ porate, Government, Citizen croscopy, 26, 124(1978) Action, 24, 251(1976) HAYAT, M.A., Principles and Tech­ HEINRICH, K. F. J., Electron Beam niques of EI ectron Microscopy X-ray Microanalysis, 29, 63 (Biological Applications, Vol. (1981) 1), 19, 326(1971) HEINTZ, R., and S. Althof, Das HAYAT, M.A. (Ed.), Principles and Harnsediment, 25, 136(1977) Techniques of Electron Micros­ HELMKE, J.-G., et al., I L28 copy; Biolobical Applications, Diatoms 1, Shel Is in Nature Vol.3 22, 218(1974) and Technics, 34, 71(1986) HAYAT, M.A. (Ed.), Principles and HEMSLEY, D. A., The Light Micros­ Techniques of Electron Micros­ copy of Synthetic Polymers, copy; Biological Applications, 33, 227( 1985) Vol.6, 25, 86(1977) HENRY, N.F.M., see R. Galopin,21, HAYAT, M.A. (Ed.), Principles and 192( 1973) Techniques of Electron Micros­ HERMS, W. B., Medical Entomology, copy; Biological Applications, 3, 270(1939) Vol.7, 26, 78(1978) HESS, M. (Ed.), Electron Micro­ HAYAT, M.A. (Ed.), Principles and scopic Concepts of Secretion: Techniques of Scanning Elec­ UI trastructure of Endocrine tron Microscopy, Vols. 1 and 2 and Reproductive Organs, 24,24 23, 20( 1975) ( 1976) HAYAT, M.A. (Ed.), Principles and HEYWOOD, V. H. CEd.), Scanning Techniques of Scanning Elec­ Electron Microscopy, System­ tron Microscopy - (Biological atic and Evolutionary Appl ica­ Applications, Vol. 5), 25, 130 tions, 19, 320(1971) ( 1977) HIGH, O. B., Lipid Histochemis­ HAYAT, M.A. CEd.), Principles and try, 33, 140( 1985) Techniques of Scanning Elec­ HILTON, J. Al I You Ever Wanted to tron Microscopy; Bio Iog i ca I Know About Microscopy and Were Applications, Vol. 6, 27, 128 Afraid to Ask, 34, 158(1986) (1979) HILTON, o. Scientific Examination HAYAT, M.A. (Ed.), Principles and of Questioned Documents, Re­ Techniques of Electron Micros­ vised Edition, 32, 114(1984) copy. Biological Applications, HIRES, C. s., Spores, Ferns: Vol. 8, 27, 53( 1979) Microscopic I I lusions Analyzed HAYAT, M.A. CEd.), Principles and Vo I s. I & I I , 29, 60 C1981 ) Techniques of Electron Micros­ HIRSCH, P. B., et al., Electron copy. Biological Applications, Microscopy of Thin Crysta Is, Vol. 9, 27, 101(1979) 15, 80(1965) HAYWORTH, H.G., see E.Y. Barber, HIRSCH, SIR PETER, et al., Elec­ 31, 102 ( 1983) tron Microscopy of Thin Crys­ HAYNES, R., Optical Microscopy of tals, Second Revised Ed., 26, Materials, 34, 153(1986) 125( 1978) HEADSTROM, R., Adventures with a HOARE, W.E., Tinplate Handbook, Hand Lens, 25, 178( 1977) 11, 239(1957) HEADSTROM, R., Adventures with a HOCHSTETTER, A. R. van, Ultra-

cxxxvi ii structure of the Mamma I i an JACKSON, B. P., and D. W. Snow­ Cel I, Krstic, translated from don, Powdered Vegetable Drugs; the German, 29, 62(1981) An Atlas of Microscopy for Use HODGES, D., The Pol len Loads of in the ldentif ication and the Honeybee; A Guide to their Authentication of Some PI ant Identification by Colour and Mater i a I s Emp Ioyed as Med i c i - Form, 33, 223(1985) nal Agents, 19,118(1971) HOEGFELDT, J. W. CEd.), see E.W. JAMES, J.,Light Microscopic Tech­ Filer, 25, 206(1977) niques in Biology and Medicine HOLM, R., see J. Ohnsorge, 22,340 26, 81(1978) ( 1974) JAMES, J. and J. Tas, Histochem­ HOLT, D.B. (Ed.), et al., Quanti­ ical Protein Staining Methods, tative Scanning Electron Mi­ 33, 141(1985) croscopy, 24, 6(1976) JARRETT, A., and R.1.c. Spearman, HOLZ, H. M., Worthwhile Facts Histochemistry of the Skin - About Fluorescence Microscopy, Psoriasis, 14, 368(1965) 32, 109(1984) JARVIS,J.D.,Diagnostic Procedures HORAK,V., see T.S.Ma,25,142(1977) in Clinical Bacteriology.The HORNE, D. F., Optical Instruments Specimen, 21, 191C1973) and their Applications, 29,103 JOHAR I, OM, Studies of Food Mi­ ( 1981) crostructure, 30, 33(1982) HORNE, D.F., Optical Production JOHNSON, B.K., see L.C. Martin, Technology, 21, 145(1973) 7, 276(1949) HORNE, D.F., Spectacle Lens Tech­ JOHNSON, J. C., Microscopic Ob­ nology, 27, 173(1979) jects - How to Mount them,1,28 HORNE, D. F., Optical Production ( 1937) Technology, 2nd Edition, 32,50 JOHNSON, Jr., J. E., (Ed.-in ( 1984) Chief), Journal of Electron HOWIE, A., see P. Hirsch, 26, 125 Microscopy Techniques, Vol. 1, ( 1978) 32, 107( 1984) HOWIE, A., see P.B. Hirsch, 15,80 JONES, G.A., see P.J. Grundy, 26, (1965) 123( 1978) HUNTER, S. H., see J. J. Lee, 34, JONES, N. w., Laboratory Manual 312(1986) for Optical Mineralogy, 28, 79 HURLBUT, C.S. Jr., Manual of Min­ (1980) eralogy (after J.D.Dana), 19th JONES, R. McC I ung, Basic Micro­ Ed., 28, 34(1980) scop i c Techniques,15,537(1965) HULS, H., see A. van der Werf,12, JONES,S.G., Introduction to Floral 217( 1960) Mechanism, 3, (1939) HURLBUT, Jr., C.S., see C. Klein, JOY, D. c., see J. I. Goldstein, 34, 73( 1986) 31, 201(1983) HURRY, s.w., The Microstructure JUNGVEIS, E., Spot Test Analysis; of Cel Is - An Introduction for Clinical, Environmental, For­ Sixthformers, 14, 420(1965) ensic and Geochemical Appl ica­ HUTCHINSON, J.E. and A.P. Somlyo, tions, 33, 226(1985) Microprobe Analysis of Biolog­ KAPP, R. o., How to Know Pollen ical Systems, 30, 243(1982) and Spores, 19, 114( 1971) HUTCHINGS, A.F., see Russel I, P.A. KAUSTINEN, H. M., see R.A. Par­ 27, 169( 1979) ham, 23, 118( 1975) KEIL, A., see W.J.Schmidt, 21,143 ( 1973) ILFORD LTD.,I I ford Color Filters, KEITLER, G., see R. Schenk,13,248 2, 216(1938) ( 1962) INDEX TO MICROSCOPY IN ASTM LIT - KESSEL, R.,see G.Shih,32,53(1984) ERATURE: Part I: 1916-1965,21, KEUNE, H., Bilderatlas zur Qual i­ 189( 1973) INOUE, s., et al., Video Micros­ tativen Anorganischen Mikro­ copy, 35, 328(1987) analyse, 18, 326(1970) ISASI, J. A., see Donald R. Bea­ KEUNE, H., see Hans-Heinz Emons, man, 20, 396(1972) 24, 247( 1976)

cxxxix KEUNE, H., see H. H. Emons, H. H. LANGERON, M. see M. V. Locqu in, Seyfarth and M. Kuhnert-Brand­ 32, 51 (1984) statter, 32, 112( 1984) LAPAGE, G., Nematodes Parasitic KIDD, F., Brushmaking Materials, in Animals, 1, 63(1937) 11, 215(1957) LEAKE, L. D., Comparative Histol­ KIPFER, A., Der Micromounter, ogy: An Introduction to the 22, 176( 1974) Microscopic Structure of An i - KLEIN, c., see Hurlbut, c.s., 28, mals, 24, 250(1976) 34 ( 1980) LEE, J. J., S. H. Hunter and E.C. KLEIN, c. and c.s. Hurlbut, Jr., Bovee,

cxl MACKENZIE, W.S. and C. Guildford, and Techniques, 21, 271(1973) Atlas of Rock-Forming Minerals McCRONE, W. C. CEd.),Proceedings in Thin Section, 29, 105(1981) of the International Micros­ MACKENZIE, W. S., see A.E. Adams, copy Symposium, 13, 223(1962) 33, 297( 1985) McLAUGHLIN, R.B., Special Methods MAEHLY, A. and L.Stromberg, Chem­ in Light Microscopy, 27, 171 ical Criminal istics, 32, 296 (1979) (1984) MALLICK, s. see M.Francon, 21,189 MALLICK, S., see M.Cagnet, 20,306 (1973) I (1972) MEEK, G.A. CEd.), and H. Y. ELDER MANUAL OF MICROSCOPICAL ANALYSIS CEd.), Analytical and Quanti­ OF FEEDSTUFFS, Second Edition, tative Methods in Microscopy, 26, 228( 1978) 26, 121 ( 1978) MALI ES, H.M., Applied Microscopy MEHL, R. F., see ASM Handbook and Photomicrography, 12, 217 Committee, 32, 208(1984) (1960) MESZAROS, L. and F. Deutschmann, MALI ES, H., A Short Hi story of Atlas fur die Mikroskopie von the English Microscope; The Nahrungsgrundstoffen und Fut­ XIX Century Instrument, 30,121 term i tte In; Tei I I Olsaaten und (1982) deren Verarbeitungsruckstande MARMASSE, c., Microscopes and (At I as for the Microscopy of their Uses, 31, 326(1983) Foodstuffs and Feeds, Part 1 MARTIN, L.C., et al., Practical Oil Seeds and Their Processing Microscopy, 7, 276(1949) Residues), 25, 83(1977) MART IN, L.C., The Theory of the METCALF, C.L., Destructive and Microscope, 15, 366,534(1965) Usefu I Insects, 8, 245( 1951) MASON, C.W., see E. M. Chamot,12, MEYER-ARNDT, J.R., A Belated Book 248( 1960) Review, 28, 173(1980) MASON, C. W., Handbook of Chemi­ MEYER, o., Microscopy on a Shoe­ cal Microscopy 31, 106(1983) string for Beekeepers and Na­ MASON, W. P., Crystal Physics of turalists, 33, 143(1985) Interaction Processes, 15,285, MEYERS, N., Rediscovering the 535( 1965) Microscope, (Colour Filmstrip, MATHEIS, W., see B. Erb, 31, 328 Tape Recording, Manual ),15,536 (1983) ( 1965) MATZKO, J. J., see M. Fleischer, MEYLAN, B.A. and B.G.Butterfield, 33, 62 ( 1985) Three-Dimensional Structure of MAURIZIO, A., see Louveaux, J., Wood; A Scanning Electron Mi­ 28, 38( 1980) croscope Study, 20, 397(1972) McCALL, J. L. and P. M. French MIDDLEBROOKS, E. J., Statistical CEds.) Interpretive Techniques Ca I cu I at ions; how to Solve for Microstructural Analysis, Statistical Problems, 25, 133 25, 278( 1977) (1977) McCALL, J. L., see E. W. Filer, MILES, A., Photomicrographs of 25, 206( 1977) World Woods, 29, 54(1981) McCRONE, w.c., The Asbestos Par­ MILLER, R.F.E. The Amateur's Mi­ ticle Atlas, 28, 171(1980) croscope, 8, 215(1951) McCRONE, W.C., Microscopy Labora­ MILLER, R.F.E., Practical Photo­ tory Notebook, 25, 137(1977) micrography, 7, 55(1948) McCRONE, W. C., et al., The Par­ MILLONIG, G., Laboratory Manual ticle Atlas: A Photomicro­ of Biological Electron Micros­ graph ic Reference for the copy, 25, 209(1977) Microscopical Identification MINISTRY OF SUPPLY, Some Proper­ of Particulate Substances, 16, ties and Applications of DDT 74(1968) 6, 83( 1946) McCRONE, W. C. and J. G. Del I y, MISELL, D.I. CEd.), Developments The Particle Atlas, Second in Electron Microscopy and An­ Edition, Vol.1, Principles alysis, 1977, 27, 55(1979)

cxl i tJODEN, H. and S. Modin, Metal lur­ NEWMAN, L. H., see E.F. Linssen gical Microscopy, 21,195(1973) 9, 248( 1953) MOLLRING, F. K., Beginning with NICHOLSON, R.B., see P.B. Hirsch, the Microscope, 22, 158(1974) 15, 80(1965) MOLLRING, F. K., Microscopy from NICHOLSON, R.B., see Peter Hirsch the Beginning, 32, 109(1984) 26, 125(1978) MOHANTY, S. B., Electron Micros­ 1973 Annual Book of ASTM Stan­ copy for Biologists, 31, 327 dards, Part 23: Water, Atmos­ ( 1983) pheric Analysis, 23, 132(1975) MOORE, P.D., An I I lustrated Guide 1976 Annua I Book of ASTM Stan­ to Pollen Analysis, 27, 103 dards - Part 41, 25, 205(1977) (1979) 1976 An nua I Book of ASTM Stan­ MORGAN, A. J., X-ray Microanaly­ dards - Part 42, 25, 207(1977) sis in Electron microscopy for 1976 An nua I Book of ASTM Stan­ Biologists, 34, 307(1986) dards - Part 31: Water, 25, 46 MORRISON, J.H., see G.B. Wilson, (1977) 15, 327( 1965) NURIDSANY, C., and M. Perennou, MORSE, S.A., see R.E. Stoiber, Photographing Nature, 25, 212 22, 373( 1974) MUIR, I .D., The 4-Axis Universal (1977) Stage, 30, 339(1982) NUTALL, R.H., Microscopes From MUIR, M.D., (Ed.), see D.B. Holt, the Frank Collection 1800-1860 24, 6( 1976) I I lustrating the Development MURR, L. E., Electron and Ion Mi­ of the Achromatic Instrument, croscopy and Microanalysis: 27, 177(1979) Principles and Applications, 31, 208(1983) OCKENDEN, F.E.J., I I luminants and I I lumination for Microscopic NATIONAL GALLERY TECHNICAL BULLE­ Work, 6, 323(1948) TIN - Issue No. 1, September OCKENDEN, F.E.J., Introduction to 1977, 26, 79(1978) the Electron Microscope, 6,112 NEEDHAM, G. H.,The Practical Use (1946) of the Microscope, Including OHNSORGE, J. and R. Holm, Scan­ Photomicrography,Second Print­ ning Electron Microscopy; An ing, 26, 85(1978) Introduction for Physicians NELSON, DR. J. B., Futher Experi­ and Biologists (Rasterelectro­ ments with Microscopes (Pro­ nen Mikroskopie; Eine Einfuh­ ject Book 117), 19, 120( 1071) rung fur Mediziner und Bio­ NEUHOFF, V., (Ed.), Micromethods logen), 22, 340(1974) in Molecular Biology, Vol. 14 OLLIVER, C.W., The Intelligent of the Springer-Verlag Molecu­ Use of the Microscope, 8, 318 lar Biology, Biochemistry and ( 1952) Biophysics Science Book Series ORCI, L., and A.Perrelet, Freeze­ 23, 192( 1975) Etch Histology: A comparison NEWBURY, E. E., see J. I. Gold­ between Thin Sections and stein, 31, 207(1983) Freeze-Etch Rep I icas, 24, 250 NEWMAN, A.A., Photographic Tech­ ( 1976) niques in Scientific REsearch, ORMANDY, P.G., An Introduction to Vol .3, 28, 168( 1980) Metallurgical Laboratory Tech­ NEWMAN, A. A., see J. Cruise, 22, niques, 19, 270(1971) 374(1974) NEWMAN, L. H., The Butterfly Far­ PALMER, J. M., Lens Aberration mer, 9, 248(1953) Data, 19, 219(1971) NEWMAN, L. H., Talking of Butter­ PALMER, F. W., and A. B. Sahiar, flies, Moths and Other Fascin­ Microscopes to the End of the ating Insects, 6, 112(1946) 19th Century, 20, 226(1972) NEWMAN, L. H., Transformations of PANT IN, C. F.A., Notes on Micro­ Butterflies and Moths, 9, 136 scop i ca I Techniques for Zoolo­ ( 1953) gists, 6, 83(1946)

cxl ii PARHAM, R. A. and H. M. Kaus­ enanalyse bei Verkehrsunfal- t i nen, Papermaking Materials; 1en, Vol. 14, 25, 279( 1977) An Atlas of Electron Micro­ POTTER, P. E. see F. J. Pettijohn graphs, 23, 118(1975) and R. Siever, 35, 329(1987) PARHAM, R.A. and R.L. Gray, The RACK, J.H., see B.D. Disbrey, 19, Practical Identification of 116( 1971) Wood Pulp Fibers, 30,337(1982) RACKER, D., Transmission Electron PARK-WINDER, W.E., Micro-Projec­ Microscopy: Methods of App -I i tion in Science Teaching, 8, cation, 31, 325(1983) 155(1961) RAINBOW, C. and A.H. Rose, Bio­ PARMENTER, L., Collecting Flies, chemistry of Industrial Micro­ 8, 155( 1951) organisms, 14, 199(1964) PASHLEY, D.W., see Peter Hirsch, RAJHANS, G. S. and J.L. Sul I ivan, 26, 125( 1978) Asbestos Samp I i nq and Ana I y­ PATRICK, R. and C. W. Reimer, The s is, 30, 27(1982) Di atoms of the United States RAMACHANDRAN, G. N. (Ed.), Ad- (Exclusive of Alaska and Ha­ vanced Methods of Crysta I Iog­ waii). Vol .2, Part 1. Mono­ raphy, 14, 457(1965) graph No. 13 of the Academy of RANAKA, Y. and J. R. Goodman, Natura I Sciences of Phi Iade 1- EI ectron Microscopy of Human ph i a, 25, 204(1977) Blood Cel Is, 21, 67(1983) PAULEY, J. E., see H. Elias, RANKIN, A. H., see T. H. Shepard, 13, 250( 1962) 33, 300( 1985) PAYNE, B. o., Microscope Design RAPP, G.R. JR., see W.L. Roberts, and Construction, 10, 71(1954) 24, 103( 1976) PAYNE, R. W., see J. A. Barnett RAVEN, C. P., Morphogenesis - The and D. Yarrow, 32, 294(1984) Analysis of Mui luscan Develop­ PEACOCK, H.A., Elementary Micro­ ment, 15, 328(1965) techniques, 4, 139(1940) RAWLINS, T.E., et al., Techniques PEASE, D. C., Histological Tech­ of Plant Histochemistry and niques for Electron Micros­ Virology, 10, 70(1954) copy, 13, 194(1962) REITTER, E., Beetles,13,222(1961) PENTECOST, A., Introduction to RHINES, F. N., see R. T. DeHoff, Freshwater Algae, 34,155(1986) 17, 155(1969) PERENNOU, M., see C. Nuridsany, RICHARDS, O.W., see J. R. Meyer­ 25, 212( 1977) Arendt, 28, 173(1980) PERFIL'EV, B.v., et al., Applied RICHARDSON, J.H., Optical Micros­ Cap ii lary Microscopy; the Role copy for the Materials Sci­ of Microorganisms in the For­ ences, 20, 223(1972) mation of kon-Manganese De­ RI CHARD SON, J., Microscope Care posits, 15, 82(1965) and Maintenance, Technicians' PERLMAN, P., Basic Microscope Guide 1, 32, 116(1984) Techniques, 20, 225(1972) RICK, W., Klinische Chemie und PETTIJOHN, F. J., P.E. Potter and Mikroskopie; Eine Einfuhrung, R. Siever, Sand and Sandstone Third Edition, 24, 260(1976) 2nd Edition, 35, 329(1987) ROBBINS, C.R., Chemical and Phys­ PHILLIPS, Wm. R., Mineral Optics; ical Behavior of Human Hair, Principles and Techniques 21, 28, 85(1980) 144( 1973) ROBERTS, G.D., see E. W. Koneman, PICKWELL, G., Deserts,4,139(1940) 26, 228( 1978) PICKWELL, G., see Duncan, 3, 270 ROBERTS, W.L., et al., Encyclo­ ( 1939) pedia of Minerals,24,103(1976) PIKE, o. G., Nature and My Cine ROCHOW, T.G. and E.G. Rochow, An Camera, 6, 236(1947) Introduction to Microscopy by PILLER, H., Microscope Photom­ Means of Light, Electron, etry, 26, 88(1978) X-rays or Ultrasound, 27,174 POHL, K. D., Naturwissenschaft- (1979) 1 ich-kriminal istischecal Spur- ROCHOW, T. G., Light-Microscopi-

cxl iii cal Resinography, 32,49(1984) SCHIERBEEK, A., Measuring the In­ ROOSEBOOM. M•• Microscopium, 11, v is i bI e Wor Id-The Life and 155(1957) Works of Antoni Van Leeuwen­ ROSE, A. H., Chemical Microbi­ hoek, 12, 306(1960) ology, 15, 329( 1965) SCHMIDT, W.J. and A. Keil, Polar­ ROSE, A.H., see C.Rainbow, 14,199 ' z 1 ng Microscopy of Denta I ( 1964) Tissues, 21, 143(1973) ROSE, J., Molecular Complexes,16, SCHOLLE, P.A., A Color I I lustrat­ 284( 1968) ed Guide to Carbonate Rock ROY, A. (Ed.), National Gallery Constituents, Textures, Ce­ Technical Bui letin Vol. 6, 31, ments and Porosites, 28, 80 104( 1983) (1980) RUEDL, E. and U. Va I dre CEds.) SCHOLLE, P.A., A Color II lustrat­ Electron Microscopy in Materi­ ed Guide to Consituents, Tex­ als Science, 26, 80(1978) tures, Cements and Poros i tes RUSS, J. c., Fundamentals of En­ of Sandstone and Associated ergy Dispersive X-ray Analysis Rocks, 28, 81(1980) 33, 58(1985) SCHUMANN, H., and F. Kornder, RUSSELL, P.A. (Ed.), Electron Mi­ Rinne/Berek; Anleitung zur croscopy and X-Ray Appl ica­ Al lgemeinen und Polarisations tions to Environmental and Oc­ - Mikroskopie der Festkorper cupational Health Analysis,27, in Durch I icht, 3rd Ed., 25,143 169( 1979) (1977) RUTHERFORD, G.K. (Ed.), Soil Mi­ SCOTT, v. D. and G. Love, Quanti­ croscopy, 24, 189(1976) tative Electron-Probe Micro­ RUTHMANN, A., Methods in Cel I Re­ analysis, 32, 215(1984) search, 18, 222(1970) SEGUY, E., Le Microscope - Emploi et Applications, 8, 154(1951) SAFERSTEIN, R., Criminalistics. SEYFARTH, H. H., see H. H. Emons, An Introduction to Forensic 24, 247( 1976) Science, 25, 281(1977) SEYFARTH, H. H., see H.H. Emons, SAHIAR, A.B., see F.W. Palmer,20, H. Kaune and M. Kuhnert-Brand­ 226( 1972) st~tter, 32, 112(1984) SAMUELS, L.E., Optical Microscopy SHAFER, G. D., The Ways of a Mud of Carbon Steels, 29, 52( 1981) Dauber, 7, 276(1949) SANDERS, J. McConnel I, The Micro­ SHARPLES, A., Introduction to scop i ca I Examination of Crude Polymer Crystal I ization,15,534 Petroleum, 2, 56(1938) (1965) SANDHALL, A., and H. Berggren, SHELLEY, D., Manual of Optical Planktonkunde, 34, 305(1986) Mineralogy, 25, 82(1977) SANDS, D. E., Introduction to SHELLEY, D. Opt i ca I Mi nera I ogy, Crystallography, 1st Ed.25,284 34, 159( 1986) (1977) SHEPHED, W., How to Use a Micro­ SASS, J. E., Botanical Microtech­ scope, 14, 300( 1965) n ique, 9, 108(1952) SHEPARD, T. H., A Practical Guide SAWYER, R., Pollen Identification to Fluid Inclusion Studies,33, for Beekeepers, 32, 293(1984) 300( 1985) SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPY/ SHEPPARD, C., see T. Wilson, 33, Current Year (Proceedings of 298( 1985) The ••• ), 25, 131(1977) SHIH, G. and R. Kessel, Living SCHENK, R. and G. Keitler, Photo­ Images; Biological Microstruc­ micrography: An Introduction tures Revea I ed by Scanning to the Pr inc i pI es of the Mi­ Electron Microscopy, 32, 53 croscope and its Application (1984) to the Practice of Photomi­ SIEVER, R., see F. J. Pettijohn crography, 13, 248(1962) and P. E. Potter, 35,329(1987) SCHIEBLER, T.H., see Lojda, Z., SILVERTON, see Baker,10,246(1955) 28, 75(1980) SJOSTRAND, F.S., Electron Micros-

cxl iv copy of Cel Is and Tissues, STOCKHAM, J.D. (Ed.), Particle Vol.1, Instrumentation and Size Analysis, 27, 170(1979) Techniques, 16, 285(1968) STOIBER, R.E. and S.A. Morse, Mi­ SKAER, R.J., see A.V. Grimstone, croscopic I dent if i cation of 21, 190(1973) crystals, 22, 373(1974) SLANSKY, M. Geology of Sedimen­ STREBLE, H. and D. Krauter Das tary Phosphates, 34, 311(1986) Leben im Wassertropfen; Mikro­ SMITH, B. W., The World in the flora und Mikrofauna des Suss­ Past, 9, 304(1954) wassers, 23, 156(1975) SMITH, D.A., see K.M. Bowkett,19, STROKE, G. w., An Introduction to 220( 1971) Coherent Optics and Holog­ SMITH, G., The Butterfiles and raphy, 15, 165(1965) Moths Found in the Counties of STUART, A., see N.H. Hartshorne, Cheshire, Flintshire, Denbigh­ 8, 245( 1951) shire, Caernarvonshire, Angle­ STUART, A., see N.H. Hartshorne, sey and Merionethshire, 7, 194 14, 299(1965) (1949) STUART, A., see N.H. Hartshorne, SMITH, J. M., Scientific Analysis 17 I 301( 1969) on the Pocket Ca Icu Ia tor, STUART, A., see N.H. Hartshorne, 24, 236(1976) 19, 115(1971) SMITH, R. F., Microscopy and SULLIVAN, J. L. see G.S. Rajhans, Photomicrography, a Pract i ca I 30, 27(1982) Guide, 31, 100(1983) SWIFT, J.A., Electron Microscopes SNOOT, R. K., see M.A. Tribe, 25, 20, 36( 1972) 139( 1977) SWINDELL, W., Polarized Light, SNOWDON, D. W., see Betty P.Jack­ 24, 337(1976) son, 19, 118(1971) SZABO, D., Medical Colour Photo­ SOBECKA, z., Dictionary of Chem­ micrography, 21, 80(1973) istry and Chemical Technology, 13, 328(1963) TAKAHASHI, W.N., see T.E.Rawl ins, SOMLYO, A.P., see J.E. Hutchinson 10, 70( 1954) 30, 243(1982) TANAKA, K. see T. Fujita, 30, 120 SOUTHWORTH, H.N., Introduction to ( 1982) Modern MicroscopyCWykeham Sci­ TAS, J., see J. James, 33,141 ence Series,v.34),24,336(1976) (1985) SPARROW, J.T., see J.w.s. Hearle, TEALE, E. w., Grassroot Jungle, 21, 143( 1973) 2, 230(1938) SPEARMAN, R.1.c., see A. Jarrett, TERPSTRA, P. and L.W. Codd, Crys­ 14, 368 ( 1965) tal lometry, 13, 284(1963) SPENCER,M., Fundamentals of Light THOMAS, G., Transmission Electron Microscopy, 30,336(1982) Microscopy of Materials, 28,84 STEINNMANN, H. and L. Zombori, A (1980) Morpho Iog i ca I At Ias of Insect THOMPSON, S.W. and L.G. Luna, An Larvae, 33, 302(1985) Atlas of Artifacts Encountered STEPHAN IDES, T., The Microscope in the Preparation of Micro­ and the Practical Principles scop i c Tissue Sections, 26,164 of Observation, 6, 323(1948) (1978) STEVENS, G.W.W.,Microphotography; THOMAS, W. A., et al., Biological Photography at Extreme Resolu­ Indicators of Env i ronmenta I tion, 11, 184(1957) Quality, 25,· 190(1977) STEVENS, G.W.W.,Microphotography; TOKUNGA, J., see T. Fugita,30,120 Photography and Photofabr i ca­ (1982) tion at Extreme Resolution,18, TOLKE, A. and I., Macrophoto and 327( 1970) Cine Methods, 20, 224(1972> STEVENS, R.E., see T.H. Behrens, TRABER, H.A. CEd.),The Microscope and P.D.C. Kley, 18, 81(1970) as a Camera, 20, 223(1972) STEWARD, P.J. (Ed.), Fixation in TRIBE, M.A., et al.,Light Micro?­ Histochemistry, 22, 38(1974) copy, 25, 139(1977)

cxlv lRIER, J.C., see M.Cagnet, 18,159 nique, 20, 227(1972) (1970) VORWOHL, G., see J. Louveaux, 28, TRUEBLOOD, K. N., see J. P. Glus­ 38(1980) ker, 34, 69(1986) TRYON, A. F., see R. M. Tryon, WAHLSTROM, E.E., Optical Crystal­ 32, 108( 1984) lography, 28, 74(1980) TRYON, R.M. and A.F. Tryon, Ferns WALKER,M.I., Amateur Photomicrog­ and Al I ied Plants, with Spe­ raphy, 20, 398(1972) cial Reference to Tropical Am­ WALLINGTON, E.A., Hi sto Iog i ca I erica, 32, 108(1984) Methods for Bone, 21,190(1973) TUPHOLME, C.H.S., Colour Photomi­ WARNER, P. O., Ana I ys is of Air crography with a 35-mm Camera, Pollutants, 26, 227(1978) 13, 168( 1962) WARD, and Whipple, Freshwater TURNER, G. L1 E., Essays on the Biology 12, 215(1960) History of the Microscope, 29, WATT, I. M., The Principles and 108(1981) Practice of EI ectron Micros­ TURNER, G. L'E., Collecting Mi­ copy, 34, 315(1986) croscopes, 32, 52(1984) WEAKLEY, B. s., A Beginner's TWYMAN, F., Lens and Prism Making Handbook in Biological Elec­ 7, 55( 1948) tron Microscopy, 21, 273(1973) WEAKLEY, B. S., A Beginner's UMBRIET, W. W. CEd.), Advances in Handbook in Biological Trans­ Appljed Microbiology, Vol.6, mission Electron Microscopy, 14, 489( 1965) 30, 30(1982) UNDERWOOD, E. E., Quantitative WEBB, A., Beekeeping for Profit Stereology, 19, 117(1971) and Pleasure, 6, 54(1946) UPTON, J. R., The Microscope, 1, WEBB, J. A., see Moore, P.O., 27, 10(1937) 103( 1979) UYTENBOGAARDT,W. and E.A.J.Burke, WEBER, J., see w. L. Roberts, 24, Tables for Microscopic ldenti­ 103( 1976) f ication of Ore Minerals, Sec­ WELLS, O. C., Scanning Electron ond Ed it ion, 21, 191C1973) Microscopy, 23, 238(1975) WELTON, J. E., SEM Petrology VALDRE, U., (Ed.), see E. Ruedl Atlas, 33, 59(1985) CEd.), 26, 80 (1978) WENK,H.R. (Ed.), Electron Micros­ VAN DUIJN, c., Diseases of Fishes copy in Mineralogy,26,84(1978) 11, 16( 1956) WENYON, M., Understanding Holog­ VANDERVOORT, G.F., Metallography; raphy, 27, 172(1979) Principles and Practice, 33, WHELAN, M. J., see Peter Hirsch, 145( 1985) 26, 125( 1978) VAN DER WERFF, A., and H. Huls, WHIPPLE, see Ward, 12, 215(1960) Diatomeeenflora Van Nederland WHITE, G.W., Introduction to Mi­ Part 4, 12, 217(1960) croscopy, 15, 365(1965) VARTY, I .W., Adelges Insects of WHITEHEAD, S. B., The Book of Silver Firs, 11, 240(1957) Flowering Trees and Shrubs, VAUGHN, J.G., Food Microscopy,28, 11, 215(1957) 82(1980) WHITTAKER, E.J.w., An Atlas of VENMANS, L.A.w.c., et al., Bib­ Hyperstereograms of the Four­ i iography of the Radulae Fig­ d imens i ona I Crystal Classes, ures of the British and Dutch 33, 301 ( 1985) Non-Marine Mol lusca,9,23(1952) WHYTE, JR., T.E. (Ed.), R.A. VICKERS, A. E. J. CEd.), Modern Dal la Betta, E.G. Derouane and Methods of Microscopy, 11, 185 R.T.K. Bohan, Catalytic Mate­ (1957) rials; Relationship Between VINYARD, W. C., Diatoms, of North Structure and Reactivity, 33, America, 34, 154(1986) 142( 1985) VOGT, T. and s. Bohler, Electron WILCOX, R. E., see M. Fleischer, Microscopy Freeze-Etch Tech- 33, 62( 1985)

cxlvi Microscopy, 13, 250 WILCOX, W. H., see William A. Electron Thomas, 25, 190(1977) (1962) S., Introduction to WILLIAMSON, K.L., Microscale Or­ WISCHNITZER, Microscopy, Third ganic Experiments,35,226(1987) Electron An Introduction to Edition, 30, 237(1982) WILSON, c., Light. Methods, 2, 150 WOOD, E.A., Crysta Is and Microchemical to Optical (1938) An Introduction 27, 102(1979) WILSON, D. P., Life of the Shore Crystallography, B., Collecting and and Shallow Sea, 8, 245(1951) WORTHINGTON, Butterf I ies and Moths WILSON, G.B. and J.H. Morrison, Breeding Cytology, 2nd Edition, 15, 327 8, 244(1951) The Microscope, (1965) WREDDEN, J.H., and Application, WILSON, M., B., The Science and Its Theory Art of Basic Microscopy, 6, 324 (1948) see E.W. Koneman, 25, 211(1977) WRIGHT, S.F., T. and C. Sheppard, Scan­ 26, 228(1978) WILSON, Photometry and the ning Optical Microscopy,33,298 WRIGHT, W.D., (1985) Eye, 8, 154(1951) WILSON, W., see R. F. Bastow, 8, J.A. Barnett and 303( 1952) YARROW, D., see A.N. and H. Winchel I, R.W. Payne, 32, 294(1984) Wlf'.CHELL, with the The Microscopical Characters YATES, R. F., Exploring 1, 64(1937) of Artificial Inorganic Sol id Microscope, (Ed.), Ultramicros­ Substances, 14,367(1965) ZEITLER, E., 64(1977) WINCHELL, H., see A.N. Winchel I, copy, 25, Crystal Physics, 14, 367( 1965) ZHDANOV, G.S., WI NEFORDNER, J .D., CEd.), Trace 15, 286(1965) see H. Steinmann, Analysis - Spectroscopic Meth­ ZOMBORI, L., ods for Analysis, Vol.46 in 33, 302(1985) Physical Methods in the Chemical Analysis Series, ZUSSMAN, J., Mineralogy, (2nd 25, 202( 1977) Determinative 27, 157(1979) WISCHNITZER, S., Introduction to Edition),

cxlvi i janfebmaraprmayjunjulaugsepoctnovdecjanfebmaraprmayjunjul augsepoctnovdecjanfebmaraprmayjunjulaugsepoctnovdecjanfeb maraprlyjuilijul gsepocYltovec~·anfebmaraprmayjunjulaugsep Ct'n.911 O ~ipna ul ~1ft-.tc:ianfebmarapr ~J~J '1'mJ !'r'ft'~dec eb ~r~1'n~ugsepoctnov decjanfebmaraprmayjunjulaugsepoctnovdecjanfebmaraprmayjun julaugsepoctnovdecjanfebmaraprmayjunjulaugspeoctnovdecjan tebmaraprmayjunjulaugsepoctnovdecjanfebmaraprmayjunjulaug

Meetings

of JANUARY Electron Microscopy of Particles, University Copenhagen. Contact: Professor Anders Tholen, Department Technical Physics I, Universitetsparken 1, DK-2100 Koben­ havn 0, Denmark. of Phar­ JANUARY Annual Histochemistry Meeting, School 05, 1988 macy, London. t Applica­ JANUARY 0-E LASE'88, Optoelectronics and Laser 1988 tions, Los Angeles, California, USA. 10-15, Instrumentation Contact: SPIE - Society of Photo-Optical Engineers, P.O. Box 10, Bellingham, WA 98227- 0010, USA. Spring Workshop on Microscopy of Explosives, MARCH Scientists, 14-18, 1988 Midwestern Association of Forensic Missouri Western College, St. Joseph, Missouri. Contact: Michael A. Haas, Workshop Chairman, Crime Laboratory Bureau-Madison, 4706 University Ave. Madison, WI 53705-2157. Telephone: 608/266- 2031. Meeting, "Recording the APRIL Annual Light Microscopy t 19, 1988 Image", School of Pharmacy, London. Spring Workshops on: Identification and Quanti­ MAY Detection 02-06, 1988 fication of Semen, The ATF Accelerant Class, and Archaeology, Anthropology and Odon­ tology of Burial Sites, Midwestern Association of Forensic Scientests, Sheraton Inn in Madi­ son, Wisconsin. Crime Contact: Michael A. Hass, Workshop Chairman, Laboratory Bureau-Madison, 4706 University Ave. Madison, WI 53705-2157. Telephone: 608/266- 2031. Hotel, Chi­ JUNE 27-01 INTER/MICR0-88, McCormick Center JULY, 1988 cago, Illinois, USA*. Micros­ JULY 3rd International Scanning Tunneling 04-08, 1988 copy, Oxford University. t

cxl ix JULY 26-04 Fourth Asia-Pacific Conference and Workshop on Electron Microscopy, Imperial Hotel and Chula­ longkorn University, Bangkok. Contact: Fourth APEM Secretariat, Scientific and Tech­ nological Research Equipment Centre, Chulalong­ korn University, Chulalongkorn Soi 62, Phaya­ Phaya-Thai Road, Bangkok 10500, Thialand. Tele­ phone: 2514516, 2513927.

SEPTEMBER EUREM 88, 9th European Congress on Electron 04-09, 1988 Microscopy, York University, York, England .t

SEPTEMBER Affinity and Enzyme Cytochemistry in Muscle 12, 1988 Biology, University of York.t

SEPTEMBER Microscopy of Ceramics III, University of Yorkt 12-14, 1988

SEPTEMBER Microdensitometry of Enzyme Kinetics, Univer­ 13-14, 1988 sity of York.t

Courses

FEB. 29-04 Photomicrography, Chicago, Illinois USA.* MARCH, 1988

MARCH Applied Polarized Light Microscopy, Chicago, 07-11, 1988 Illinois, USA.* MARCH ldentifica tion of Small Particles, Chicago, 14-18, 1988 Illinois, USA.* MARCH Advanced Microchemical Analysis, Chicago, 21-25, 1988 Illinois USA • * MARCH Computers in Microscopy, Cambridge University. t 22-24, 1988 APRIL Advanced Asbestos Identification, Chicago, 11-15' 1988 Illinois USA.* APRIL Principles of Electron Microscopy, Leeds 11-15' 1988 University. t

APRIL Specialized Transmission Electron Microscopy, 11-15' 1988 Leeds University. t APRIL Applied Polarized Light Microscopy, Chicago, 18-22, 1988 Illinois USA.*

cl APRIL Analytical Electron Microscopy, Manchester 18-23, 1988 University. t

MAY Microscopical Identification of Asbestos, Chi­ 02-06, 1988 cago, Illinois USA.*

MAY Identification of Non-Fibrous Asbestos Min­ 09-13, 1988 erals, Chicago, Illinois USA.*

MAY Forensic Microscopy, Chicago, Illinois USA.* 16-20, 1988

MAY Pharmaceutical Microscopy, Chicago, Illinois 23-27' 1988 USA.*

JUNE Hair and Fiber Microscopy, Chicago, Illinois 06-10' 1988 USA.* JUNE Applied Polarized Light Microscopy, Chicago, 13-17, 1988 Illinois, USA.* JULY Autoradiography, Sheffield University. t 11-15' 1988 JULY Asbestos Fiber Counting, Chicago, Illinois, 11-15' 1988 USA.* JULY Principles of Light Microscopy, Oxford Univer­ 18-22, 1988 sity .t JULY Microscopical Identification of Asbestos, Chi­ 18-22, 1988 cago, Illinois • * JULY Polarised Light Microscopy, Oxford University. t 25-29, 1988 JULY Photomicrography, Oxford University. t 25-29, 1988

JULY Advanced Asbestos Identification, Chicago, 25-29, 1988 Illinois, USA.* AUGUST Fusion Methods, Chicago, Illinois, USA.* 01-05, 1988 AUGUST Spindle Stage Principles and Practice (held at 01-05, 1988 VPI, Blacksburg) • * AUGUST Chemic al Microscopy II , C hie ago, Illinois , 08-12, 1988 USA.* AUGUST Microscopical Identification of Asbestos, Chi­ 15-19, 1988 cago, Illinois.*

cl i AUGUST Polymer, Fiber a Film Microscopy, Chicago, 22-26, 1988 Illinois, USA.*

SEPTEMBER Applied Polarized Light Microscopy, Chicago, 12-16, 1988 Illinois , USA.*

SEPTEMBER Asbestos Fiber Counting, Chicago, Illinois, 19-23, 1988 USA.*

SEPTEMBER Immunocytochemistry, London. t 26-30, 1988

SEPTEMBER Ultrastructural Anatomy, Queen's University, 26-30, 1988 Belfast. t

SEPTEMBER Microscopical Identification of Asbestos, Chi­ 26-30, 1988 cago, Illinois, USA.*

OCTOBER Applied Polarized Light Microscopy, Chicago, 03-07, 1988 Illinois, USA.*

OCTOBER Photomicrography, Chicago, Illinois, USA.* 10-14. 1988

OCTOBER Applied Polarized Light Microscopy, Chicago, 17-21, 1988 Illinois, USA.*

OCTOBER Particulate Contaminant Identification, Chi­ 24-28, 1988 cago, Illinois, USA.*

OCTOBER 31- Asbestos Fiber Counting, Chicago, Illinois, 04 Nov .1988 USA.*

NOVEMBER Microscopical Identification of Asbestos, Chi­ 07-11, 1988 cago, Illinois, USA.*

NOVEMBER Advanced Asbestos Identification, Chicago, 14-18, 1988 Illinois, USA.*

* The Registrar ,Mccrone Research Institute, 2820 S. Michigan Ave., Chicago, IL, 60616, USA. Telephone: 312/842-7105.

** The Registrar, Mc Crone Research Institute, 2 Mc Crone Mews, Belsize Lane, London NW3 5BG, England. Telephone: 01-435 2282/3/4. t The Administrator, Royal Microscopical Society, 37 /38 St. Clements, Oxford OX4 lAJ, England. Telephone: (0865) 48768/ 721081.

cl ii 1987 VOLUME 35

Editor: Walter C. Mccrone

Published by

Mccrone Research Institute, Inc. Chicago MICROSCOPE SERIES NOW AVAILABLE: The XIX Volume 11 A Short History of the English Microscope: Century Instrument, H. Malies, $11.00 Chapter 1 The Stand Chapter 2 Focussing Arrangements Chapter 3 The Substage Chapter 4 The Mechanical Stage Chapter 5 The Binocular Microscope Chapter 6 Optical Developments Donald L. Volume 12 A Short History of American Microscopes, Padgitt, $15 .OO Chapter 1 The Microscope in America Before 1840 Chapter 2 Charles A. Spencer and his Successors Chapter 3 The Grunow Brothers of New Haven Chapter 4 Joseph Zentmayer of Philadelphia Works Chapter 5 Robert B. Tolles and the Boston Optical Chapter 6 The Chicago Makers Chapter 7 Bausch & Lomb, Inc. of Rochester Pennsylvania Chapter 8 The Acme Optical Works of Lancaster, and James W. Queen Dealers Chapter 9 Other American Makers, Designers and Chapter 10 Some Concluding Comments Microscope, Volume 14 The Optical Performance of the Light Part I, H. Wolfgang Zieler, $11.00 Chapter 1 Refraction and Reflection of Light Chapter 2 Formation of Images by Lenses Chapter 3 Image Formation by the Microscope Chapter 4 The Illumination System 5 Optical Defects of Images and Their Correction Chapter Oculars Chapter 6 Performance Characteristics of Objectives, and Condensers Microscope Volume 15 The Optical Performance of the Light Part II, H. Wolfgang Zieler, $12 .00 Chapter 1 The Physical Nature of Light 2 Image Formation of Self-Luminous Objects Chapter Objects: Uni­ Chapter 3 Image Formation of Non Self-Lumin,ous directional Illumination Objects: Multi­ Chapter 4 Image Formation of Non Self-Luminous Directional Illumination Magnification Chapter 5 Resolving Power and Limit of Useful of its Capacity Chapter 6 Using the Microscope to the Limit Robert B. Volume 16 Accessories for the Light Microscope, McLaughlin, $22.00 Chapter 1 The Mechanical Stage Chapter 2 Micromanipulators Chapter 3 Locators and Markers Chapter 4 Measuring and Counting Chapter 5 Drawing and Demonstration Chapter 6 Stereoscopy Chapter 7 Specialized Techniques Volume 17 Special Methods In Light Microscopy, Robert B. McLaughlin, $28 .oo Chapter 1 Methods in Achieving Improved Resolution Chapter 2 Methods in Achieving and Improving Contrast Chapter 3 Specimen Preparation and Observation Chapter 4 Sample Characterization Chapter 5 Counting and Image Analysis Chapter 6 Microscopy as Adjunct to Other Techniques

Volume 47 Light-Microscopical Resinography, T .G. Rochow $12.00 Chapter 1 History, Definitions, and Scope Chapter 2 Macroscopical Resinography Chapter 3 Stereoscopic Microscopical Resinograph y Chapter 4 Microscopical Resinography by Reflected Light Chapter 5 Microscopical Resinography by Transmitted Light

Volume 48 The Microscopy of Liquid Crystals, Norman H. Hartshorne, $15.00 Chapter 1 Basic Optics and Their Determination Chapter 2 Hot Stages Chapter 3 Thermotropic Mesomorphism of Single Compounds Chapter 4 Smectic Mesophases Chapter 5 Nematic Mesophases Chapter 6 Cholesteric Mesophases Chapter 7 Lyotropic Mesomorphism-Polypeptides Chapter 8 Lyotropic Mesomorphism-Amphiphiles Chapter 9 Some Unusual Mesophase Systems

Volume 49 The 4-Axis Universal Stage, I. D. Muir, $15.00 Chapter 1 Introduction: History and Applications Chapter 2 Optical Theory Chapter 3 The 4-Axis Universal Stage Chapter 4 Orthoscopic Orientation Procedure Chapter 5 Conoscopic Orientation Procedures Chapter 6 Twinned Crystals Chapter 7 Refractive Index Determination Chapter 8 Birefringence Determination Chapter 9 Extinction Curves and the Indirect Determination of 2V Chapter 10 Miscellaneous Applications

Volume 52 Teaching Microscopy, John Gustav Delly, $18 .oo Chapter 1 Chemical Microscopy at Cornell University - G. G. Cocks Chapter 2 Teaching Chemical Microscopy - H.R. Shelden Chapter 3 Nature of Introductory Optical Mineralogy Laboratory Instruction in the U.S. and Canada - E. R. Brooks Chapter 4 Teaching Microscopy for Chemists - H.R. Schaeffer Chapter 5 Chemical Microscopy - M .L. Willard Chapter 6 Teaching Microscopy - R • Barer Chapter 7 Practical Microscopy Courses for Amateur Microscopists J.E. Marson Chapter 8 Microscopy Through the Mail-Box - R.J. Oldfield Chapter 9 Mc Crone Research Institute - W. C. Mc Crone Chapter 10 Teaching of Microscopy at Wild Heerbrugg Ltd. - R. Gander and T • Watts - F. K. Chapter 11 Photomicrography Course at Carl Zeiss Inc. Mollring P. Healey Chapter 12 Teaching Basic Principles of Microscopy - Chapter 13 Feed Microscopy - L. Barefield Chapter 14 SMSI Young People's Courses - W. C. Mc Crone Chapter 15 The Educational Activities of the Royal Microscopical Society - J .G. Delly Chapter 16 Microscopy in Canada - E .J. Chatfield

Please order from: Microscope Publications 2820 South Michigan Ave. Chicago, Illinois 60616

Copies of Volume 11 @ $11.00/ea Copies of Volume 12 @ 15.00/ea Copies of Volume 14 @ 11.00/ea Copies of Volume 15 @ 12.00/ea Copies of Volume 16 @ 22.00/ea Copies of Volume 17 @ 28.00/ea Copies of Volume 47 @ 12.00/ea Copies of Volume 48 @ 15.00/ea Copies of Volume 49 @ 15.00/ea Copies of Volume 52 @ 18.00/ea Total

Signed ------~------~ Company Name a Address ------

Address to which volumes should be sent if different Non-Microscope Series Books for Sale

The Optical Properties of Organic Compounds - Alexander N. Winchell Second Edition, originally published by Aca­ demic Press (1954) now reprinted by Mccrone Research Institute (1987), 487 pages, softcover, 15 x 23 cm, 153 figures. $35 .OO Twenty-five hundred common organic compounds are described crystallographically. It is the only source of crystallographic data on organic compounds now available. It covers morphological, optical and x-ray data and is complete up to 1952.

Fusion Methods - by Walter C. Mccrone - published by Interscience in 1957, 118 figures, 5 color plates, 306 pages. $15 .00 Learn to calibrate hotstages, cold stages and hotbars; characterize and identify fusible compounds (melting up to 400-500°C); detect impurities; analyze binary mixtures; purify micro samples; prepare and characterize polymorphs and determine composition diagrams. Learn how to apply these methods to the study of crystal lattice strain, thermally unstable substances, crystal growth kinetics etc. Also included are microanalytical tables of Kofler data for the identification of 1100 common compounds by hotstage microscopy.

Polarized Light Microscopy Walter Mccrone, Lucy Mc Crone and John G. Delly, published by Mc Crone Research Institute, Fifth Printing of the Eighth Edition, 22 x 28 cm, hardcover, 251 pages, 174 figures (1977). $35.00 The course manual used in Mccrone Research Institute courses as well as most polarized light microscopy courses taught in the U.S. and Europe.

Asbestos Identification - Walter C. Mc Crone, published by Mccrone Research Institute, Chicago (1987), 21.5 x 28 cm, six 4-color plates with 72 figures, 56 half-tones, 62 line drawings and 21 tables. $59 .50 This is the text for the Institutes asbestos courses. It replaces the "Asbestos Atlas" now out of print.

Please address order to: Mccrone Research Institute 2820 So. Michigan Avenue Chicago, IL 60616 312/842-7105 GUIDE FOR AUTHORS

from The Microscope publishes accounts of original, previously unpublished, work an nu a I the mi croscop i ca I community and a I so serves as the proceedings for the Ii shed INTER/MICRO symposia held in the USA and the UK. These papers are pub quarterly as they are received. be sub­ Papers in which the use of the microscope is incidental or routine should etc. mitted to other journals concerning pathology, mineralogy, metallography, Papers covering instrumentation, methods and unique applications of the microscope of in any biological or physical science should be sent to us. Sufficient details the work method and equipment should be given to enable another worker to repeat be but generally known details which can be easily found in a cited paper, should not third omitted. Write in the active rather than passive voice. Use first person AI I and do not use the first person p I ura I when first person s i ngu Iar is meant. papers wil I be published in English. Letters to the Editor are most welcome. Two copies of each contribution should be submitted to the Editor. The manuscript copy of each should be typed, double spaced, on one side of the sheet only. One A figure suitable for reproduction and one recognizable copy should be submitted. be 100-200 word abstract and I ist of key-words must be provided. The paper should divided into sections and subsections with appropriate titles tor each.

Page Charges cost of The cost of publication of research results is regarded as a justifiable Note, the research program. We request payment of page charges, S:30 per page. author however, that payment of these charges is voluntary. We do not expect any such to pay page charges unless his source of research funds freely authorizes of payment. Lack of payment has no effect on publication schedules nor treatment Micro­ author or manuscript and should not be a deterrent to publication in The subscrip­ scope. However, without this assistance from a majority of authors our tion rate would undoubtedly be higher.

Photographs back­ Photographs should be on glossy paper and must have good contrast and light financial grounds. Color illustrations will often be justified with the author's so that cooperation. Photomicrographs should bear appropriate fiducial markings, the final magnification of prints can be quickly and accurately determined.

Drawings and Tables left in Line drawings must be in India ink on plain paper. Al I lettering should be or legend pencil for the editorial office to insert. Do not letter figure captions un­ on the figures. Metric units should be used throughout the text and figures; usual units, e.g., denier, should be defined. the back All ii lustrations should be submitted unmounted and lightly identified on tor along the edge with the author's name and the figure number. Figure captions in i I I us tr at ions must be provided and each figure shou Id be noted and described the text.

References An References to earlier work should be cited and I isted in numerical sequence. The Arabic numeral superscript should appear in the text at the proper point. references should be typed on a separate sheet in sequence and in the form: Arbor 1. McCrone, w.c. and Delly, J.G.,The Particle Atlas, six volumes, Ann Science Publishers Inc., Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A. 197:3-1978. (1964) 2. Brown, K.M. and McCrone, w.c. Dispersion Staining. Microscope 14, 11